Linux Home Networking

Grief Relief For The Home And Small Office

Peter Harrison
www.linuxhomenetworking.com
May 3, 2003

To Diana: “Turn off the PC and go to bed”

Copyright
© Peter Harrison 2002-2003, All rights reserved. ISBN 0-9729355-0-9 Unless otherwise stated, the material published within this document is copyright of the author, Peter Harrison. No part of of this document, including page design, interior design, cover design and icons may be reproduced or transmitted in any form, by any means, (electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise) without the prior consent of the publisher/author.

Disclaimer – The Website and Manual
While every effort will be made to ensure that the information contained within the is website and manual is accurate and up to date, the author makes no warranty, representation or undertaking whether expressed or implied, nor does it assume any legal liability, whether direct or indirect, or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information.

Disclaimer - Other sites
Hypertext links to sites outside this website are provided as a convenience to users and should not necessarily be construed as an endorsement. Although every care is taken to provide links to suitable material from this site, the nature of the Internet prevents the author from guaranteeing the suitability or accuracy of any of the material that this site may be linked to. Consequently, the author can accept no responsibility for unsuitable or inaccurate material that may be encountered and accepts no liability whether direct or indirect for any loss or damage a person suffers because that person had directly or indirectly relied on any information stored in the hypertext links. Further, the author is not and can not be responsible for the accuracy or legitimacy of information found elsewhere on the Internet and there is therefore no guarantee or warranty that any of the sites listed will be available at any particular time. The author does not guarantee or warrant any services that might be announced - use at your own risk. The author makes no warranty, representation or undertaking whether expressed or implied nor does it assume any legal responsibility for the accuracy, completeness of usefulness of the information in the hypertext links.

Introduction During the “.com” gold rush, I decided to set up a small website dedicated to Caribbean art. The
company I used made it really easy, all I had to do was copy my files to the web server using the username and password they provided. One day at work I overheard some friends saying that they were hosting their websites from home using their DSL line. I suddenly decided to do the same and moved www.simiya.com literally “in-house”. Of course, it wasn’t as easy as they had made it seem. I generally found a majority of Linux resources on the web to be either too detailed or too vague or just inaccurate. There were many excellent articles on specific topics, but they were usually part of a general interest publication, and information on related topics on the site was sometimes hard to find. There just wasn’t a site out there for intermediate Linux home users who wanted to get their feet wet in web hosting, nor did there seem to be any similar sites targeting the poor I.T. people who are told to “get Linux working by tomorrow”. After a few months I decided that no one should have to repeat my pain and I added some technical pages to the site. Soon, www.linuxhomenetworking.com was born. This manual assumes you have a few weeks of Linux experience and understand the basics, such as file management and the use of text editors such as “vi”. This approach was taken in order to keep its focus on the intermediate user who requires a compact guide. It’s ironic to know that in the beginning I learned from the web as I just wasn’t prepared to buy too many Linux books, now I’ve created this manual because web users were constantly asking me to write one. If you like this manual, feel free to visit the site and let me know. Without your encouragement it wouldn’t have happened at all. Peter

.....................21 Chapter 3 ...........30 Older Linux Versions ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................20 Simple Examples ............................................20 The visudo Command ..............................................................15 How To Change Passwords.....................................................................................................................................................26 RedHat................................................23 RPMs On Your Installation CDs .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 Who Is The Super User? ..................................................................................................................29 Using CDROMs.....................20 The /etc/sudoers File ................................................................................................................................................................................................24 Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box..........................................................................................................................................................................................................16 How To Delete Users ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................24 How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount ................................................................................................................................... 19 Using Sudo........................20 How To Use sudo .................................. 23 Installing RPM Software ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................29 Newer Linux Versions ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................31 How Uninstall RPMs............................................................................................................................................................... 23 Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................17 Chapter 2 ........................................................................ 15 Adding Linux Users ..............................................19 Download and Install The sudo Package .........................................................................................21 Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands ..................31 How To List Installed RPMs .............................................29 How to Install Source RPMs............................................................34 Chapter 4 ....................................................................................................................................................26 Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................24 RPMs Downloaded From Speakeasy .........20 General Guidelines .....i Table Of Contents Chapter 1 .................................... 19 What is sudo?..................................................................................................................................................................................................26 How To Install The RPMs ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................15 How To Add Users...............................................25 Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP........................................................................................17 How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs ......... 37 .........................................................................................................29 Using Downloaded Files ......................................................26 Speakeasy .............32 RedHat Up2date .......................................................................................24 RPMs Downloaded From Redhat................................................................32 Some Necessary Facts About up2date ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 47 Introduction To Networking..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................43 Alternatives To Home Web Hosting ..........................................................51 Calculation Using A Script .............41 Chapter 5 .........................................................................................................................................40 Chkconfig Examples.....................................................................................................................................................................................................53 What Is A Router?.........................................................................50 How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? ........................................................................................................................................................................................39 Using A GUI Terminal Window ...........................................ii www....................................................................................................................55 ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................54 What Is A Route? ..............................52 What Is Duplex? ................................................................................................................52 What Is A Hub? ..................................................................40 Turn it back on again ....................................53 What Is A LAN?.....................................................39 Using Virtual Terminals .......................................................................................................... 37 The RedHat Boot Sequence ......................50 What Is A Subnet Mask? ...............................39 How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel ..................44 Small Office Based Websites................................................40 Switch Off Sendmail Starting Up In Levels 3 and 5 .........................................................................................................38 Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI .............................40 Use Chkconfig To Get A Listing Of Sendmail's Current Startup Options ..................................................................................................................................................................................................39 Reboot The System ...................................................... 43 Network Diagram ...................................................................................................................................................52 What Is A Switch?......................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking........45 Pros ................................................37 Determining The Default Boot runlevel.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................49 Private IP Addresses ...................................................40 Doublecheck That Sendmail Will Not Startup....49 What is ICMP?.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................39 Halt / Shutdown The System............................ 43 Why Host Your Own Site?...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................45 How To Migrate From An External Provider ...........................................................................48 What is a TTL? .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................44 Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself ................................................................................................44 Pros ......................................................................... 47 What Is TCP/IP? ...50 What Is Localhost? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................46 Chapter 6 ................................................................com The Linux Boot Process ..................................................................................................................48 What are TCP / UDP Ports?...............................51 What’s The Range Of Addresses On My Network? ..............................................................................................................38 Get A GUI Console ...............................................................................................................44 Cons....................................54 What Is A NIC?............................48 What is TCP?...................45 Cons................................................48 What is UDP? ..........................................................................................41 Final Tips On chkconfig...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................54 What Is A Default Gateway? ................................................................................................................................................................................................39 System Shutdown And Rebooting.................................................................................................................53 What Is A Gateway?..............................44 Home Based Websites....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................49 What Do IP Addresses Look Like?............................................................................................................................................................................................................51 Manual Calculation ......................................................................................

.......................................................................................................73 Multiple IP Addresses On A Single NIC ...........................................................82 Your NIC's /etc/hosts File Format........................................................................65 Configuring the Linux Syslog Server..........60 Chapter 7 ................................................................56 What Is DHCP? .............................55 What Is A Firewall?......................................................................................... 63 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................77 Simple Troubleshooting ..................................................................d/apache File (For Apache) .......................................................72 network-scripts File Formats ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................59 Regular FTP....................................................................................................................56 What Is NAT? ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................79 How Configure Two Gateways ............................................................................................................d/syslog File (For General System Logging)...........................................................................................................................79 How To Delete A Route ..................................................................................80 How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router .60 Finding General Information On A Command .........................................................................................................80 How To View Your Current Routing Table ..................69 Activating logrotate ..................................................................................................................................55 What Is ARP? ...................................................................................64 Activating Changes To The syslog Configuration File.................................................81 Configuring Your /etc/hosts File....................82 ..................................................Table Of Contents iii What Is A MAC Address? ...............................................................................................................................................74 Some Important Files Created By adsl-setup ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................68 The /etc/logrotate....69 Chapter 8 .....................................69 The /etc/logrotate.........................56 What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? ................................................conf ......................................................................................................................................................................................65 Logging Syslog Messages To A Remote Linux Server ..................................................................................68 The /etc/logrotate.....................................................................................63 Syslog Facilities.................................................................................................................................................................................73 IP Address Assignment For A Direct DSL Connection.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................78 How To Change Your Default Gateway ........................................................................................................................................................................57 What Is DNS?.................. 63 Syslog ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................66 Syslog Configuration and Cisco Network Devices..........59 Static or Dynamic DNS? ..............57 How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain?..........................................63 About syslog ..................................67 The /etc/logrotate........58 How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? ............................59 Anonymous FTP ...............59 What is FTP? ...........68 The /etc/logrotate........................................................................................................60 Search For All Instances Of A Word .......................................71 Changing Your IP Address ............ 71 How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address ........................71 Determining Your IP Address..................................................................................................................................................................................65 Configuring the Linux Client .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................67 Logrotate ..........................................................................................................65 How To View New Log Entries As They Happen.................................... 71 Linux Networking .........................67 Sample contents of /etc/logrotate.............................................................................................................................d/samba File (for SAMBA) ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................67 Syslog and Firewalls.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................conf File .59 Where is Linux Help? ......................d Directory......................................................................

...........................................................................................92 Useful TCPdump Expressions ....................................................................................................88 Always Get A Bidirectional Traceroute ..................................................................................................................................................................112 Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall..........................................................................................................................................iv www............................................................................................ 85 Simple Network Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................................100 Linux-WLAN Installation – Using TAR files .......................................................................com Chapter 9 ................................................................102 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCMCIA Cards) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................100 Determining The Kernel Version.............................................................................................................................................................................................112 Packet Processing In iptables ...............................91 Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump ....................................................................... 97 Linux Wireless Networking........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 85 How To See MAC Addresses .............................................107 De-activating Encryption ...........................................115 Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall .....101 Download And Install The Linux-WLAN TAR File .........................................................................................................................................104 Simulate a Reboot ..........................99 PCMCIA Type Card Specific Information ...........................................................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking......................................................................109 Chapter 11...............................................................................87 Possible Traceroute Messages..105 PCI Cards – Installed Using RPMs ..............................................101 Install the Kernel Source Files ...................................................................7 Card ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................92 Possible TCPdump Messages ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 Select the Wireless mode and SSID ..............................................................................117 ......................................................................................................................................................................85 How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................117 Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 111 Linux Firewalls Using iptables.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................7 WMP 11 Card...............99 Linux-WLAN Installation ..................112 Download And Install The Iptables Package ..105 PCI Cards – Installed Using TAR Files.................................................................................................................................................104 Configure The New wlan0 Interface................................................................................. 97 Wireless Linux Compatible NICs .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................97 The Linksys WMP11 NIC and Linux .................................................................................99 Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers ......................................86 Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity...........................105 Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security ..................108 Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN .....................98 Linux-WLAN Preparation .......................................................................................................89 Ping & Traceroute Troubleshooting Example ..............103 Post Installation Steps.....................................114 Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall......................90 Possible Reasons For Failed Traceroutes .....105 Check For Interrupt Conflicts.......................................Using RPMs ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................104 Disable Your Existing Ethernet NIC ............................98 The WMP 11 Version 2.........99 Determining The OS Version ..................................99 Determining The Kernel Type ...............105 PCMCIA Cards .................116 Targets And Jumps............................. 111 What Is iptables?.........................................................................................................................................................................................93 Chapter 10.................................98 Pre Version 2........................................................................101 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCI Cards) ..........................112 How To Get iptables Started ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

123 Sample iptables Scripts....................................................................................................................................................................................................... TFTP and XINETD .............................................................................................................................. 141 FTP Overview.................................143 Server Protected By A Firewall Problem ....................................................................142 Passive FTP............................................143 Problems With FTP And Firewalls....................................................................148 FTP Greeting Banner ....119 Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria ..............................142 FTP Data Channel ..126 Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet........................................................Table Of Contents v Important Iptables Command Switch Operations...............................................................................131 Chapter 12............................................................................137 Cisco Switch Running CATOS............................................................................................................144 Solutions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................143 Solutions.........................................................................................................................127 Port Forwarding Type NAT (DHCP DSL) ...................135 TFTP .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................138 Cisco Local Director..................128 Static NAT .......................................................................TCP Port 21 .............................................137 Cisco PIX firewall .............127 Masquerading (Many to One NAT) ...................149 .........125 Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall..........................................................................................................................................................................121 Using User Defined Chains ...............................................136 Configuring Cisco Devices for TFTP...................................................................................................................................... 141 Linux FTP Server Setup.................................................................................146 What Is Anonymous FTP?.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................134 Setting Up A Telnet Server.147 FTP Security Issues ..........................145 How To Get VSFTP Started .138 Cisco CSS 111000 "Arrowpoints".....................................................................................................................................................conf File..............................120 Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria .........................................................139 Chapter 13.............................................................................................130 Logging & Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................148 Example #1: .......................................................................................................................................................................142 Active FTP...................................................................... 133 Telnet..........................................................................................................135 Setting up a TFTP server..............................................................................................134 What is Telnet? ................TCP Port 20.....................................................................................................................................................ftpusers File .............................................................148 Using SCP As Secure Alternative To FTP .....................................................148 Anonymous Upload .....141 FTP Control Channel .........................................................................................................................................................................................126 Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall .............................................................................148 The /etc/vsftpd.........................................119 General Iptables Match Criteria .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................124 Basic Initialization.... 133 Telnet .....................................................................................................................135 What is TFTP?.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................144 How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package.................................................146 Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................138 Using TFTP To Restore Your Router Configuration ..........................137 Cisco Router ..121 Common Match Extensions Criteria..................................143 Client Protected By A Firewall Problem..............................124 Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall ..............................................................147 The /etc/vsftpd............................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................linuxhomenetworking........166 Manual Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts (NT Only)........................................................168 How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain .........................................................................................155 What You Should Expect To See When You Log In ............................................................................................................ 173 Sharing Resources With Samba.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 173 ....................................................................................162 How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User .............................................................................................................................156 Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP.........................157 Copying Files To The Local Linux Box ......................................................162 Create The Administrator User Under Linux..........................................................169 Mapping From The Command Line...........154 Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine .........................................163 Adduser’s Command Switches ...........155 User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “root”......................................................171 Chapter 16..154 The etc/ssh/sshd_config File...................................................................................................................169 Mapping Using “My Computer” ....................................................................... 159 Windows...............................................................................................155 Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed ......... Linux And Samba ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................168 Windows 2000 ......................................................................160 How To Get SAMBA Started ....................................................................................164 Create A Samba PDC .................168 Windows XP.......................................161 Zone Alarm..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................155 User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “peter” ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................163 Create An Administrator Domain Password ....................................................................................162 The Windows XP Built In Firewall..........................................................................................167 Make Your PC Clients Aware Of Your Samba PDC...........162 Create The Administrator’s User Group and Directories ...............................................................................................................................153 Testing To See If SSH Is Running .......................................................................................160 Configuring SWAT ..............................................................................169 Map A Drive Share................................................................................155 Using default port 22 ...171 Delete The Users Using smbpasswd......................164 How to Configure a Samba PDC ...................................................................166 Dynamic Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts...............................170 Domain Groups And Samba ..................................................................................................................................................157 Chapter 15......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 153 Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet ........................................vi www. 159 Download and Install Packages................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................com FTP Users With Only Read Access To A Shared Directory ...............................................................................................161 Samba and PC Firewall Software.......167 Windows NT........................................................................................................................150 Chapter 14......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................167 Windows 95/98/ME .....169 Add The Users In Linux............................................................. 153 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying...........................................................................................................................170 How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain ...................................................................................157 Copying Files To The Remote Linux Box.......................................................................................................169 Map The Linux Users To An smbpassword .......149 Sample Login Session To Test Funtionality....................171 Delete The Users In Linux .......................164 Create Your PC Machine Trusts...................................................................................................................................................................155 Using port 435 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................164 Make The Administrator One Of The Samba Admin Users.....................................................................................................................

......................................................... A And CNAME Records ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................177 Windows Setup ..........177 Windows XP.........174 Configure The Printer Driver On The Workstations ..........................................................................................................................................................................185 The SOA Record...............................................182 How To Download and Install The BIND Packages ........................................................182 The /etc/resolv.....................................179 Using The smbmount Command Method.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................184 Configuring A Regular Nameserver .................................................................................187 Sample Forward Zone File ............................................................182 When To Use Dynamic DNS................................................................................................................................................................................199 Sign Up With A DDNS Provider ...........................200 ............................................................................................................ MX.....................................................................182 When To Use A Regular DNS Server..........................conf File..... 181 What Is DNS?..193 How To Migrate Your Website In-House..........................................................................................................................................................................................197 What Is Dynamic DNS? .......................................... 197 What Is DNS?...............................176 Map The Directory Using “My Computer”......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................177 Windows 2000 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................200 ez-ipupdate And NAT .......................................184 Configuring The Zone Files ...........................................173 Adding The Printer To Linux..................................................................................193 DHCP Considerations For DNS..................181 When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver ...............................................................188 Sample Reverse Zone File ..........................................192 Fix Your Domain Registration ...........................................................198 Dynamic DNS Prerequisites.......................................................................... 181 Configuring DNS...........................................177 Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server .......................................................................................................................184 Configuring named.....178 Prompted For Password Method .................................................................175 Creating Group Shares in SAMBA ..................................................................................................................................182 How To Get BIND Started ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................conf .......................................................................173 Make Samba Aware Of The Printer .........................................................178 Test Your Windows Client Configuration......................................................Table Of Contents vii Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC .............................................................................................................................................................................199 The /etc/ez-ipupdate.............................................183 Configuring A Caching Nameserver..............189 Loading Your New Configuration Files ...............................................................................................177 Windows 98/ME ................................................................................................................................. 197 Dynamic DNS.....194 Chapter 18................................189 What You Need To Know About NAT And DNS ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................179 Chapter 17..............................................................178 Create A ZIP Drive Mount Point On Your Samba Server ..........................................176 Configure The Share In SWAT ....................................185 NS.......................................................................................conf File.................................................192 Make Sure Your /etc/hosts File Is Correctly Updated.....199 Installing And Using ez-ipupdate ..........................192 Configure Your Firewall...............................................................................179 Not Prompted For Password Method.......................................................................................................................................................................181 What Is BIND?...................................................................................................................................................................................................................176 Create The Directory And User Group ........................................................198 Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls .......................................................................................................................................199 Update Your DNS Registration ..........................................................................................................................................................................

......................... 203 Download and Install The Apache Package .................................................................................................................................................................................................................224 The /etc/mail/sendmail............................................................222 Installing And Starting Sendmail.......................................210 How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords ........................................................................................................................204 Configuring DNS For Apache.....................................................................................................................................................conf File.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 221 Configuring Sendmail ..................................................................................mc File ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................viii www..........................................................224 ................................................................................................218 The Webalizer Configuration File ............218 What Is Webalizer?......................................................................................224 Why Sendmail Only Listens On The Loopback Interface By Default ......................................................................................................201 Testing Your Dynamic DNS ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................202 Chapter 19................. 221 Configuring Linux Mail Servers ........................................................................................................................................................215 Configuring MRTG ...............................................210 Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2...........223 Errors With The Newaliases Command......................................................................................................221 Configuring DNS ....213 SNMP on a Linux Server ..................................................................................................................218 How To View Your Webalizer Statistics ...............................................................213 What is SNMP? ........................................................................................................................................................................ 213 Monitoring Server Performance ..........215 Download and Install The MRTG Packages ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................200 The /etc/ddclient............................................................................218 Make Webalizer run in Quiet Mode ..............................................................................................................205 A Note On Virtual Hosting And SSL...................204 Named Virtual Hosting .....................................215 What is MRTG?................................................................................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking.....................................................................209 Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall....................................................................................208 Compression Configuration Example .......................212 Chapter 20........... 213 SNMP..........................................................................................216 RedHat Version 8..................................................................................................203 How To Get Apache Started ......................................................................................................................217 Using MRTG To Monitor Other Subsystems ..............................204 General Configuration Steps .................221 An Overview Of How Sendmail Works ...com Installing And Using DDclient......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................218 Chapter 21.............224 The /var/log/maillog File .................................................................................................223 Errors When Restarting sendmail..................................205 IP Based Virtual Hosting ....................................................206 Use Wild Cards Sparingly..................................................conf files ....................................................................................................................................................................................210 File Permissions And Apache ......................................................................218 Webalizer ...............................................................................................................................................................................206 Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses...................................206 A Note On Virtual Hosting And DNS ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................213 MRTG .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................223 Errors With The m4 Command ...............................................................................208 Using Data Compression On Web Pages .............0 and Indexmaker......................................222 Restart Sendmail After Editing Your Configuration Files ............................................212 Incompatible /etc/httpd/conf/http........................................................ 203 The Apache Web Server ....................................................0....................................................202 Testing Port Forwarding.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................205 Disabling SSL – (Not Recommended) .............................

...................................236 How To Configure Your Windows Mail Programs.........................................................237 Chapter 22............................................226 Now Make Sure Sendmail Is Listening On All Interfaces..................................................................233 Configuring masquerading......................................................0............................................................... 239 Download and Install The DHCP Package ................................247 Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly ...............................................................................252 Via Telnet ...........................................................................................................................................243 Chapter 23.................................................................................................................................................................................. 239 Configuring The DHCP Server ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................231 The /etc/aliases File....................................................226 A General Guide To Using The sendmail.............................................conf File ......................................................................................................................................227 The /etc/mail/relay-domains File.........................................conf File....................................................................................................................249 Firewalls and NTP.....................245 Download and Install The NTP Package...............................................227 Symptoms Of A Bad /etc/hosts File...............cf File................................................................................................................................................248 CAT OS ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................243 Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP ...................................................................................................................................................................................226 The /etc/hosts File..mc To Make Sendmail Listen On NICs Too..............................................................................................230 Which User Should Really Receive The Mail? ...............................................................................................234 A Simple PERL Script To Help Stop SPAM...................................................................................................................................................................................................233 Sendmail Masquerading Explained..............3 To 8..........................................................................................................................252 ....................................................................................................................................................................................228 The /etc/mail/access File .......................................................................................................252 Via The Console Port ....................................251 Accessing the PIX command line ..................246 How To Get NTP Started .......................................................................... 245 The NTP Server .............................232 An Important Note About The /etc/aliases File ................................ 245 What is NTP?..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................242 Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server ...................234 Other Masquerading Notes ..........249 Chapter 24......................................................................................................................................................................................................................236 Configuring Your POP Mail Server..........242 Temporary solution ..........................................................242 Permanent Solution ........................................ 251 Network Address Translation (NAT) .................................................................................Table Of Contents ix Edit /etc/mail/sendmail.......................................................243 Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7......229 The /etc/mail/local-host-names File.................................................................................................231 Simple Mailing Lists Using Aliases..225 Regenerate The sendmail......233 Testing Masquerading...........................................................239 The /etc/dhcp................................237 How to handle overlapping email addresses............................................................................................................................230 The /etc/mail/virtusertable file ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................225 Restart sendmail to load the new configuration ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................235 Configuring Your POP Mail Server...............................246 The /etc/ntp..........................235 Installing Your POP Mail Server ............................ 251 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls...........241 How to get DHCP started ............................................................................................................................................................................mc File...............................................................................248 Cisco IOS .....................................................................................................248 Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................240 Upgrading Your DHCP Server ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................271 Tunnel mode AH packet format ....................................................................253 Configuring PPPoE..........................................................................271 Encryption methods ....................................................................................................270 Authentication Header (AH)..................................................................................................254 How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply ...............................277 ....................................................................................x www................258 Sample Configurations.................................................................................................................................................................................................................270 Tunnel mode VPNs.....................................................................................................266 How To Verify That NAT Is Working Correctly ..................................................255 Chapter 25.....253 NAT Configuration ...................272 Shared keys ............................................................ 269 Miscellaneous Topics.............................................275 Configuration Steps .....................258 Introduction to accessing the router command line ................................................................................................................................................................................................................272 Public key cryptography using RSA encryption...254 Sample PIX configuration: DSL ................................................................................................................................................................................................275 Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal...........270 Transport mode AH packet format .........................................................................................................................................................................................271 Authentication methods................................................................................................................ 257 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers .........................................................................................................................274 Running Linux Without A Monitor ............................................................com Sample PIX Configuration: DSL ..............................................................................................................................................................271 IKE authentication methods.......................................272 IKE's role in creating Security Associations ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................270 IPSec .................................269 Authentication .........................................................Static IPs ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................271 Internet Key Exchange (IKE)...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................277 Configuration Steps ..................................266 How To Troubleshoot NAT ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................269 Encryption ......................................................................................................262 DSL Router With External Modem .........................................................................258 Via The Console Port ............................................................DHCP.......................................................................................................................255 Outgoing Connections NAT Configuration ............................................................................................... 269 VPN Terminologies................Static IP .................................................................................273 Shared keys ....................275 Preparing To Go “Headless” .....................................................................................................................................270 Transport mode VPNs.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................255 Incoming Connections NAT Configuration ............270 Transport mode AH / ESP packet format ...............................................................................................................................................260 DSL Router With Built-In Modem ....267 Appendix I ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................273 Types Of Dial Up VPN Authentication ............................................................................................................................................................................254 Dynamic DNS Port Forwarding Entries .........273 VPN User Authentication Methods For Temporary Connections ....................273 IKE and ISAKMP...........................264 Other NAT Topics ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................258 Via Telnet ..........................................linuxhomenetworking.......................................................................................................................273 VPN Security And Firewalls..........................................................................................271 Tunnel mode AH / ESP packet format..270 Encapsulating Security Protocol (ESP) ........... 257 An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) ............................Static IP .......................................266 Commonly Used TCP And UDP Ports.....................................................................DHCP.............................................260 DSL Router With Built-In Modem ..........................................................................................................................................................................273 Transforms .................

.....................................................................................................................330 Appendix III..................................................285 swap........................326 ICMP Codes......285 Some Recommended Partition Sizes .......................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File .............................................................280 Cisco PIX Filewalls .....................................................334 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................298 The mail-filter.......................................288 The Seven OSI Layers ....290 Appendix II......................298 The mail-filter Script...........................285 /boot .........................................................................................................conf File .......mc File ................................................................................................................................................................ 293 Codes..................................................................305 IPtables Complex script ......................................................................................................................................334 Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples..............305 DNS Zone File For my-site.........................................................................................................................................................................................327 Cisco PIX Firewall .....................................................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................294 Apache File Permissions Script ............................................................................................................................................reject File....................................................................................................................................................................280 Cisco Routers ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Table Of Contents xi Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices ........................320 Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT .......................289 Contents Of The IP Header .......................................285 "/"........................................................................................................................................................... 333 Bibliography ........................................................................................................ Scripts and Configurations ....286 How Much Space Do I Have On My Partitions?....288 TCP/IP Packet Format ......................................................................................319 DNS Zone File For my-other-site....com ................280 Cisco Local Director....................................282 Cisco CSS11000 (Arrowpoints) ...................................................... 333 Wireless Linux .............................DHCP DSL Configuration...............................................................................................................................................................................284 What Is A Partition? ...................... 293 Subnet Calculator Script ............................................................................com .....................................323 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Static DSL Configuration....................334 Cisco Router Configuration Examples.......................................287 The OSI Networking Model ......................................................................................................................................................................................304 IPtables NTP Server...............................289 Contents Of The TCP Header................................................................296 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................298 IPtables FTP Client.....................................................283 Disk Partitioning Explained......................................................................284 What Is A Filesystem?......................................................290 Contents Of The UDP Header .................................................................................................................320 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File ....................................... Also Known As "root".....................................................284 How Linux Links Filesystems And Partitions ........................................................................................................324 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File...........................................................................................................................................................................................................303 IPtables FTP Server ...........................................................................284 What Partitions Are Mandatory?..................329 Cisco PIX Firewall ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................282 The Sample Cisco syslog.......accept File....................................................285 Recommended Sizes For Disk Partitions..............................................................................................................................................................................................319 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT .........................................................287 What Can I Do When I Run Out Of Disk Space?...............................................................................................................................................................297 The mail-filter..............................................280 Catalyst CAT Switches running CATOS..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................................................336 FTP Server and FTP Clients ...................................................................................................................com Netfilter ...............................................................................................................................338 General Linux Resource Pages .....................................................................335 The Windows SCP client called WinSCP.......................................................................335 SSH Servers and SSH Clients.......................................................339 Network Monitoring..........................................................338 Disk Partitioning ...................................................................................................................................................................................336 DHCP Server ...........................................................................................xii www..................................................................................................iptables Configuration ........................................................................................................................................................337 NTP Server ....339 .............................................................................336 Dynamic DNS ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................337 POP Mail Server ....337 Static DNS................................................................Hosting Your Website at Home .........................................................336 Sendmail Mail Configuration ..............................................Linux as a Windows File Server .................................................................................339 My Other Sites............................338 Samba .....................................................................................................................336 Apache Web Server Software.........................................................................................linuxhomenetworking.........................................335 General Home Networking Resource Pages..........................................................

Table Of Contents xiii .

linuxhomenetworking.com .xiv www.

"children" and "soho". read through the steps below before starting: • Arrange your list of users into groups by function. www. Who Is The Super User? The super user with unrestricted access to all system resources and files is the user named "root". .linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== One of the most important activities in administering a Linux box is the addition of users.15 Chapter 1 Adding Linux Users =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 1 Adding Linux Users Who Is The Super User? How To Add Users How To Change Passwords How To Delete Users How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs © Peter Harrison. You will need to log in as user root to add new users to your Linux box How To Add Users Adding users takes some planning. You may use the command “man useradd” to get the help pages on adding users with the useradd command or the “man usermod” to become more familiar with modifying users with the usermod command. I have included some simple examples to provide a foundation for future chapters. In this example there are three groups "parents". A more detailed description of the process is beyond the focus of this book.

assign them to their respective groups [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# useradd useradd useradd useradd useradd useradd -g -g -g -g -g -g parents parents children children soho soho paul jane derek alice accounts sales If you don't specify the group with the "-g". • Each user's personal directory will be placed in the /home directory. You will be prompted once for your old password and twice for the new one. [root@bigboy tmp]# ll /home drwxr-xr-x 2 root root drwx-----2 accounts soho drwx-----2 alice children drwx-----2 derek children drwx-----2 jane parents drwx-----2 paul parents drwx-----2 sales soho [root@bigboy tmp]# ll /home 12288 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul Jul 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 20:04 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 20:33 lost+found accounts alice derek jane paul sales How To Change Passwords You’ll need to create passwords for each account. RedHat Linux will create a group with the same name as the user you just created. • User "root" changing the password for user "paul" [root@bigboy root]# passwd paul Changing password for user paul.16 www. When each new user first logs in.linuxhomenetworking.com Parents Paul Jane • Children Alice Derek Soho Accounts Sales Add the Linux groups to your server: [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd parents [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd children [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd soho • Add the Linux users. This is done with the "passwd" command. New password: Retype new password: . The directory name will be the same as their user name. they will be prompted for their new permanent password.

Here is how unprivileged user "paul" would change his own password. The "-r" flag removes all the contents of the user's home directory [root@bigboy tmp]# userdel -r paul How To Tell The Groups To Which A User Belongs • Use the "groups" command with the username as the argument [root@bigboy root]# groups paul paul : parents [root@bigboy root]# . [root@bigboy root]# • Users may wish to change their passwords at a future date. [paul@bigboy paul]$ How To Delete Users • The userdel command is used. maximum of 8 characters) Please use a combination of upper and lower case letters and numbers. [paul@bigboy paul]$ passwd Changing password for paul Old password: your current password Enter the new password (minimum of 5. New password: your new password Re-enter new password: your new password Password changed.Chapter 1 : Adding Linux Users 17 passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully.

linuxhomenetworking.com .18 www.

• When running the command you will be prompted for your regular password before it is executed. What is sudo? • Sudo is a command that allows users defined in the /etc/sudoers configuration file to have temporary root access to run certain privileged commands. www. • The command you want to run must first begin with the word "sudo" followed by the regular command syntax.Chapter 1 : Adding Linux Users 19 Chapter 2 Using Sudo =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 2 Using Sudo What is sudo? Download and Install The sudo Package The visudo Command The /etc/sudoers File How To Use sudo Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands © Peter Harrison.com =========================================== You can give selected users temporary "root" privileges using the "sudo" command.linuxhomenetworking. here's how. .

20 www. mary ALL=(ALL) ALL . groups. • "visudo" is best run as user "root" The /etc/sudoers File General Guidelines o The /etc/sudoers file has the general format: usernames/group o o o o o o o target-servername = command Groups are the same as user groups and are differentiated from regular users by a % at the beginning The "#" at the beginning of a line signifies a comment line You can have multiple usernames per line separated by commas Multiple commands can be separated by commas too. "visudo" uses the same commands as the "vi" text editor. It is not recommended that you use any other editor to modify your sudo parameters. The keyword "ALL" can mean all usernames.com • You may run other privileged commands using sudo within a five minute period without being reprompted for a password • All commands run as sudo are logged in the log file /var/log/messages Download and Install The sudo Package Fortunately the package is installed by default by RedHat The visudo Command • "visudo" is the command used to edit the /etc/sudoers configuration file. commands and servers. you can end it with a "\" and continue on the next line. If you run out of space on a line. The NOPASSWD keyword provides access without you being prompted for your password Simple Examples o Users "paul" and "mary" have full access to all privileged commands paul.linuxhomenetworking. Spaces are considered part of the command.

Chapter 2 : Using Sudo 21 o Users with a groupid of "operator" has full access to all commands and won't be prompted for a password when doing so. logname=paul uid=0 euid=0 tty=pts/0 ruser= rhost= user=paul Nov 18 22:51:25 bigboy sudo: paul : TTY=pts/0 . [paul@bigboy paul]$ Using syslog To Track All sudo Commands All sudo commands are logged in the log file /var/log/messages. [root@bigboy tmp]# grep sudo /var/log/messages Nov 18 22:50:30 bigboy sudo(pam_unix)[26812]: authentication failure... .. user "paul" attempts to view the contents of the /etc/sudoers file [paul@bigboy paul]$ more /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers: Permission denied [paul@bigboy paul]$ • Paul tries again using sudo and his regular user password and is successful [paul@bigboy paul]$ sudo more /etc/sudoers Password: . USER=root . COMMAND=/bin/more sudoers [root@bigboy tmp]# .. Here is sample output from the above example. PWD=/etc . .. %operator ALL=(ALL) NOPASSWD: ALL How To Use sudo • In this example..

linuxhomenetworking.com .22 www.

www.com =========================================== A lot of Linux system software is available using RPM packages for default Linux installs. and source RPMs for non standard installations. thereby making life easier for the software developer who wrote the package.linuxhomenetworking. they more easily installed across a wide variety of Linux flavors.23 Chapter 3 Installing RPM Software =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 3 Installing RPM Software Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP How To Install The RPMs How to Install Source RPMs How To List Installed RPMs How Uninstall RPMs RedHat Up2date © Peter Harrison. Where To Get Commonly Used RPMs Here are three commonly used sources for RPMs: . As the procedure for installing source RPMs involves compiling source code.

ftp. It is usually simplest to configure your system to Automount your CDROM. You can check this using the following commands.redhat. This makes the files on it immediately accessible whenever you access it without having to use the "mount" command. start your search in the /pub/redhat/linux/ directory and move down the directory tree.net/ How to Easily Access CD RPMs With Automount Using the Linux installation CDs is usually easier. This will make your Linux system act more like Windows.com/apps/download/advanced_search.7-33 [root@bigboy tmp]# • You can then ensure that it runs when the system boots using the chkconfig command. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 345 autofs on [root@bigboy tmp]# . don’t worry. though you run the risk of some of the packages being obsolete due to newer releases on the RedHat website. FTP downloading it’ll be explained later. See the section about using Automount to easily access your CDROM drive to obtain RPM files. RPMs Downloaded From Redhat Advanced searches for all versions of RedHat can be done using this web link: http://www.com. RPMs Downloaded From Speakeasy RedHat only has their approved software on their site. Always remember to select the RPM that matches your version of Linux http://speakeasy. A good general purpose source is RPMfind. • Autofs is the package that supports Automount is installed by default with newer versions of RedHat Linux. If you’re new to FTP.linuxhomenetworking.24 www.1.html RedHat also has a highly used FTP site.rpmfind.com RPMs On Your Installation CDs This is usually easier than having to download files from a remote website. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -qa | grep autofs autofs-3.redhat.

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

25

• There are two automount configuration files in /etc, one called auto.master and the other called auto.misc. My auto.master looks like this: /misc /etc/auto.misc --timeout 60

The default version of this file normally has this line commented out so you’ll have to remove the "#" at the beginning of the line for the configuration to take effect when autofs is restarted. The first entry is not the mount point. It's where the set of autofs mount points will be. The second entry is a reference to the default map file /etc/auto.misc and the third option says that the mounted filesystems can try to unmount themselves 60 seconds after use. • You can create mount points for each of your removable devices, "floppy", "cdrom" and "zip" with the following commands. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 3 drwxr-xr-x 2 drwxr-xr-x 2 drwxr-xr-x 2 [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# mkdir /misc/cdrom mkdir /misc/floppy mkdir /misc/zip ll /misc

root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 cdrom root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 floppy root root 1024 Nov 10 16:06 zip tmp]#

• Edit your auto.misc file to include the CDROM. It should have an entry like this. cdrom -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom You'll find other entries such as "floppy" and "zip" commented out with a "#". If you need them, just delete the "#". The first column (the "key") is the mount point under directory /misc, so in this case you'll be doing auto mounting when you access /misc/cdrom. • Restart autofs. [root@bigboy /tmp]# /etc/init.d/autofs restart Stopping automount:[ OK ] Starting automount:[ OK ] [root@bigboy /tmp]#

Downloading RPMS To Your Linux Box
For casual searching and installing, I recommend using the http links above. If you are doing industrial strength stuff, then use a real FTP client such as (WSFTP or CuteFTP for GUI) or the command line.

26

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Getting RPMs Using Web Based FTP
Let’s say you are running RedHat 8.0 and need to download an RPM for the DHCP server.

RedHat
• • • • • • • Use your web browser to go to the RedHat link above Type in dhcp in the search box Click the search button Scroll down for the RPM you need for the DHCP server Click on the appropriate "download" link Click on the FTP link Save the file to Linux box's hard drive

Speakeasy
• • • • • • • Go to the Speakeasy link Type in dhcp in the search box Click the search button Scroll down for the RPM that matches your version of RedHat The right hand column has the links with the actual names of the rpm files Click the link Save the file to Linux box's hard drive

It is best to download RPMs to a directory named "RPM", so you can find them later.

Getting RPMs Using Command Line Anonymous FTP
The Web based method above transparently uses anonymous File Transfer Protocol (FTP). Anonymous FTP allows you to log in and download files from a FTP server using the username “anonymous” and a password that matches your email address. This way anyone can access the data. • Let's try to FTP the SSH package from ftp.redhat.com [root@bigboy tmp]# ftp ftp.redhat.com Trying 66.77.185.38... Connected to ftp.redhat.com (66.77.185.38).

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

27

220 Red Hat FTP server ready. All transfers are logged. Name (ftp.redhat.com:root): anonymous 331 Please specify the password. Password: 230 Login successful. Have fun. Remote system type is UNIX. Using binary mode to transfer files. ftp> ls 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,50,122) 150 Here comes the directory listing. drwxr-xr-x 5 0 0 4096 Jun 09 04:20 pub 226 Directory send OK. ftp> • Let's see the available help commands ftp> help Commands may be abbreviated. Commands are: ! $ account append ascii bell binary bye case cd cdup chmod close cr delete ftp> • The commands you'll most likely use are: FTP Commands Command binary cd dir exit Description Copy files in binary mode Change directory on the FTP server List the names of the files in the current remote directory Bye bye debug dir disconnect exit form get glob hash help idle image lcd ls macdef Mdelete mdir mget mkdir mls mode modtime mput newer nmap nlist ntrans open prompt passive proxy sendport put pwd quit quote recv reget rstatus rhelp rename reset restart rmdir runique send site size status struct system sunique tenex tick trace type user umask verbose ?

28

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Command get lcd ls mget mput passive put pwd

Description Get a file from the FTP server Change the directory on the local machine Same as dir Same as get, but you can use wildcards like "*" Same as put, but you can use wildcards like "*" Make the file transfer passive mode Put a file from the local machine onto the FTP server Give the directory name on the local machine

• By using the search feature on the website ahead of time, I know that the RedHat 8.0RPMs are located in the pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS directory. ftp> cd pub/redhat/linux/8.0/en/os/i386/RedHat/RPMS 250 Directory successfully changed. ftp> ls open* 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,45,180) 150 Here comes the directory listing. -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 11191 Sep 03 21:32 open-1.4-16.i386.rpm -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 2006950 Sep 03 21:32 openh323-1.9.3-4.i386.rpm -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 256971 Sep 03 21:32 openh323-devel-1.9.3-4.i386.rpm ... ... -rw-r--r-- 1 0 0 217326 Sep 03 21:33 openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm ... ... 226 Directory send OK. ftp> • Get the file we need and place it in the local directory /usr/rpm. Also print "#" hash signs on the screen during the download. ftp> hash Hash mark printing on (1024 bytes/hash mark). ftp> lcd /usr/rpm Local directory now /usr/rpm ftp> ftp> get openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm local: openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm remote: openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm 227 Entering Passive Mode (66,77,185,38,57,102) 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for openssh-3.4p1-2.i386.rpm (217326 bytes). ##################################################################### #####################################################################

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software

29

#################################################################### 226 File send OK. 217326 bytes received in 87.7 secs (2.4 Kbytes/sec) ftp> • Bye bye ftp> exit 221 Goodbye. [root@bigboy tmp]#

How To Install The RPMs
Using Downloaded Files
• • Download the source RPMs which usually have a file extension ending with (.rpm) into a temporary directory such as /tmp As user root, issue the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh filename.rpm

Using CDROMs
• Insert the CDROM and check the files in /misc/cdrom/RedHat/RPMS [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /misc/cdrom/RedHat/RPMS [root@bigboy RPMS]# ls filename* filename.rpm [root@bigboy RPMS]# rpm -Uvh filename.rpm • When finished, eject the CDROM [root@bigboy RPMS]# cd /tmp [root@bigboy tmp]# eject cdrom [root@bigboy tmp]#

How to Install Source RPMs
Sometimes the packages you want to install need to be compiled in order to match your kernel version. This requires you to use source RPM files. • Download the source RPMs or locate them on your CD collection. They usually have a file extension ending with (.src.rpm)

30

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

• Run the following commands as root:

Newer Linux Versions
Compiling and installing source RPMs with newer RedHat Linux versions can be done simply with the rpmbuild command

[root@bigboy tmp]# rpmbuild --rebuild filename.src.rpm

o

Here is an example in which we install the tacacs plus package. [root@bigboy rpm]# rpmbuild --rebuild tac_plus-4.0.3-2.src.rpm Installing tac_plus-4.0.3-2.src.rpm Executing(%prep): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.61594 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + rm -rf tac_plus-4.0.3 + /usr/bin/gzip -dc /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/tac_plus-4.0.3.tgz + tar -xvvf drwxr-xr-x nsen/25 0 1999-08-04 00:33:15 tac_plus-4.0.3/ -rw-r----- root/root 9029 1999-04-02 22:03:45 tac_plus4.0.3/CHANGES ... ... ... ... ... ... Checking for unpackaged file(s): /usr/lib/rpm/check-files /var/tmp/tacacsd Wrote: /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/tac_plus-4.0.3-2.i386.rpm Executing(%clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.60207 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + cd tac_plus-4.0.3 + rm -rf /var/tmp/tacacsd + exit 0 Executing(--clean): /bin/sh -e /var/tmp/rpm-tmp.60207 + umask 022 + cd /usr/src/redhat/BUILD + rm -rf tac_plus-4.0.3 + exit 0 [root@bigboy rpm]#

o

Here we see that the regular RPM file, not the source RPM, has been installed correctly. [root@bigboy rpm]# rpm -qa | grep tac_plus tac_plus-4.0.3-2 [root@bigboy rpm]#

14-15 smpeg-gtv-0.4.4p1-2 openssh-askpass-3. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh filename.4p1-2 [root@bigboy tmp]# .2-7 audiofile-0.2.27-9 libstdc++-3.4p1-2 openssh-clients-3.Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 31 Older Linux Versions The process is more complicated with older RedHat Linux versions as can be seen below.4p1-2 openssh-askpass-gnome-3.rpm o How To List Installed RPMs • The rpm –qa command will list all the packages installed on your system [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm –qa perl-Storable-1. You then have to install the new RPM file from this directory.4-9 e2fsprogs-1.src. regardless of case (“-i” meaning ignore case) [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -qa | grep -i ssh openssh-server-3. In this example we are looking for all packages containing the string “ssh” in the name.3-3 … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# • You can also pipe the output of this command through the grep command if you are interested in only a specific package. o o The source files are first exported into the directory /usr/src/redhat/SPECS with the rpm command.4p1-2 openssh-3. You then have to run the rpm command again to compile the source files into a regular RPM file which will be placed in either the /usr/src/packages/RPMS/i386/ or the /usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386/ directories.0.rpm SPECS]# cd /usr/src/redhat/SPECS SPECS]# rpm –ba filename tmp]# cd /usr/src/redhat/RPM/i386 i386]# rpm -Uvh filename.

public key. depslist [] … … … Enter number of item to edit <return to exit. Here’s what to do: • After installing the operating system issue the up2date command. isatty Yes 2.linuxhomenetworking. run the following as root: rpm --import /usr/share/rhn/RPM-GPG-KEY [root@bigboy tmp]# • Issue the rpm command to get the keys [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm --import /usr/share/rhn/RPM-GPG-KEY [root@bigboy tmp]# . debug No 1.com How Uninstall RPMs • The rpm –e command will erase an installed package. Without it.32 www. q to quit without saving>: Your GPG keyring does not contain the Red Hat. Just quit by typing “q” and up2date will give you the command to run to get the encryption keys from RedHat. To install the key. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm –e package-name RedHat Up2date RedHat has a program called up2date which will update your Linux installation with the latest revisions of the RPMs from the RedHat website via a HTTPS/SSL connection running in the background. It will prompt you to change the initial settings. you will be unable to verify that packages Update Agent downloads are securely signed by Red Hat. Inc. The package name given must match that listed in the rpm –qa command as the version of the package is important. [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date 0. Your Update Agent options specify that you want to use GPG.

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 33 • Issue the up2date command again and it will prompt you through a number of registration screens which will ask for information such as: o o o The login name & password of your choice Your.i386. ####################################### Testing package set / solving RPM inter-dependencies..2.0. ######################################## cups-libs-1. 1:cups-libs 2:cvs 3:cyrus-sasl … … … ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] The following Packages were marked to be skipped by your configuration: Name Version Rel Reason --------------------------------------------------------------------kernel 2. This is done with the up2date –u command.. • Now you have to actually update the software using up2date. address and email address A profile name for your server • It will then present you with a list of all the packages installed on your server and ask you whether you want to register this software information with RedHat • The up2date updater will then register your system and exit back to the command prompt.r ########################## Done. name..1. ######################################## Fetching rpm headers.18 24...17-0.0Pkg name/pattern [root@bigboy tmp]# ... ######################################## Fetching Obsoletes list for channel: redhat-linux-i386-8..0.4... This is what it looks like: [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date -u Fetching package list for channel: redhat-linux-i386-8.8. … … … Preparing ########################################### [100%] Installing.

34 www.com Some Necessary Facts About up2date o o You can update your contact information afterwards using the link http://www.linuxhomenetworking. All additional profiles under the login name have an annual fee.com/network RedHat will regularly send you emails with the packages you need to update.redhat. Here is a sample script that you can run weekly using cron #!/bin/sh # # Updates system every week # up2date -p up2date -u o . The “–u” switch will update all packages and the “-p” will register any additional packages you have installed without using up2date. You can selectively update the package mentioned in each email using the command: [root@bigboy tmp]# up2date package-name o o o o Only one profile per login name is free. If you have a firewall protecting your system. You can write a small script to periodically update your system. up2date uses HTTPS/SSL to do its updating. up2date automatically figures out these package inter-dependencies and will install all the required foundation packages as well. Some RPMs won’t install unless other RPMs have been installed previously. you will need TCP port 443 access to the internet Updating packages could cause programs written by you to stop functioning especially if they rely on the older version’s features or syntax.

Chapter 3 : Installing RPM Software 35 .

com .linuxhomenetworking.36 www.

After completing this first phase. The boot process first runs the scripts found in /etc/rc.com =========================================== The way Linux boots up is very important information to know.linuxhomenetworking. . run level).d which provides only the most basic functionality and the ability to only handle a single user.d/rc1. the boot process will run a number of scripts located in subdirectories under directory /etc/rc. This stage is known as “single user mode”. the boot process will run scripts in only one of the other directories depending on the startup mode (aka.37 Chapter 4 The Linux Boot Process =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 4 The Linux Boot Process The RedHat Boot Sequence Determining The Default Boot runlevel Get A GUI Console Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI System Shutdown And Rebooting How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel © Peter Harrison. These are listed below.d. You can alter it to change the type of login screen you get and also which programs get started. www. The RedHat Boot Sequence When RedHat boots.

without NFS (The same as 3.d/rc6.Full multiuser mode # 4 .d/rc5.halt (Do NOT set initdefault to this) # 1 .d/rc3.X11 # 6 . When set it to “3”. when set to “5”.Multiuser.unused # 5 .d /etc/rc.linuxhomenetworking.reboot (Do NOT set initdefault to this) # id:3:initdefault: # Console Text Mode id:5:initdefault: # Console GUI Mode • Most home users boot up with a Windows like GUI (Run Level 5) • Most techies will tend to boot up with a plain text based command line type interface (Run level 3) • Changing "initdefault" from 3 to 5 or vice-versa will only have an effect upon your next reboot.d /etc/rc.d /etc/rc.d/rc4. Here is a sample snippet of the file: (Delete the initdefault line you don't need) # Default runlevel. The runlevels used by RHS are: # 0 .d/rc1.d /etc/rc.Single user mode # 2 .d/rc2. if you do not have networking) # 3 . Get A GUI Console You have two main options if your system comes up in a text terminal mode on the VGA console and you want to get the GUI: • Manual Method: You can start the X terminal GUI application each time you need it by running the “startx” command at the VGA console.d /etc/rc. See the section below on how to get a GUI login all the time until the next reboot.com Mode/Run Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Directory /etc/rc. .d/rc0.d Run Level Description Halt Single-user mode Not used (user-definable) Full multi-user mode (No GUI interface) Not used (user-definable) Full multi-user mode (With GUI interface) Reboot Determining The Default Boot runlevel The default boot runlevel is set in the file /etc/inittab with the "initdefault" variable.38 www.d /etc/rc. the system boots up with the text interface on the VGA console. you get the GUI. Remember that when you log out you will get the regular text based console again.

it will run under session number seven. only in run level 5. If the GUI is running. You will need to edit your “initdefault” variable in your /etc/inittab file as mentioned in the preceding section to keep this functionality even after you reboot. You can step through each text session by using the <CTL> <ALT> <F1> through <F6> key sequence. You'll get a new login prompt for each attempt. Halt / Shutdown The System [root@bigboy tmp]# init 0 Reboot The System [root@bigboy tmp]# init 6 . Click on Systems Tools. You can get the GUI login with the sequence <CTL> <ALT> <F7>.Chapter 4 : The Linux Boot Process [root@bigboy tmp]# startx • Automatic Method: You can have Linux automatically start the X terminal GUI console for every login attempt until your next reboot by using the init command. or if the GUI is running after launching "startx" System Shutdown And Rebooting The "init" command will allow you to change the current runlevel. o o o Sessions one through six are text sessions. [root@bigboy tmp]# init 5 Get A Basic Text Terminal Without Exiting The GUI Using A GUI Terminal Window You can open a GUI based window with a command prompt inside by doing the following: o o Click on the “Red Hat” Start button in the bottom left hand corner of the screen. then Terminal Using Virtual Terminals Linux actually has seven virtual console sessions running on the VGA console.

Let’s change it so that Sendmail doesn't startup at boot. • Use this command to get a full listing of packages listed in /etc/init.. 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 5:on 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off 6:off Chkconfig Examples You can use chkconfig to change runlevels for particular packages.d/rc.40 www. The typical home/SOHO user doesn't have to be a scripting / symbolic linking guru to make sure everything works right because RedHat comes with a nifty utility called "chkconfig" to do it for you.linuxhomenetworking....X directory.d and the runlevels at which they will be "on" or "off" [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list keytable 0:off 1:on 2:on 3:on 4:on atd 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on syslog 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on gpm 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on kudzu 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on wlan 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off netfs 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:on network 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on random 0:off 1:off 2:on 3:on 4:on . Here we see Sendmail will start with a regular startup at runlevel 3 or 5. .d and place symbolic links (pointers) to this script in the appropriate /etc/rc. Use Chkconfig To Get A Listing Of Sendmail's Current Startup Options [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off 5:on 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# Switch Off Sendmail Starting Up In Levels 3 and 5 [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sendmail off [root@bigboy tmp]# Doublecheck That Sendmail Will Not Startup [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:off 4:off 5:off 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# .com How To Set Which Programs Run At Each runlevel Most RedHat packages place a startup script in the directory /etc/init.

Don't add/remove anything to other runlevels unless you absolutely know what you are doing.Chapter 4 : The Linux Boot Process Turn it back on again [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 mail on [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --list | grep mail sendmail 0:off 1:off 2:off 3:on 4:off 5:on 6:off [root@bigboy tmp]# Final Tips On chkconfig • • • In most cases you'll want to modify runlevels 3 and 5 simultaneously AND with the same values. Don't experiment. . it just configures them to be started or ignored when the system boots up. The commands for starting and stopping the programs covered in this book are covered in each respective chapter. Chkconfig doesn’t start the programs in the /etc/init.d directory.

com .linuxhomenetworking.42 www.

you should at least weigh the merits of such a move. www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== We have assumed you want to host your website in your home or home office using a topology similar to that in the diagram below.43 Chapter 5 Why Host Your Own Site? =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 5 Why Host Your Own Site? Network Diagram Alternatives To Home Web Hosting Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself How To Migrate From An External Provider © Peter Harrison. Before you do. Network Diagram .

New Skills: There is also the additional benefit of learning the new skills required to set up the site. The steps are fairly straight forward: • Sign up for the virtual hosting service. The virtual hosting provider will also offer free backups of your site. www. They will provide you with a login name and password. A website can be hosted on this data circuit for the only additional hardware cost of a network switch and a web server. so you’ll probably have to wait at least that long before you’ll be able to view your site using your domain. It takes about 3-4 days for DNS to propagate across the Web. Changes can be made with little delay. You should be able to buy this equipment second hand for about $100. data base services and technical support offered by the virtual hosting company.44 www. such as www. with companies like Register. You must make sure your new domain name’s DNS records point to the DNS server of the virtual hosting company. a number of email addresses and an easy to use web based GUI to manage your settings. Home Based Websites Pros o Cost: It is possible to host a website on most DSL connections. There are a number of reasons why you may want to move your website to your home or small office. For the home based website these are usually not big issues. • Test viewing your site using your IP address in your web browser. If your home already has DSL there would be no additional network connectivity costs.com.com. many will also provide an e-commerce feature which will allow you to have a shopping cart and customer loyalty programs. Factors To Consider Before Hosting Yourself Virtual hosting is the ideal solution for many small websites. So for a savings of $10 per month the project should pay for itself in less than a year. • Upload your web pages to your private virtual hosting directory. load balancing.com Alternatives To Home Web Hosting It is easy to find virtual hosting companies on the Web which will offer to host a simple website for about $10 per month. redundant hardware.linuxhomenetworking. DNS.com. technical support.my-site. o o Cons o Lost Services: You lose the convenience of many of the services such as backups. . Verisign or RegisterFree. the IP address of your site plus the name of a private directory on a shared web server in which you’ll place your web pages. security audits. For an additional charge.my-site. • Register your domain name.com. Availability: Reliable virtual hosting facilities may not be available in your country and/or you may not have access to the foreign currency to host your site abroad.

software. Proceed with the server migration only if you feel your staff can handle the job. These services may be more difficult to implement at home. There is a chapter on the iptables Linux firewall and general security policies for Linux servers to help you overcome these shortcomings. time) Cons o o Lost Services: You won’t have access to the services provided by your old service provider. Security: Always weigh the degree of security maintained by your hosting provider with that which you expect to provide in-house. Cost: The cost of using an external web hosting provider will increase as you purchase more systems administration services. o . Training The percentage of IT staff’s time installing and maintaining the site Potential cost of the risks (% likelihood of failure per month X cost of failure) • • Risks Likelihood of a failure and expected duration The cost of both the failure and post failure recovery (Hardware. The chapter on the Linux iptables firewall should help make the decision easier. you will have to consider the following: In-house Web Hosting Savings • • Monthly out sourced web hosting fee Elimination of the cost of delays to implement desired services. Hosting providers may provide software patches to fix security vulnerabilities on your web servers and may even provide a firewall to protect it. • • • • • Costs New hardware & software Possible new application development.Chapter 5 : Why Host Your Own Site? 45 o Security: One important factor to consider is the security of your new server. which may have been highly desirable and cost effective. Availability: Reliable virtual hosting facilities may not be available in your country and you may not have access to the foreign currency to host your site abroad. o Small Office Based Websites Pros o o o Increased Control: You will be able to manage all aspects of your website if it is hosted on a server based either in-house or within your control at a remote data center. Technical Ability: Your service provider may have more expertise in setting up your site than you do. In order to determine the break even point of the proposal. data restoration. Technical Ability: You may have to incur additional training costs to ensure that your IT staff has the necessary knowledge to do the job internally. You will eventually be able to justify hosting your website inhouse based on this financial fact.

You should also read the sections on mail and web server configuration to help provide a more rounded understanding of the steps involved. .46 www.com How To Migrate From An External Provider The chapter on DNS has a detailed explanation of the steps involved in migrating your website from an external hosting provider to your home or small office.linuxhomenetworking.

com =========================================== This chapter briefly explains some basic networking concepts for the home user.linuxhomenetworking. www. .47 Chapter 6 Introduction To Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 6 Introduction To Networking What Is TCP/IP? What Is An IP Addresses? What Is Localhost? What Is A Subnet Mask? How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? How Can I Figure Out My Broadcast Address? What Is Duplex? What Is A Hub? What Is A Switch? What Is A LAN? What Is A Router? What Is A Gateway? What Is A Route? What Is A Default Gateway? What Is A NIC? What Is A MAC Address? What Is ARP? What Is A Firewall? What Is NAT? What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? What Is DHCP? What Is DNS? How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain? How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? What is FTP? Where is Linux Help? © Peter Harrison.

but both the UDP and the TCP datagram headers track the “port” being used. Ports below 1024 are reserved for privileged system functions. those above 1024 are generally reserved for non system third party applications. Certain programs are assigned specific that are internationally recognized. Data is sent on a “best effort” basis with the machine that sends the data having no means of verifying whether the data was correctly received by the remote machine.com What Is TCP/IP? TCP/IP is a universal standard suite of protocols used to provide connectivity between networked devices. What is UDP? UDP is a connectionless protocol. Usually when a connection is made from a client computer requesting data to the server machine that contains the data: . For example. TCP keeps track of the packets sent by giving each one a sequence number with the remote server sending back “acknowledgement” packets confirming correct delivery. is reserved for HTTP web traffic and port 25 is reserved for SMTP email. It is part of the larger OSI model upon which most data communications is based. port 80. The remote computer then receives the packets and reassembles the data and checks for errors. What are TCP / UDP Ports? So the data portion of the IP packet contains a TCP or UDP datagram sandwiched inside. It then passes the data to the program that expects to receive it. You could look at it as a combination used to create a connection ID number. The source/destination port combination defines the program on the computer that sent/received the data. For manageability. It is also used when data needs to be broadcast to all available servers on a locally attached network where the creation of dozens of TCP connections for a short burst of data is considered resource hungry. UDP is usually used for applications in which the data sent is not mission critical. The two most popular transportation mechanisms used on the Internet are Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and User Datagram Protocol (UDP). Only the TCP datagram header contains sequence information. How does the computer know what program needs the data? Each IP packet also contains a piece of information in its header called the “type” field. One component of TCP/IP is the Internet Protocol (IP) which is responsible for ensuring that data is transferred between two addresses without being corrupted.48 www. What is TCP? TCP opens up a connection between client and server programs running on separate computers so that multiple and/or sporadic streams of data can be sent over an indefinite period of time.linuxhomenetworking. TCP is a good example of a “connection oriented” protocol. Programs that use TCP therefore have a means of detecting connection failures and requesting the retransmission of missing packets. This informs the computer receiving the data about the type of transportation mechanism being used. the data is usually split into multiple pieces or “packets” each with its own error detection bytes in the control section or “header” of the packet.

but a response to the initial port 80 HTTP query. An example of an IP address would be 97. ICMP also includes echo and echo reply messages used by the Linux “ping” command to confirm network connectivity. control. it tells the TCP application to respond back to port 1095 of the client using a source port of port 80. IP addresses have 32 bits in total. If it is an HTTP request.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 49 o the client selects a random unused "source" port greater than 1024 and queries the server on the "destination" port specific to the application. The server sending the packet sets the TTL value and each network device that the packet passes through then reduces this value by “1”. It is not strictly a TCP/IP protocol. More information on ICMP messages can be found in both the Appendix and the chapter on network troubleshooting. For example. If the TTL value reaches “0”. What is a TTL? Each IP packet has a Time to Live (TTL) section that keeps track of the number of network devices the packet has passed through to reach its destination. • For ease of use. a bad connection. ICMP provides a suite of error. o The client keeps track of all its requests to the server's IP address and will recognize that the reply on port 1095 isn't a request initiation for "Nicelink" (See the Bibliography for a link to a TCP/IP port listing).12. 1095 and query the server on port 80 (HTTP) The server recognizes the port 80 request as an HTTP request and passes on the data to be handled by the web server software. IP addresses are written in what is called a "dotted decimal" format. • IP addresses are in reality a string of binary digits or "bits". electrical interference or even misconfiguration. TTLs help to reduce the clogging of data circuits with unnecessary traffic. These are: . and informational messages for use by the operating system. Just like a telephone number. When the web server software replies to the client. The server will usually detected this by examining the packet and correlating the contents to what it finds in the IP header’s error control section. but TCP/IP based applications use it frequently.65. Each bit is either a 1 or a 0. four numbers with dots in between. it helps to uniquely identify a user of the system. What is ICMP? There is another commonly used protocol called the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP).25. None of the numbers between the dots may be greater than 255. It will then issue an ICMP reject message to the original sending machine that the data should be resent. then the network device will discard the packet. • The numbers between the dots are frequently referred to as "octets" • Some groups of IP addresses are reserved for use only in private networks and are not routed over the Internet. IP packets will occasionally arrive at a server with corrupted data due to any number of reasons including. the client will use a source port of say. What Do IP Addresses Look Like? • All devices connected to the Internet have an Internet Protocol (IP) address. This mechanism helps to ensure that bad routing on the Internet won’t cause packets to aimlessly loop around the network.

Available 97. The (808) represents the area code.255. This IP address is defined as 127.24.1. • You can check the Linux networking topics page on how to configure the IP address of your Linux box.0.255.0.255 • Home networking equipment / devices usually are configured in the factory with an IP address in the range 192.31.168.com Private IP Addresses 10.253.1.158.168.0.255.168.255.158. • If you purchased a DSL service from your Internet service provider (ISP) that gives you fixed IP addresses.248 and a gateway of 97. the 225-2468 represents the telephone within that area code.25 and a subnet mask of 255.255.26 .Gateway 97.255.0) is reserved to represent the network itself.linuxhomenetworking.255) is reserved for broadcast traffic intended to reach all hosts on the network at the same time.10.1. then the network portion would be 192. host #0 (192.253. For example if the ISP provides you with a "public" network address of 97.0.248 that defines 8 IP addresses.1 and is frequently referred to as “localhost” What Is A Subnet Mask? • Subnet masks are used to tell which part of the IP address represents: • The network on which the computer is connected (Network portion) • The computer's unique identifier on that network (Host portion) • A simple analogy would be a phone number.27 .172. a subnet mask of 255.253.255.25 .158.192.Available 97.168.255.255.Available .255 172.1.158.1.253.168. and host #255 (192. then they will most likely provide you with a subnet mask of 255.1 to 192. then your IP addresses will be: • • • • • 97.0.24 – Network base address 97.24.50 www.0.255.253.0.0 .158. • Subnet masks allow you to specify how long you want the area code to be (network portion) at the expense of the number of telephones in that are in the area code (Host portion) • Most home networks use a subnet mask of 255.253.158.168.255. So if your server has an IP address of 192.255.253. Each "255" means this octet is for the area code (network portion). • In this example.168.1 and the server or host would be device #25 on that network. What Is Localhost? Whether or not your computer has a network interface card it will have a “built in” IP address with which network aware applications can communicate with one another. such as (808) 225-2468.158.255 192.28 .0.0 .168. You can then use IP addresses from #1 to #254 on your "private" network.0 .16.255.

158.31 o o Let's do this for 192. how do you determine the network address and the broadcast address.24 The broadcast address is the result of step 3 plus the result of step 1 minus 1.168.253.75 with a mask of 255.158.240 1. 256 . Multiply this result by the result of step 1 to get the network address (8 x 3 = 24).224 = 32 56 / 32 = 1 32 x 1 = 32.Available 97. Therefore the broadcast address is 192.3.248. 128.Available 97.158.29 .3.253.158. 240.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 51 • • • 97.224 1. 3.255. • There are only 7 possible values for the last octet of a subnet mask. 4. 2.168. 248.255.0.63 Let's do this for 10. 256 . This will give you the theoretical number of subnets of the same size that are below this IP address. in other words the boundaries of my network? Here are the steps: Manual Calculation o o Subtract the last octet of the subnet mask from 256 to give the number of IP addresses in the subnet.30 .56 with a mask of 255.158.248) = 8 Divide the last octet of the IP address by the result of step 1.192 then you have 64 IP addresses in your subnet (256 . The broadcast address is 97. (256 . Think of it as "The broadcast address is always the network address plus the number of IP addresses in the subnet minus 1".158.253.32 32 + 32 .240 = 16 .255.253. 224.255” which should be sufficient for your home network.253. Therefore the network base address is 192.255.1 = 63. (24 + 8 -1 = 31).168. Think of it as "This is the third subnet with 8 addresses in it". These are 0.255.253.31 . The Network address is therefore 97.28 and a subnet mask of 255. 252 • You can calculate the number of IP addresses for each of the above values by subtracting the value from 256 • So for example.0.255. 192.Broadcast How Many Addresses Do I Get With My Mask? The method described in this section only works for subnet masks that start with “255. don't bother with the remainder (28/8 = 3).255.3.255. if you have a subnet mask of 255.192) What’s The Range Of Addresses On My Network? If someone gives you an IP address of 97.255.

193. Devices that want to transmit information have to wait their turn until the "coast is clear" at which point they send the data. • Most modern network cards can auto-negotiate duplex with the device on the other end of the wire.255.255. 3. Therefore the broadcast address is 10.240 : 16 IP Addresses What Is Duplex? • Duplex refers to the ability of a device to transmit and receive data at the same time. Hubs physically cross-connect all their ports with one another which causes all traffic sent from a server to the hub to be blurted out to all other servers connected to that hub whether they are the intended recipient or not. the last octet of your network base address must be divisible by the “256 minus the last octet of your subnet mask” and leave no remainder. If you are sub-netting a large chunk of IP addresses it’s always a good idea to lay it out on a spreadsheet to make sure there are no overlapping subnets.0.sh 216.193.79 Note: As a rule of thumb.151. What Is A Hub? • A hub is a device into which you can connect all devices on a home network so that they can talk together.0.0.193. and another device at the other end of the cable set to half duplex. It will accept subnet masks in dotted decimal format or "/value" format [root@bigboy tmp]# .52 www. Therefore the network base address is 10.255.64 64 + 16 -1 = 79. Calculation Using A Script There is a BASH script in the Appendix which will do this for you.151. 75 / 16 = 4 16 x 4 = 64.255.151. 4. Error detection and retransmission mechanisms ensure that data reaches the destination correctly even if it were originally garbled by multiple devices starting to transmit at the same time.92 /28 IP Address : 216.linuxhomenetworking. • Data transfer speeds will be low and error levels will be high if you have a device at one end of a cable set to full duplex.95 Subnet Mask Subnet Size [root@bigboy tmp]# : 255.193. • Full duplex uses separate pairs of wires for transmitting and receiving data so that incoming data flows don't interfere with outgoing data flows. Here is a sample of how to use it. this only works with subnet masks that start with 255. It is for this reason that duplex settings aren’t usually a problem for Linux servers. Once again.92 Network Base Address : 216. just provide the IP address followed by the subnet mask as arguments.80 Broadcast Address : 216.com 2. • Half duplex uses the same pairs of wires for transmitting and receiving data./subnet-calc. .151.0.

• Communication to devices on another LAN requires a router directly connected to both LANs. it is possible to deny communication between two servers on different networks that intend to communicate on TCP port 80. . • It is possible to have LANs that span multiple switches. • Routers will connect into multiple switches to allow these networks to communicate with one another. thereby eliminating the possibility of message garbling. The only exception is broadcast traffic which is blurted out to all the servers simultaneously. • Switches regulate traffic. and allow all other traffic between them. until the message gets through correctly. When this happens the servers try again. What Is A LAN? • A Local Area Network (LAN) is a grouping of ports on a hub. This is often called “daisy chaining”.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 53 • Hubs have none or very little electronics inside and therefore do not regulate traffic. Routers therefore direct and regulate traffic between separate networks. switch or tied to a wireless access point (WAP) that can only communicate with each other. Switches therefore provide more efficient traffic flow. • Pure switches provide no access control between servers connected to the same LAN. The router is also capable of filtering traffic passing between the two LANs therefore providing additional security. • Larger. What Is A Switch? • A switch is also a device into which you can connect all devices on a home network so that they can talk together. • Devices that plug into switches should be set to full duplex to take full advantage of the dedicated bandwidth coming from each switch port. A router is still needs to be connected to each VLAN for inter-network communication. after a random time interval. Unlike a hub. They will also ensure that they don’t mix servers on different IP networks on the same LAN segment. It is possible for multiple servers to speak at once with all of them receiving garbled messages. much like a traffic policeman. They can also filter traffic based on the TCP port section of each packet. What Is A Router? • As stated before. A good rule of thumb is to have only one network per LAN. more expensive switches can be configured to assign only certain ports to pre-specified Virtual LANs or (VLANs) chosen by the network administrator. For example. • It is for these reasons that devices that plug into hubs should be set to half duplex. the switch houses ports on multiple LANs. This is why network administrators group trusted servers having similar roles on the same LAN. In this case. traffic sent from Server A to Server B will only be received by Server B. switches and hubs usually only have servers connected to them that have been configured as being part of the same network. • Routers can also be configured to deny communication between specific servers on different networks. Simple home switches can be connected in a chain formation to create a LAN with more ports.

a route refers to the path data takes to traverse from its source to its destination.0 255. • Usually when we speak about a route on a Linux box.X.54 www. • In home networks.X Go to network 10. . we are referring to the IP address of the first hop needed to reach the desired destination network. Each router along the way may also be referred to as a hop. you must reserve an IP address for a router and make sure that the router is directly connected to the LAN associated with that network. It is assumed that this first hop will know how to automatically relay the packet. Home Linux boxes frequently don't run a dynamic routing protocol and therefore rely on "static" routes issued by the system administrator at the command line or in configuration files to determine the next hop to all desired networks. routers most frequently provide connectivity to the Internet using network address translation or NAT.0) which is also connected to other corporate networks with addresses starting with 10. What Is A Gateway? • Another name for a router. your default gateway would be the router / firewall connected to the Internet.0) and your credit card transaction payment the network (10.46. • Routers are designed to exchange routing information dynamically. • The Linux network topics page shows how to add static routes to your Linux box and also how you can convert it into a simple router.com • If you intend to route between networks.X.0 via router R2 Go to everything else via router R1.1. Say for example: o o o You have two routers R1 and R2 R1 is connected to both your SOHO home network (192.1.0) and the internet R2 is connected to both your SOHO home network (192. R1 therefore would be considered your default gateway • You could put a route on your SOHO servers that states: o o • For most home networks. What Is A Route? • In the broader networking sense.linuxhomenetworking.168.168.0.0. What Is A Default Gateway? • A default gateway is really a gateway of last resort.123. then for each network.0.0. • You can check the Linux networking topics page on how to configure the default gateway on your Linux box. and can therefore intelligently redirect traffic to bypass failed network links.

• If the target server is on the same network as the source server. If there is no ARP entry. Once a reply is received. • If there is a valid router. ARP entries are not permanent and will be erased after a fixed period of time depending on the operating system used. If no entry is available.1. • As can be expected.1. As each router in the path receives the packet. the server will issue an ARP request asking that router 192. When a server needs to communicate with another server it does the following steps: • The server first checks its routing table to see which router provides the next hop to the destination network.1 respond with its MAC address so that the delivery can be made. a similar process occurs. Currently. As the packet hops across the Internet. If there is an ARP entry. the server sends the IP packet to its NIC and tells the NIC to encapsulate the packet in a frame destined for the MAC address of the router. Every IP packet is sent out of your NIC wrapped inside an Ethernet frame which uses MAC addresses to direct traffic on your locally attached network. the most common types of NIC used in the home are Ethernet and wireless Ethernet cards. but the MAC addresses are reassigned by each router on the way using a process called ARP. an ARP request is made asking the target server for its MAC address. it will in turn continue with the ARP-ing process to relay the packet to the final destination. Once a reply is received. the application needing to communicate will issue a timeout or "time exceeded" error. What Is A MAC Address? The media access control address (MAC) can be equated to the serial number of the NIC. If it doesn't. . the ARP table only contains the MAC addresses of devices on the locally connected network. the packet is sent and the ARP table is subsequently updated with the new MAC address. the packet is sent and the ARP table is subsequently updated with the new MAC address. • The server will not send the data to its intended destination unless it has an entry in its ARP table.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 55 What Is A NIC? Your network interface card is frequently called a NIC. the server checks it's ARP table to see whether it has the MAC address of the router's NIC. • The Linux network topics page shows how to see your ARP table and the MAC addresses of your server's NICs. MAC addresses therefore only have significance on the locally attached network. What Is ARP? The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used to map MAC addresses to network IP addresses.1. The ARP table is queried.168.168. its source/destination IP address stays the same. let's say with an IP address of 192.

As a general rule. There are many good reasons for this. you won’t be able to access the public NAT IP addresses from servers on your home network. • Hundreds of PCs and servers behind a NAT device can masquerade as a single "public" IP address. This arrangement works well with a single NAT IP trying to initiate connections to many Internet addresses. NAT protects your home PCs by assigning them IP addresses from “private” IP address space that cannot be routed over the internet. Basic NAT testing will require you to ask a friend to try to connect to your home network from the Internet. You can configure NAT to be “one to one” in which you assign multiple IP addresses to the outside “public” interface of your firewall and pair each of these addresses to a corresponding server on the inside network. Connections initiated from the Internet to the “public” IP address of the router / firewall face a problem. the two most commonly stated are: • No one on the Internet knows your true IP address.linuxhomenetworking. firewalls can detect malicious attempts to subvert the TCP/IP protocol. What Is Port Forwarding With NAT? In our simple home network. As there normally has been no prior connection association . The reverse isn’t true. and not a “private” IP address. not just by port and IP address like routers. all servers accessing the Internet will appear to have the single “public” IP address of the router / firewall because of “many to one” NAT.56 www. This greatly increases the number of devices that can access the Internet without running out of "public" IP addresses. Examples of NAT may be found in the IP masquerade section of the Linux iptables firewall chapter and also in the Cisco PIX firewall chapter. This is called network address translation (NAT) and is often also called IP masquerading in the Linux world. A short list of capabilities includes: • Throttling traffic to a server when two many unfulfilled connections are made to it • Restricting traffic being sent to obviously bogus IP addresses • Providing network address translation or NAT What Is NAT? Your router / firewall will frequently be configured to make it appear to other devices on the Internet that the servers on your Home network have a valid “public” IP address. As the router / firewall is located at the “border crossing” to the Internet it can easily keep track of all the various outbound connections to the Internet by monitoring: • The IP addresses and TCP ports used by each home based server and mapping it to • The TCP ports and IP addresses of the Internet servers with which they want to communicate. Specifically.com What Is A Firewall? Firewalls can be viewed as routers with more enhanced abilities to restrict traffic. You can also use “many to one” NAT in which the firewall maps a single IP address to multiple servers on the network. This prevents hackers from directly attacking your home systems as packets sent to the “private” IP will never pass over the Internet.

You can check the chapter on Linux networking topics page on how to configure your Linux box to get its IP address via DHCP. • The router / firewall will then redirect the DNS queries from your computer to the DNS name server of your Internet service provider (ISP). "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an Internet protocol for automating the configuration of computers that use TCP/IP. • Most home computers will get the IP address of their DNS server via DHCP from their router / firewall.linuxhomenetworking.org. .com" name server. Each server in the chain will store the most frequent DNS name to IP address lookups in a memory cache which helps to speed up the response. DNS server and default gateway information. • The root server will then redirect your query to one of the Internet's ". Here step by step description of what happens with a DNS lookup. this process can cause a noticeable delay when you are browsing the web. port forwarding is one of the most common methods used to host websites at home with DHCP DSL.linuxhomenetworking. Port forwarding is a method of counteracting this. to make your Linux box provide the DHCP addresses for the other machines on your network.com" DNS name servers which will then redirect the query to the "linuxhomenetworking. DHCP can be used to automatically assign IP addresses.dhcp. • Your ISP's DNS server will then probably redirect your query to one of the 13 "root" name servers.com As you can imagine. You can also check the chapter on Configuring a DHCP Server. The DHCP client sends out a query requesting a DHCP server which in turn provides the client PC with its IP address. The most commonly used form of DSL will also assign the outside interface of your router / firewall with a single DHCP provided IP address. or regains connectivity to the network. You can make your Linux box into a caching DNS server for your home network too. subnet mask. Most home router / firewalls are configured in the factory to be DHCP servers for your home network.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 57 between the Internet server and any protected server on the home network. (and) to deliver TCP/IP stack configuration parameters such as the subnet mask and default router”. • Home router / firewall providing DHCP services often provides its own IP address as the DNS name server address for home computers. You can also make your Linux box into a DHCP server. • The "linuxhomenetworking.com into an IP address that can be used behind the scenes by your computer. once it has a fixed IP address. The assignment usually occurs when the DHCP configured machine boots up. For example. the router / firewall has no way of telling which of the many home PCs behind it should receive the relayed data. you can configure your router / firewall to forward TCP port 80 (Web/HTTP) traffic destined to the outside NAT IP to be automatically relayed to a specific server on the inside home network As you may have guessed.com" name server will then respond with the IP address for www. What Is DNS? The domain name system (DNS) is a worldwide server network used to help translate easy to remember domain names like www. What Is DHCP? According to www.

Consider using the `dig' or `host' programs instead.0.192.arpa domain name pointer extra193-92.in-addr.151.151.58 www.elan.0. Server: 127.arpa name = extra193-92.elan.net. nslookup will be removed from future releases of Linux.linuxhomenetworking.0.193.com has address 216.in-addr.elan.1 Address: 127.193. Consider using the `dig' or `host' programs instead. then you can use either the nslookup command or host command to get the associated IP address.0. Run nslookup with the `-sil[ent]' option to prevent this message from appearing.92 [root@bigboy tmp]# You can also use the nslookup and host commands to get the reverse information.elan.1#53 Non-authoritative answer: 92.linuxhomenetworking.linuxhomenetworking. Authoritative answers can be found from: 193.com Note: nslookup is deprecated and may be removed from future releases. but can still be used with Windows .arpa nameserver = dns1.216.216.net.151.1 [root@bigboy tmp]# [root@bigboy tmp]# host 216.151.92 92.in-addr.92 [root@bigboy tmp]# host www.151. Server: 127.0.151.0.1#53 Name: www.151.linuxhomenetworking. [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup www.193.193.193. Run nslookup with the `-sil[ent]' option to prevent this message from appearing. [root@bigboy tmp]# .net internet address = 216.216. dns1.0.92 Note: nslookup is deprecated and may be removed from future releases.net.net.216.151. 193.arpa nameserver = dns2.0.com Address: 216.com How Can I Check The IP Address For A Domain? If you have the domain.193. [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup 216.com www.1 Address: 127.151.in-addr.linuxhomenetworking.elan.

RegisterFree is the one I use. There are a number of commercially available GUI based clients you can load on your PC to do this. You also FTP from the command line as shown in the RPM chapter. don't worry you can do this later. o What is FTP? This is one of the most popular applications used to copy files between computers via a network connection. The password is usually your valid email address. These are active and passive FTP which is covered in more detail in the FTP Chapter. after you follow the steps below. You can use them to determine whether the name you want is available and you can purchase the domain you want using a credit card with your web browser. there are two types of FTP. at which point the user will be the username you normally use to log into the FTP server. • If you don't have the names and/or IP addresses for you primary name servers. If you bought static IP addresses. then your router is probably getting its "public" Internet IP address via DHCP from your ISP. then static DNS is the way to go. The password will be your regular password for your user account. This helps DNS root servers know exactly where to get the information for the IP address for your new website. • The registration process will prompt you for your two primary DNS servers. such as WSFTP and CuteFTP. From the systems administrator's perspective. . Regular FTP o o This is used primarily to allow specific users to download files to their systems. In this case you'll want to use a dynamic DNS service. Anonymous FTP o o This is used primarily to allow any remote user to download files to their systems.Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 59 How Do I Get My Own DNS Domain Name? • There are many companies that provide DNS name registration. there are another two categories. From the remote user's perspective. at which point the user will type "anonymous". Static or Dynamic DNS? o If you didn't specifically reserve static IP addresses from your ISP. The remote FTP server will prompt you for a username. The remote FTP server will prompt you for a username.

OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) SYNOPSIS ssh [-l login_name] hostname | user@hostname [command] ssh [-afgknqstvxACNPTX1246] [-b bind_address] [-c cipher_spec] [-e escape_char] [-i identity_file] [-l login_name] [-m mac_spec] [-o option] [-p port] [-F configfile] [-L port:host:hostport] [-R port:host:hostport] [-D port] hostname | user@hostname [command] DESCRIPTION ssh (SSH client) is a program for logging into a remote machine and for executing commands on a remote machine. If you want to get information on the ssh command.com It is good to remember that FTP isn't very secure as usernames. ssh-add and ssh-agent. and provide secure encrypted … … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# Search For All Instances Of A Word Here we discover that the search string ssh can be found in the TCL man pages and also in a variety of ssh related pages including ssh. Here are some examples: Finding General Information On A Command Here we get information on the ssh command: [root@bigboy tmp]# man ssh SSH(1) BSD General Commands Manual SSH(1) NAME ssh . then use the man command with the –k switch. If you want to search all the man pages for a keyword. to narrow your help search.linuxhomenetworking. It is intended to replace rlogin and rsh. From the command line you issue the man command followed by the Linux command or file you wish to get information about. Where is Linux Help? Linux help files are accessed using the “man” or manual pages.60 www. without the –k. Using this information you can use the man command. passwords and data are sent across the network unencrypted. then you’d use the command “man ssh”. More secure forms such as SFTP (Secure FTP) and SCP (Secure Copy) are available as a part of the Secure Shell package that is normally installed by default on RedHat.manipulate Tcl objects . [root@bigboy tmp]# man -k ssh Tcl_DecrRefCount [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .

OpenSSH SSH client configuration files sshd (8) .OpenSSH SSH daemon configuration file [root@bigboy tmp]# .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_NewObj [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Object] (3) .OpenSSH SSH daemon sshd_config (5) .Chapter 6 : Introduction To Networking 61 Tcl_DuplicateObj [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects ssh (1) .OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) ssh [slogin] (1) .authentication key generation.manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_DecrRefCount] (3) .adds RSA or DSA identities to the authentication agent ssh-agent (1) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IncrRefCount [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .ssh helper program for hostbased authentication ssh_config (5) .OpenSSH SSH client (remote login program) ssh-add (1) .gather ssh public keys ssh-keysign (8) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_InvalidateStringRep] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_IncrRefCount] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_DuplicateObj] (3) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared (3) . management and conversion ssh-keyscan (1) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_IsShared [Tcl_NewObj] (3) .authentication agent ssh-keygen (1) .manipulate Tcl objects Tcl_InvalidateStringRep [Tcl_IsShared] (3) .

62 www.com .linuxhomenetworking.

www. Each system message sent to the syslog server has two descriptive labels associated with it that makes the message easier to handle.linuxhomenetworking. There are eight in all and they are listed below: o .63 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Linux With Syslog Syslog Logrotate © Peter Harrison. Syslog About syslog Syslog is a utility for tracking and logging all manner of system messages from the merely informational to the extremely critical.com =========================================== This chapter will show you how to troubleshoot problems not only on your Linux box but also on remote networking devices using syslog. o The first describes the function (facility) of the application that generated it. The second describes the degree of severity of the message. applications such as mail and cron generate messages with easily identifiable facilities named "mail" and "cron". For example.

By default. cron or authentication facilities/subsystems. Here are some common examples: Files: /var/log/maillog /var/log/httpd/access_log : Mail : Apache web server page access logs .conf configuration file. RedHat's /etc/syslog. the first lists the facilities and severities of messages to expect and the second lists the files to which they should be logged.com Syslog Facilities Severity Level 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Keyword emergencies alerts critical errors warnings notifications informational debugging Description System unusable Immediate action required Critical condition Error conditions Warning conditions Normal but significant conditions Informational messages Debugging messages The files to which syslog will write each type of message received is set in the /etc/syslog.conf file is configured to put most of the messages the file /var/log/messages.cron. This may be more suitable for troubleshooting. Here is a sample: .debug /var/log/messages Certain applications will additionally log to their own application specific log files and directories independent of the syslog.64 www. This file consists of two columns.none. *.info. but none from the mail.none.authpriv.conf file.mail. all messages of severity "info" and above are logged. You can make this logging even more sensitive by replacing the line above with one that captures all messages from debug severity and above in the /var/log/messages file.linuxhomenetworking.none /var/log/messages In this case.

Another good command to use apart from "tail" is "grep". Here is an example: [root@bigboy tmp]# more /var/log/messages Logging Syslog Messages To A Remote Linux Server Configuring the Linux Syslog Server By default syslog doesn’t expect to receive messages from remote clients.d/syslog restart How To View New Log Entries As They Happen If you want to get new log entries to scroll on the screen as they occur. Only use tabs on lines that don't start with the "#" comment character. Here is an example.conf file is very sensitive to spaces. [root@bigboy tmp]# grep string /var/log/messages | more You can also just use the plain old "more" command to see one screen at a time of the entire log file without filtering with "grep". Grep will help you search for all occurrences of a string in a log file. . Spaces in the file will cause unpredictable results. you can pipe it through the "more" command so that you only get one screen at a time. Activating Changes To The syslog Configuration File Changes to /etc/syslog. Here’s how to configure your Linux server to start listening for these messages.conf will not take effect until you restart syslog. then you can use this command: [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -f /var/log/messages Similar commands can be applied to all log files. Issue this command to do so: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. This is probably one of the best troubleshooting tools available in Linux.Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 65 Directories: /var/log /var/log/samba /var/log/mrtg /var/log/httpd : Samba messages : MRTG messages : Apache webserver messages NOTE: The /etc/syslog.

The server will now start to listen on UDP port 514 which you can verify using either one of the following netstat command variations. syslog checks its /etc/syslog.linuxhomenetworking. This is done by editing the /etc/hosts file on the Linux client named smallfry. It also checks the file /etc/sysconfig/syslog to determine the various modes in which it should operate.100 bigboy.com As we saw previously.0.0.66 www. once for klogd to decode. and # once for processing with 'ksymoops' # -x disables all klogd processing of oops messages entirely # See klogd(8) for more details KLOGD_OPTIONS="-2" You will have to restart syslog on the server for the changes to take effect. .com bigboy loghost fully-qualified-domain-name hostname "loghost" Server "bigboy" has now become the remote logging server as its /etc/hosts entry has an alias "loghost" which indicates to syslog that this is a remote syslog server. You now have to configure your remote Linux client to send messages to it.conf file to determine the expected names and locations of the log files it should create.1.0. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -a | grep syslog udp 0 0 *:syslog *:* [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep 514 udp 0 0 0.168. Syslog will not listen for remote messages unless the SYSLOGD_OPTIONS variable in this file has a “–r” included in it as shown below.0:* [root@bigboy tmp]# Configuring the Linux Client The syslog server is now expecting to receive syslog messages.0.my-site.0:514 0. Remember to restart syslog to make these changes take effect. # -r enables logging from remote machines # -x disables DNS lookups on messages recieved with -r # See syslogd(8) for more details SYSLOGD_OPTIONS="-m 0 -r" # Options to klogd # -2 prints all kernel oops messages twice. Here are the steps: • • Determine the IP address and fully qualified hostname of your remote logging host Add an entry in the /etc/hosts file in the format IP-address Example: 192. # Options to syslogd # -m 0 disables 'MARK' messages.

conf File This is logrotate’s general configuration file in which you can specify the frequency with which the files are reused. o You can specify either “weekly” or “daily” rotation parameter.d/lpd restart Stopping lpd: [ OK ] Starting lpd: [ OK ] [root@smallfry tmp]# Linux Server [root@bigboy tmp]# tail /var/log/messages . allowing for daily updates.. Routers. Logrotate Logrotate is a Linux utility that renames and reuses system error log files on a periodic basis so that they don't occupy excessive disk space. Syslog and Firewalls Syslog listens by default on UDP port 514. you'll have to allow traffic on this port to pass through the security device... . Linux Client [root@smallfry tmp]# /etc/init. switches.. switches. The chapter on Miscellaneous Topics has examples of how to configure syslog to do this with Cisco devices using separate log files for the routers. firewalls and load balancers each logging with a different facility can each have their own log files for easy troubleshooting.. . [root@bigboy tmp]# Syslog Configuration and Cisco Network Devices Syslog reserves facilities "local0" through "local7" for log messages received from remote servers and network devices. If you are logging to a remote syslog server via a firewall. In the case below the weekly option is "commented out" with a "#".Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 67 You can now test to make sure that the syslog server is receiving the messages with a simple test such as restarting the lpd printer daemon and making sure the remote server sees the messages. Apr 11 22:09:35 smallfry lpd: lpd shutdown succeeded Apr 11 22:09:39 smallfry lpd: lpd startup succeeded . PIX firewalls.. CSS arrowpoints and LocalDirectors. The /etc/logrotate... .

d Directory Most Linux applications that use syslog will put an additional configuration file in this directory to specify the names of the log files to be rotated.5 logfile.linuxhomenetworking.pid 2> /dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } . The files will have the following names with "logfile" being current active version: logfile logfile.68 www. In the case below the 4 copy option is "commented out" with a "#".1 logfile. The /etc/logrotate.6 Sample contents of /etc/logrotate. while allowing 7 copies.log /var/log/cron { sharedscripts postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/run/syslogd.d/syslog File (For General System Logging) /var/log/cisco/* /var/log/messages /var/log/secure /var/log/maillog /var/log/spooler /var/log/boot.4 logfile. The "create" parameter creates a new log file after each rotation Therefore our sample configuration file will create daily archives of ALL the logfiles and store them for seven days. It is a good practice to verify that all new applications that you want to use the syslog log have configuration files in this directory.conf # rotate log files weekly #weekly # rotate log files daily daily # keep 4 weeks worth of backlogs #rotate 4 # keep 7 days worth of backlogs rotate 7 # create new (empty) log files after rotating old ones create The /etc/logrotate.2 logfile. Here are some sample files which define the specific files to be rotated for each application.3 logfile.com o o The "rotate" parameter specifies the number of copies of log files logrotate will maintain.0 logfile.

d/syslog .Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 69 The /etc/logrotate. then issue the logrotate command with just that filename as the argument like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# logrotate -f /etc/logrotate.d/apache File (For Apache) /var/log/httpd/access_log /var/log/httpd/agent_log /var/log/httpd/error_log /var/log/httpd/referer_log { missingok sharedscripts postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/run/httpd.log { notifempty missingok sharedscripts copytruncate postrotate /bin/kill -HUP `cat /var/lock/samba/*.pid 2>/dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } The /etc/logrotate.d/samba File (for SAMBA) /var/log/samba/*. and not all of them.pid 2> /dev/null` 2> /dev/null || true endscript } Activating logrotate The above logrotate settings will not take effect until you issue the following command to do so: [root@bigboy tmp]# logrotate –f If you want logrotate to reload only a specifc configuration file.

com .linuxhomenetworking.70 www.

[root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:08:C7:10:74:A8 BROADCAST MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 .linuxhomenetworking. this device is called "eth0". When Linux is installed. How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address Determining Your IP Address Most modern PCs come with an ethernet port.com =========================================== This chapter covers how to configure your Linux box’s networking features. You can determine the IP address of this device with the "ifconfig" command. www.Chapter 7: Configuring Syslog 71 Chapter 8 Linux Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 8 Linux Networking How To Configure Your NIC's IP Address How To Change Your Default Gateway How Configure Two Gateways How To Delete A Route How To View Your Current Routing Table How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router Configuring Your /etc/hosts File © Peter Harrison.

the other assumes it requires an IP address assignment using DHCP.168.7 Kb) TX bytes:82644 (80.1 Mask:255.72 www.255 Mask:255.. you could give this eth0 interface an IP address using the ifconfig command. etc. To make this permanent each time you boot up you'll have to add this command in your /etc/rc..2 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 wlan0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.4 Mb) TX bytes:43209032 (41.168. You can place your IP address information in these files which are then used to auto-configure your NICs when Linux boots.0.168.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:47379 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:107900 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:4676853 (4.168. This can also be found in less detail in the file /proc/interrupts Changing Your IP Address If you wanted. Linux also makes life a little easier with interface configuration files located in the /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts directory.d/rc.1.com collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:0 (0.0. . one assumes the interface has a fixed IP address. eth0 has no IP address as this box is using wireless interface wlan0 as it's main NIC.0 You can see that this command gives good information on the interrupts used by each card.0 up The "up" at the end of the command activates the interface. [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig eth0 10.linuxhomenetworking. Here are two samples for interface eth0.0.1.0 b) Interrupt:11 Base address:0x1820 lo Link encap:Local Loopback inet addr:127.1.255.255.0 b) TX bytes:0 (0.99 Bcast:192.7 Kb) wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.1 netmask 255. Interface wlan0 has an IP address of 192.100 Bcast:192.255.255.0.255.255.local file.100 and a subnet mask of 255.0. eth1 uses ifcfg-eth1 . Interface eth0 has a file called ifcfg-eth0.0 UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1 RX packets:787 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:787 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 RX bytes:82644 (80.255.255.1.168.1.0.255 Mask:255.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# In this example.

100 NETMASK=255. Once you change the values in the configuration files for the NIC you'll have to deactivate and activate it for the modifications to take effect.255 IPADDR=192. Aliases have the name format "parent-interface-name:X". . One's named wlan0 and the other wlan0:0.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 73 network-scripts File Formats Fixed IP Address [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-eth0 DEVICE=eth0 BROADCAST=192.0 ONBOOT=no [root@bigboy network-scripts]# Getting the IP Address using DHCP [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-eth0 DEVICE=eth0 BOOTPROTO=dhcp ONBOOT=yes [root@bigboy network-scripts]# As you can see eth0 will be activated on booting as the parameter ONBOOT has the value "yes" and not "no". The ifdown and ifup commands can be used to do this. [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifdown eth0 [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifup eth0 Multiple IP Addresses On A Single NIC In the previous "determining your IP address" section you may have noticed that there were two wireless interfaces. You can read more about netmasks and DHCP on the introduction to networking chapter.1.168.168. where "X" is the sub-interface number of your choice. IP aliasing is one of the most common ways of creating multiple IP addresses associated with a single NIC.168. a virtual sub-interface also known as an "IP alias". Interface wlan0:0 is actually a "child" of interface wlan0.1.255.255.1.0 NETWORK=192.

configure it with the IP address.4-7.0.rpm. In this we want to create interface wlan0:0 Create the virtual interface with the ifconfig command [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig wlan0:0 192.0 is rp-pppoe-3. then the configuration steps are the same as those outlined above.168.99 \ netmask 255.1.rpm Preparing. Here’s what you need to do: . o o o IP Address Assignment For A Direct DSL Connection If you are using a DSL connection with fixed or “static” IP addresses.4-7. Your ISP will provide you with a PPPoE “username” and “password” which will allow your computer to login transparently to the Internet each time it boots up. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.com The process for creating an IP alias is very similar to the steps outlined for the real interface in the previous "changing your IP address" section. If you are using a DSL connection with a DHCP or “dynamic” IP address assignment. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.d/rc.i386. Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh rp-pppoe-3.. First ensure the "parent" real interface exists Verify that no other IP aliases with the same name exists with the name you plan to use.i386.0 up o You then have the choice of creating a /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0:0 file or adding the ifconfig command used above to your /etc/rc. You plug your ethernet interface into the DSL modem. By default.74 www. ########################################### [100%] 1:rp-pppoe ########################################### [100%] [root@bigboy tmp]# You’ll then need to go through a number of steps to complete the connection. as of version 8. RedHat Linux installs the rp-pppoe RPM software package required to support this. then the process is different. broadcast address and gateway information provided by your ISP and you should have connectivity once you restart your interface.local file to ensure the IP address is assigned properly when you reboot.255. If you need a refresher. The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.255..linuxhomenetworking. The PPPOE configuration will create a software based virtual interface named ppp0 that will use the physical Internet interface eth0 for connectivity. subnet mask. Remember that you may also need to configure your DNS server correctly.

it will be ethX.ifcfg-eth0 o Edit your ifcfg-eth0 file to have no IP information and also to be deactivated on boot time.) NOTE: Demand-activated links do not interact well with dynamic IP addresses. (default eth0): Do you want the link to come up on demand. Enter the demand value (default no): . [root@bigboy network-scripts]# ifdown eth0 [root@bigboy network-scripts]# o Run the adsl-setup configuration script [root@bigboy network-scripts]# adsl-setup o It will prompt you for your ISP username. enter the idle time in seconds after which the link should be dropped. If you want the link to stay up permanently. DEVICE=eth0 ONBOOT=no o Shutdown your eth0 interface.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 75 o Make a backup copy of your ifcfg-eth0 file. Welcome to the ADSL client setup.. enter 'no' (two letters. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy ifcfg-eth0 [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# cd /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ network-scripts]# ls ifcfg-eth0 network-scripts]# cp ifcfg-eth0 DISABLED. You may have some problems with demand-activated links. LOGIN NAME Enter your Login Name (default root): bigboy-login@isp INTERFACE Enter the Ethernet interface connected to the ADSL modem For Solaris. lower-case. We’ll use defaults wherever possible. the interface to be used (eth0) and whether you want to the connection to stay up indefinitely.. or stay up continuously? If you want it to come up on demand. For Linux. I will run some checks on your system to make sure the PPPoE client is installed properly. this is likely to be something like /dev/hme0. where 'X' is a number. First.

these will provide basic security.76 www.com o It will then prompt you for your DNS server information. you must choose 'NONE' and set up firewalling yourself. I will assume you know what you are doing and not modify your DNS setup. or the more comprehensive one found in the Appendix.MASQUERADE: Appropriate for a machine acting as an Internet gateway for a LAN Choose a type of firewall (0-2): 0 . Otherwise. Enter the DNS information here: o The script will then prompt you for your ISP password PASSWORD Please enter your Password: Please re-enter your Password: o Then it will ask whether you want regular users (not superuser “root”) to be able to activate/deactivate the new ppp0 interface USERCTRL Please enter 'yes' (two letters. You are STRONGLY recommended to use some kind of firewall rules. e-mail. DNS server nor mail server. You are responsible for ensuring the security of your machine. however.) if you want to allow normal user to start or stop DSL connection (default yes): o The rp-pppoe package has two sample ipchains firewall scripts located in the /etc/ppp directory named firewall-standalone and firewall-masq. If you just press enter.linuxhomenetworking. the rules will block outgoing SSH connections which allocate a privileged source port.NONE: This script will not set any firewall rules. They are very basic and don’t cover rules to make your Linux box a web server. I’d recommend selecting “none” and using a variant of the basic script samples in the firewall chapter. lower-case. etc. the firewall rules will deny access to all standard servers like Web. If your ISP claims that 'the server will provide dynamic DNS addresses'. If you are running any servers on your machine. enter 'server' (all lower-case) here.STANDALONE: Appropriate for a basic stand-alone web-surfing workstation 2 . DNS Please enter the IP address of your ISP's primary DNS server. Note that these rules are very basic. FIREWALLING Please choose the firewall rules to use. ftp. If you’re running BIND on your server in a caching DNS mode then you may want to leave this option blank.conf file. The firewall choices are: 0 . 1 . This step will edit your /etc/resolv. You are strongly encouraged to use a more sophisticated firewall setup. If you want your ISP to automatically provide the IP address of its DNS server then enter the word “server”. If you are using SSH.

you’ll get a summary of the parameters you entered and the relevant configuration files will be updated to reflect your choices when you accept them. ** Summary of what you entered ** Ethernet Interface: eth0 User name: bigboy-login@isp Activate-on-demand: No DNS: Do not adjust Firewalling: NONE User Control: yes Accept these settings and adjust configuration files (y/n)? y Adjusting /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ppp0 Adjusting /etc/ppp/chap-secrets and /etc/ppp/pap-secrets (But first backing it up to /etc/ppp/chap-secrets. it should be all set up! Type '/sbin/ifup ppp0' to bring up your xDSL link and '/sbin/ifdown ppp0'to bring it down. Most people would say “yes”. Some Important Files Created By adsl-setup • The adsl-setup script creates three files that will be of interest to you. Congratulations.pid FIREWALL=NONE . Start this connection at boot time Do you want to start this connection at boot time? Please enter no or yes (default no):yes o Just before exiting. Type '/sbin/adsl-status /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-ppp0' to see the link status.bak) (But first backing it up to /etc/ppp/pap-secrets. This command defaults to show information for interface ppp0 and therefore listing the ifcfg-ppp0 filename won’t be necessary in most home enviornments.bak) o At the very end it will tell you the commands to use to activate /deactivate your new ppp0 interface and to get a status of the interface’s condition. The first is the ifcfgppp0 file with interface’s link layer connection parameters [root@bigboy network-scripts]# more ifcfg-ppp0 USERCTL=yes BOOTPROTO=dialup NAME=DSLppp0 DEVICE=ppp0 TYPE=xDSL ONBOOT=yes PIDFILE=/var/run/pppoe-adsl.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 77 o You’ll then be asked whether you want the connection to be activated upon booting. The above example recommends using the adsl-status command with the name of the PPPoE interface configuration file.

[root@bigboy network-scripts]# more /etc/ppp/pap-secrets # Secrets for authentication using PAP # client server secret IP addresses "bigboy-login@isp" * "password" [root@bigboy network-scripts]# Simple Troubleshooting • You can run the adsl-status command to determine the condition of your connection. adsl-status: Link is attached to ppp0.com PING=.linuxhomenetworking.RUNNING. but ppp0 is down [root@bigboy tmp]# • After activation. [root@bigboy tmp]# ifup ppp0 [root@bigboy tmp]# adsl-status adsl-status: Link is up and running on interface ppp0 ppp0: flags=8051<UP.78 www. [root@bigboy tmp]# adsl-status Note: You have enabled demand-connection. In this case the package has been installed but the interface hasn’t been activated.roaringpenguin.com).MULTICAST> mtu 1462 inet … … … [root@bigboy tmp]# • For further troubleshooting information you can visit the website of rp-ppoe at Roaring Penguin (www. the interface appears to work correctly. . There are some good tips there on how to avoid problems with VPN clients. PPPOE_TIMEOUT=20 LCP_FAILURE=3 LCP_INTERVAL=80 CLAMPMSS=1412 CONNECT_POLL=6 CONNECT_TIMEOUT=60 DEFROUTE=yes SYNCHRONOUS=no ETH=eth0 PROVIDER=DSLppp0 USER= bigboy-login@isp PEERDNS=no [root@bigboy network-scripts]# • The others are the duplicate /etc/ppp/pap-secrets and /etc/ppp/chap-secrets files with the username and password needed to login to your ISP. adsl-status may be inaccurate.POINTOPOINT.

You may be most likely using interface eth0.168.1 wlan0 In this case. [root@bigboy tmp]# route add default gw 192. Here's a typical scenario: • You have one router providing access to the Internet which you'd like to have as your default gateway (See the default gateway example above) • You also have another router providing access to your corporate network using addresses in the range 10. wlan0 net 10.1.1 Some people don't bother with this step and just place the "route add" command in the file /etc/rc.1.0 gw 192.255.0 to 10.0.168. Add the new route as follows: route add -net 10.0.255.0. This example uses a newly installed wireless interface called wlan0.254 The Linux box used in this example uses interface wlan0 for its Internet connectivity.0.0.168.255. A more complicated /etc/sysconfig/static-routes file is located in a following section.local How Configure Two Gateways Some networks may have multiple router / firewalls providing connectivity.168.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 79 How To Change Your Default Gateway This can be done with a simple command.0 netmask 255.d/rc. make sure that the router / firewall with IP address 192.254 Some people don't bother with this step and just place the "route add" command in the file /etc/rc.1.d/rc. Let's assume that this router has an IP address of 192. Here is a sample.0 netmask 255.0.254 wlan0 The file etc/sysconfig/static-routes will also have to updated so that the route is reinstated when you reboot. you'll need to update your /etc/sysconfig/network file to reflect the change. .1 is connected to the same network as interface wlan0 ! Once done. please adjust your steps accordingly.1.0. most PCs would be using the standard ethernet interface eth0.0. This file is used to configure your default gateway each time Linux boots.168.0 gw 192.0.1.1. NETWORKING=yes HOSTNAME=bigboy GATEWAY=192.local.168.0.

0.0 172.67.16.160.255 which is usually added on DHCP servers.68.0 172.0.255.255.0 172.0.0 127.135 255.255. • In this example there are two gateways.0 192. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Genmask 172.0 255.0 gw 192.0.69.0 are usually directly connected to the interface.255.16.0.0.68.255.16.0.255.0 netmask 255.0 255. Server bigboy is a DHCP server in this case.1.0.224 172.67.0.0.1 0.255.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# Flags UG UG UG UG U U UG UG U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Iface eth1 eth1 eth1 eth0 eth1 eth0 eth0 eth0 lo eth1 • Here is what the static routes file looks like for this multi-homed (Multiple NICs) server .0.0.240.69.0 netmask 255.0.0 172.0.135 255.224 172.131 255.193 255.168.0.255.255.16.0.255.16.0.69.0 0.0 seems appropriate.0 0.224 172. there are multiple gateways handling traffic destined for different networks on different interfaces.16.255.128 0.11.255.16.255.1.0.192 0.67.0.80 www.254 How To View Your Current Routing Table The netstat -nr command will provide the contents of the touting table.255.0.0.com How To Delete A Route Here's how to delete the routes added in the previous section.0.0. Delete the line that reads: wlan0 net 10.0 255.0.168.0.168.0.69.1.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# Flags UH U U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 Iface wlan0 wlan0 lo wlan0 • In this example.0.255 0.0 0.255.0.16.193 255.193 0.255.64 172.128 172.16.0.255.0.0.192 172. route del -net 10.0 255.0.0 255.193 255.67.168.1.254 wlan0 The file etc/sysconfig/static-routes will also have to be updated so that when you reboot the server will not reinsert the route.0 0.0.linuxhomenetworking.0.0 255.69.255 192.16.255. the default and one to 255.0.0.0.0 0. Networks with a gateway of 0. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Genmask 255.255.0.96 172.16.0 gw 192.0.67.0.224 172.255.16.0.255. As no gateway is needed to reach your own directly connected interface then an address of 0.0 127.16.0.16.32 172.0 172.0.

255.255.193 eth1 net 172.0. Proxy ARP has to be enabled for the Linux box to answer ARP requests.16.255.16.16.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 81 [root@bigboy tmp]# more /etc/sysconfig/static-routes eth0 net 172. [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/eth1/proxy_arp [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/wlan0/proxy_arp (You can determine your network interface names with the ifconfig -a command) There is no purpose built configuration file to force Linux to do proxy ARP on booting.16. To activate the feature immediately you have to create a single lined text file called /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward and it only contain the value "1".193 eth1 net 172.ip_forward=1 After # Disables packet forwarding net.69. The router will reply with its MAC address which the server will use when forwarding the packet to the router.224 gw 172.96 netmask 255.64 netmask 255.224 gw 172.16.0 netmask 255. The configuration parameter to activate this is found in the file /etc/sysctl.255.ipv4.0.16.255.255.135 eth0 net 172.131 eth0 net 172.68.conf.255.0 netmask 255.16. you have to enable packet forwarding.0. Before # Disables packet forwarding #net.160. This example is for interfaces eth0 and wlan0. All computers that need to communicate with a computer on another network send out an ARP request to get the Ethernet MAC address (separate from the IP address) of the most desirable router in their routing table.32 netmask 255.240.ip_forward=1 This will only enable it when you reboot at which time Linux will create a file in one of the subdirectories of the special RAM memory based /proc filesystem.68.16.11.16.local file .224 gw 172. Here is how it's done: [root@bigboy tmp] echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward The next step needed will be activating proxy ARP.135 eth1 net 172.0 netmask 255.69.224 gw 172.0 gw 172.ipv4. The best way to do this is put the commands above in your /etc/rc. Proxy ARP activation needs to be done for each ethernet interface on your Linux box.255.67.67.69.67.67.0 gw 172.193 [root@bigboy tmp]# How To Convert Your Linux Server Into A Router For your Linux server to become a router.255. Remove the "#" from the line related to packet forwarding.16.d/rc. In simple terms packet forwarding lets packets flow through the Linux box from one network to another.16.

1 localhost.my-site. For ease of management.localdomain localhost • If you have a NIC card in the server. if the name is found with a corresponding IP address then DNS won't be queried. Unfortunately.0.com echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/eth1/proxy_arp echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/wlan0/proxy_arp Remember to configure a default route on your Linux box to point to your Internet gateway. • The /etc/hosts file has the following format: ip-address fully-qualified-domain-name alias1 alias2 alias3 etc • The very first line should always look like this with "localhost" being the only alias: 127. Your server will typically check this file before referencing DNS. Configuring Your /etc/hosts File The /etc/hosts lists the name and IP address of local hosts. First determine what your true hostname is: [root@bigboy mail]# hostname bigboy [root@bigboy mail]# o Add the corresponding entry in the /etc/hosts file for the NIC's IP address o Your NIC's /etc/hosts File Format Your machine's name is NOT listed with a DNS server IP-address hostname. then you have to add another entry in this file.82 www. it is best to limit entries in this file to just the loopback interface. if the IP address for that host changes. The Netfilter iptables pages show how to do this. You may also want to convert your new Linux router into a firewall to protect your home network.com hostname Here are some examples: . you'll have to update file.0.localdomain hostname Your machine's name is listed with a DNS server IP-address hostname.linuxhomenetworking. and also the local host's name and use the centralized DNS server handle the rest.

1.168.100 isn't part of any DNS domain 192.1.168.100 bigboy.localdomain bigboy • Host bigboy with an IP address of 192.100 bigboy. If you server has multiple names.168.1.com 192. then just put the two or three aliases that you feel are most important.1.com bigboy mail www Note: Only have one line per IP address in this file. .com with corresponding entries in the DNS zone file for my-site.100 is the mail and web server for domain my-site.Chapter 8: Linux Networking 83 • Host bigboy with an IP address of 192.168.my-site.

84

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Chapter 8: Linux Networking

85

Chapter 9

Simple Network Troubleshooting
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 9
Simple Network Troubleshooting
How To See Your ARP Table How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com ===========================================

You will eventually find yourself trying to fix a network related problem. Here are some troubleshooting
tips to help you discover what the problem could be.

How To See MAC Addresses
There are times when you lose connectivity with another server that is directly connected to your local network. Taking a look at the ARP table of the server from which you are troubleshooting will help determine whether or not the remote server’s NIC is responding to any type of traffic from your Linux box. Lack of communication at this level may mean: • Either server may be disconnected from the network • There may be bad network cabling • A NIC may be disabled or the remote server may be shut down Here is a description of the commands you may use to determine ARP values • The "ifconfig -a" command will show you both the NIC's MAC address and the associated IP addresses of the server which you are currently logged in to.

86

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

[root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.168.1.100 Bcast:192.168.1.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:47379 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:107900 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:4676853 (4.4 Mb) TX bytes:43209032 (41.2 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 wlan0:0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.168.1.99 Bcast:192.168.1.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# Here you can see the wlan0 interface has two IP addresses 192.168.1.100 and 192.168.1.99 tied to the NIC hardware MAC address of 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 • The "arp -a" command will show you the MAC addresses in your server's ARP table. Here we see we have some form of connectivity with the router at address 192.168.1.1 [root@bigboy root]# arp -a bigboypix (192.168.1.1) at 00:09:E8:9C:FD:AB [ether] on wlan0 ? (192.168.1.101) at 00:06:25:09:6A:D7 [ether] on wlan0 [root@bigboy root]# • You should also check the ARP table of the remote server to see whether it is populated with acceptable values too.

How To Use "Ping" To Test Network Connectivity
Whether or not your troublesome server is connected to your local network it is always a good practice to force a response from it. One of the most common methods used to test connectivity across multiple networks is the "ping" command. Ping sends ICMP “echo” type packets that request a corresponding ICMP “echo-reply” response from the device at the target address. As most servers will respond to a ping query it becomes a very handy tool. A lack of response could be due to: • A server with that IP address doesn't exist • The server has been configured not to respond to pings • A firewall or router along the network path is blocking ICMP traffic • You have incorrect routing. Check routes on the local, remote servers and all routers in between. A classic symptom of bad routes on a server is the ability to only ping servers on your local network and nowhere else. There are a variety of ICMP response codes which can help in further troubleshooting. See the appendix for a full listing of them.

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting

87

The Linux ping command will send continuous pings, once a second, until stopped with a <Ctrl-C>. Here is an example of a successful ping to the server bigboy at 192.168.1.100 [root@smallfry tmp]# ping 192.168.1.101 PING 192.168.1.101 (192.168.1.101) from data. 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=1 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=2 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=3 64 bytes from 192.168.1.101: icmp_seq=4

192.168.1.100 : 56(84) bytes of ttl=128 ttl=128 ttl=128 ttl=128 time=3.95 time=7.07 time=4.46 time=4.31 ms ms ms ms

--- 192.168.1.101 ping statistics --4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% loss, time 3026ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 3.950/4.948/7.072/1.242 ms [root@smallfry tmp]# You may get a "Destination Host Unreachable" message if your router or server knows that the target IP address is part of a valid network, but is getting no response from the target server. The network device sends an ICMP reply type 3 which triggers the message. [root@smallfry tmp]# ping 192.168.1.105 PING 192.168.1.105 (192.168.1.105) from 192.168.1.100 : 56(84) bytes of data. From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=1 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=2 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=3 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=4 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=5 Destination Host Unreachable From 192.168.1.100 icmp_seq=6 Destination Host Unreachable --- 192.168.1.105 ping statistics --8 packets transmitted, 0 received, +6 errors, 100% loss, time 7021ms, pipe 3 [root@smallfry tmp]#

Using "traceroute" To Test Connectivity
Another tool for network troubleshooting is the traceroute command. It gives a listing of all the router hops between your server and the target server. This helps you verify that routing over the networks in between is correct. Traceroute works by sending a UDP packet destined to the target with a TTL of "0". The first router on the route recognizes that the TTL has already been exceeded and discards or “drops” the packet, but also sends an ICMP "time exceeded" message back to the source. The traceroute program records the IP address of the router that sent the message and knows that that is the first hop on the path to the final destination. The traceroute program tries again, with a TTL of "1". The first hop, sees nothing wrong with the packet, decrements the TTL to 0 as expected, and forwards the packet to the second hop on the path. Router 2, sees the TTL of "0", drops the packet and replies with an ICMP time exceeded message. Traceroute now knows the IP address of the second router. This continues around and around until the final destination is reached.

88

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

Here is a sample output for a query to 144.232.20.158: [root@bigboy root]# traceroute 144.232.20.158 traceroute to 144.232.20.158 (144.232.20.158), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 adsl-67-120-221-110.dsl.sntc01.pacbell.net (67.120.221.110) 14.304 ms 14.019 ms 16.120 ms 2 dist3-vlan50.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.67) 12.971 ms 14.000 ms 14.627 ms 3 bb1-g1-0.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.17) 15.521 ms 12.860 ms 13.179 ms 4 bb2-p11-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.246) 13.991 ms 15.842 ms 15.728 ms 5 bb1-p14-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.53) 16.133 ms 15.510 ms 15.909 ms 6 sl-gw11-sj-3-0.sprintlink.net (144.228.44.49) 16.510 ms 17.469 ms 18.116 ms 7 sl-bb25-sj-6-1.sprintlink.net (144.232.3.133) 16.212 ms 14.274 ms 15.926 ms 8 * * * 9 * * [root@bigboy root]# If there is no response within a 5 second timeout interval a "*" is printed for that probe. Possible causes of this and other traceroute status messages are listed below:

Possible Traceroute Messages
Traceroute Symbol *** Description Time exceeded. Could be caused by: • A router on the path not sending back the ICMP "time exceeded" messages • A router or firewall in the path blocking the ICMP "time exceeded" messages • The target IP address not responding Host, network or protocol unreachable Communication administratively prohibited. A router Access Control List (ACL) or firewall is in the way Source route failed. Source routing attempts to force traceroute to use a certain path. Failure may be due to a router security setting

!H, !N, or !P !X or !A !S

Some devices will prevent traceroute packets directed at their interfaces, but will allow ICMP packets. Using traceroute with a “-I” flag forces traceroute to use ICMP packets that may go through. In this case the "* * *", status messages disappear. [root@bigboy root]# traceroute -I 144.232.20.158 traceroute to 144.232.20.158 (144.232.20.158), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 adsl-67-120-221-110.dsl.sntc01.pacbell.net (67.120.221.110) 14.408 ms 14.064 ms 13.111 ms

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting

89

2 dist3-vlan50.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.67) 13.018 ms 12.887 ms 13.146 ms 3 bb1-g1-0.sntc01.pbi.net (63.203.35.17) 12.854 ms 13.035 ms 13.745 ms 4 bb2-p11-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.246) 16.260 ms 15.618 ms 15.663 ms 5 bb1-p14-0.snfc21.pbi.net (64.161.124.53) 15.897 ms 15.785 ms 17.164 ms 6 sl-gw11-sj-3-0.sprintlink.net (144.228.44.49) 14.443 ms 16.279 ms 15.189 ms 7 sl-bb25-sj-6-1.sprintlink.net (144.232.3.133) 16.185 ms 15.857 ms 15.423 ms 8 sl-bb23-ana-6-0.sprintlink.net (144.232.20.158) 27.482 ms 26.306 ms 26.487 ms [root@bigboy root]#

Always Get A Bidirectional Traceroute
It is always best to get traceroutes from the source IP to the target IP and also from the target IP to the source IP. This is because the packet's return path from the target is sometimes not the same as the path taken to get there. A high traceroute time equates to the round trip time for both the initial traceroute query to each “hop” and the response of each “hop”. Here is an example of one such case, using disguised IP addresses and provider names. There was once a routing issue between telecommunications carriers FastNet and SlowNet. When a user at IP address 40.16.106.32 did a traceroute to 64.25.175.200, a problem seemed to appear at the 10th. hop with OtherNet. However, when a user at 64.25.175.200 did a traceroute to 40.16.106.32, latency showed up at hop 7 with the return path being very different. In this case, the real traffic congestion was occurring where FastNet handed traffic off to SlowNet in the second trace. The latency appeared to be caused at hop 10 on the first trace not because that hop was slow, but because that was the first hop at which the return packet traveled back to the source via the congested route. Remember, traceroute gives the packet round trip time. Trace route to 40.16.106.32 from 64.25.175.200 1 0 ms 0 ms 2 0 ms 0 ms 3 0 ms 0 ms [207.174.144.169] 4 0 ms 0 ms 5 0 ms 0 ms 6 0 ms 0 ms 7 0 ms 0 ms 8 30 ms 30 ms 9 30 ms 30 ms 10 1252 ms 1212 ms 11 1252 ms 1212 ms 12 1262 ms 1212 ms 13 1102 ms 1091 ms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 1202 1192 1192 1092 [64.25.175.200] [64.25.175.253] border-from-40-tesser.boulder.co.coop.net [64.25.128.126] p3-0.dnvtco1-cr3.othernet.net [4.25.26.53] p2-1.dnvtco1-br1.othernet.net [4.24.11.25] p15-0.dnvtco1-br2.othernet.net [4.24.11.38] p15-0.snjpca1-br2.othernet.net [4.0.6.225] p1-0.snjpca1-cr4.othernet.net [4.24.9.150] h0.webhostinc2.othernet.net [4.24.236.38] [40.16.96.11] [40.16.96.162] [40.16.106.32]

Trace route to 64.25.175.200 from 40.16.106.32 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 1 ms ms ms ms 1 1 1 1 ms ms ms ms 1 1 1 1 ms ms ms ms [40.16.106.3] [40.16.96.161] [40.16.96.2] [40.16.96.65]

net rtr-2.othernet.40.9.net [4.9. transit.40. transit.64.40.40.54] gw234.40.11.slownet. G:\>ping 186.171.24.othernet. transit.40.1 rtr-2.dnvtco1-cr3.coop.24.net [186.24.slownet.64.153] over a maximum of 30 hops: 1 2 3 4 5 6 <10 60 70 60 70 60 ms ms ms ms ms ms <10 70 71 70 70 70 ms ms ms ms ms ms <10 60 70 60 70 61 ms ms ms ms ms ms 186.0.slownet.153: Packets: Sent = 4.17. Received = 4.153 Tracing route to lostserver.net [205.93.205.93] [186.confusion.217.33] sjo-core-01.33.9.97] [205.ge0-1-net2.dnvtco1-br1.29] svl-core-03.52.17.9.94] [186.inet.64.5.fastnet.26] p0-0.94: TTL TTL TTL TTL expired expired expired expired in in in in transit.net [4.11.net [64.linuxhomenetworking.253] [64.153 Pinging 186.othernet.175.co.net [208.17.dnvtco1-br2.snjpca1-br1.net ms core1.153 with 32 bytes of data: Reply Reply Reply Reply from from from from 186.153 gave a “TTL timeout” message.othernet. Average = 0ms G:\>tracert 186.200] Ping & Traceroute Troubleshooting Example In this example.90 www.17.net [186. Each “bounce” causes the TTL to decrease by a count of one until the TTL reaches zero at which point you get the timeout.fastnet.94: 186.130] p3-0.171.171.paix-bi1.0.175. Ping statistics for 186.confusion.net [4.net [205.94] [186. Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds: Minimum = 0ms.9.19.64.othernet.inet.7. a ping to 186.46.40.net ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms sjo-edge-03.40.64.9.com 5 2 ms 2 [216.26.40.inet.17.94: 186.49.77] 6 2 ms 1 [216.25.94: 186.40.64.othernet.94] .net [4.13] p6-0. Maximum = 0ms.sfj.confusion.99] [64.net rtr-2. Ping TTLs will usually only timeout if there is a routing loop in which the packet bounces between two routers on the way to the target.94 and 186.93] [186.40.64.64.confusion.snjpca1-br2.64.6.cointcorp.confusion.2.net [4.othernet.64.confusion.65] 7 993 ms 961 8 1009 ms 1008 9 985 ms 947 10 1028 ms 1010 11 989 ms 988 12 1002 ms 1001 13 1031 ms 989 14 1031 ms 1017 15 1027 ms 1025 16 1045 ms 1037 17 1030 ms 1020 18 1038 ms 1031 19 1050 ms 1094 20 1050 ms 1094 ms 1 ms 1 ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms 999 971 983 953 985 973 978 1017 1023 1050 1045 1045 1034 1034 ms border8.webh02-1.25.net [4.net rtr-1.64.37] p1-0.net rtr-1.sfj.22.net [4.223.p4-2.52.30] p4-3.61] p9-0.25. Lost = 0 (0% loss).25.9.128.boulder.226] p15-0.24. The routing loop was confirmed by the traceroute in which the packet was proven to be bouncing between routers at 186.17.

.) The network on which you expect the target host to reside doesn’t exist in the routing table of one of the routers in the path (!H or !N messages may be produced. then the last visible router of an incomplete trace is either the last good router on the path. or the last router that has a valid return path to the server issuing the traceroute.94] rtr-1. The traceroute will probably fail at the bad router on the return path..net [186. It could be disconnected.. o o o o o .net [186. Do a traceroute back to your source server. Look at the routing table to determine what the next hop is to your intended traceroute target.. Trace complete.confusion.40.93] This problem was solved by resetting the routing process on both routers. Log on to this next hop router. .64..confusion. It’s usually good to: log on to the last visible router.net [186. Do a traceroute from this router to your intended target server. It’s usually good to check the routing table and/or other status of this next hop device. If it doesn’t work: Test the routing table and/or other status of all the hops between it and your intended target.64. The last visible hop being the last hop in which the packets return correctly. The constant activity eventually corrupted the routing tables of one of the routers.confusion. The router immediately after the last visible one is the one at which the routing changes.64. . Possible Reasons For Failed Traceroutes Traceroutes can fail to reach their intended destination for a number of reasons. Note: If there is nothing blocking your traceroute traffic. or turned off.40. (!H or !N messages may be produced.Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 91 7 70 ms 70 ms 8 60 ms 70 ms 9 70 ms 70 ms . If this works: Routing to the target server is OK. The packets don’t have a proper return path to your server.) You may have a typographical error in the IP address of the target server You may have a routing loop in which packets bounce between two routers and never get to the intended destination. The problem was initially triggered by an unstable network link that caused frequent routing recalculations.40.. these include: o Traceroute packets are being blocked or rejected by a router in the path.93] rtr-2. The target server doesn’t exist on the network. 70 ms 60 ms 70 ms rtr-1. The router immediately after the last visible one is usually the culprit.

linuxhomenetworking. then tcpdump will use the lowest numbered interface that is UP Don't print a timestamp at the beginning of each line You can also add expressions after all the command line switches. These act as filters to limit the volume of data presented on the screen. Some useful expressions include: . You can also use keywords such as "and" or "or" between expressions to further fine tune your selection criteria. tcpdump uses command line switches to modify the output.com Viewing Packet Flow With TCPdump Tcpdump is one of the most popular packages for viewing the flow of packets through your Linux box's NIC card. It is installed by default on RedHat linux and has very simple syntax.92 www. Listen on interface. interfaces of devices in the packet flow • The server not listening on the port because the software isn't installed or started Analyzing tcpdump in much greater detail is beyond the scope of this section. especially if you are doing simpler types of troubleshooting. Lack of communication could be due to: • Bad routing • Faulty cables. One of the most common uses of tcpdump is to determine whether you are getting basic two way communication. If this is not specified. Like most Linux commands. Some of the more useful command line switches would include: Possible TCPdump Messages tcpdump command switch -c -i -t Description Stop after viewing count packets.

928365 bigboy.my-site.963966 bigboy.my-site.962244 bigboy.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.my-site.944034 bigboy.com: 21:48:58.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.my-site.com: 21:48:58.my-site.928257 smallfry > bigboy.Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 93 Useful TCPdump Expressions tcpdump command expression host host-address icmp tcp port port-number Description View packets from the IP address host-address View icmp packets View TCP packets with packets with either a source or destination TCP port of portnumber View UDP packets with either a source or destination UDP port of port-number udp port port-number Example: tcpdump used to view ICMP "ping" packets going through interface wlan0 [root@bigboy tmp]# tcpdump -i wlan0 icmp tcpdump: listening on wlan0 21:48:58.my-site.my-site.927091 smallfry > bigboy.com > smallfry: 21:48:58. The second column of data shows the packet source then destination IP address or server name of the packet The third column shows the packet type Two way communication is occurring as each echo gets an echo reply icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: icmp: echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo request (DF) reply request (DF) reply request (DF) reply reply reply reply .com > smallfry: 21:48:58.com > smallfry: 21:48:58.com: 21:48:58.my-site.927510 bigboy.968556 bigboy.com > smallfry: 9 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel [root@bigboy tmp]# Explanation o o o o The first column of data is a packet time stamp.943926 smallfry > bigboy.my-site.

32938: (DF) [tos 0x10] smallfry.32938 > bigboy.1.nop.102 and tcp port 22 tcpdump: listening on wlan0 smallfry.linuxhomenetworking.com.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460.sackOK.com.ssh > smallfry.nop.32938: R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos 0x10] 9 packets received by filter 0 packets dropped by kernel [root@bigboy root]# Explanation o o o o The first column of data shows the packet source then destination IP address or server name of the packet The second column shows the TCP flags within the packet The client named "bigboy" is using port 32938 to communicate with the server named "smallfry" on the TCP SSH port 22.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos bigboy.com.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 2013297021 win 0 S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.my-site.my-site.my-site.my-site.32938: 0x10] S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.1.my-site.wscale 0> (DF) [tos R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos S 2013297020:2013297020(0) win 0.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.com.com.com.ssh > smallfry.32938: R 0:0(0) ack 1 win 0 (DF) [tos 0x10] bigboy.32938: 0x10] bigboy.sackOK.94 www.32938: 0x10] smallfry.com.168.ssh > smallfry.timestamp 75227931 0x10] bigboy.ssh > smallfry.ssh > smallfry.ssh > smallfry.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460.168.my-site.32938 > bigboy.my-site.com Example: tcpdump used to view packets on interface wlan0 to/from host 192.ssh: 5840 <mss 1460.com.32938 > bigboy.nop.com.my-site.my-site. Two way communication is occuring .sackOK.102 on TCP port 22 with no timestamps in the output [root@bigboy root]# tcpdump -i wlan0 -t host 192.

Chapter 9: Simple Network Troubleshooting 95 .

linuxhomenetworking.96 www.com .

0. For this reason it may be good to keep your regular Ethernet NIC installed in the machine to provide connectivity to the web until you get the wireless NIC to work. . RedHat did not ship with the Linux Wireless driver set (Linux-WLAN) installed. You have to download and install them after installing Linux. If you are not running RedHat Linux.linuxhomenetworking.linux-wlan.com =========================================== This chapter will show you how to configure wireless NIC cards on your Linux box. For this reason it is best to check the Linux-WLAN group’s website at www. or you could ask someone to burn a CD with the files needed for installation.org for the latest hardware compatibility list. Wireless Linux Compatible NICs Not all wireless NIC cards work with Linux-WLAN. or have upgraded your RedHat distribution’s kernel then you can refer to the sections on how to install WLAN from universally usable tar files.97 Chapter 10 Linux Wireless Networking =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 10 Linux Wireless Networking Wireless Linux Compatible NICs Linux-WLAN Preparation Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers Post Installation Steps Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN © Peter Harrison. As of version 8. www.

IRQ 5 Memory at f4000000 (32-bit.7 as being an incompatible device.7 with the linux-WLAN tarball using RPMs will give the following error message on the screen: Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: /lib/modules/2. but the newer version 2. The WMP 11 Version 2. The older version of the card that uses the Intersil chipset works with Linux.o: insmod wlan0 failed .7) model of the WMP11 card using a Broadcom chipset.7” which is very clearly stamped on the front side of these cards. your Linux box may not detect your NIC card at all and you will get kernel error messages like this one in /var/log/messages after you finish installing the software. Aug 25 21:07:06 hostname kernel: p80211knetdev_hard_start_xmit: Tx attempt prior to association. The linux-wlan. Installing the WMP11 v2. non-prefetchable) [size=3D8K] Capabilities: [40] Power Management version 2 Installing the WMP11 v2. If you don't.7 (or v2. Pre Version 2.com The Linksys WMP11 NIC and Linux You have to be especially carefull with Linksys WMP series of wireless PCI cards. fast devsel.18-14/net/prism2_pci. Be careful as this message can also be due to you using an SSID in your configuration files that doesn’t match the SSID of your WAP / wireless router.18-14/net/prism2_pci.org site's hardware compatibility page now lists the WMP v2. latency 64. You may find more information in syslog or the output from dmesg Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: /lib/modules/2. Even so. the original WMP won’t work without upgrading the firmware.o: init_module: No such device Dec 1 01:28:14 bigboy insmod: Hint: insmod errors can be caused by incorrect module parameters. You can determine whether you have this model by looking for the “V2.7 card using a Broadcom chipset will not. then install the card in a windows box and upgrade the firmware.98 www.linuxhomenetworking. frame dropped.4.4. Linksys launched a Version 2. You’ll have to download and install the latest firmware for a card from the Linksys website.7 with the linux-WLAN tarball will give the following error in the log file /var/log/messages 00:0c.7 WMP 11 Card This card uses the Linux-WLAN compatible Intersil chipset and doesn’t have any version number stamped on it.7 Card In September 2002.0 Network controller: BROADCOM Corporation: Unknown device 4301 (rev01) Subsystem: Unknown device 1737:4301 Flags: bus master. including invalid IO or IRQ parameters.

always use the uname version.unixguru. OS version and kernel version. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. It is a good source of information. This step isn't necessary for true PCI cards such as the Linksys WMP11. According to the linux-wlan documentation. Download the latest version of linux-wlan RPM. The syslog chapter will also show you how to set up syslog error logging to be more sensitive to error types. this will have to be done from a source RPM.raleigh. Determining The Kernel Type Use the "uname -p" command. It’s a good idea to decide on a common SSID and stick with it. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. Installing The Linux-WLAN Drivers Linux-WLAN Installation . Remember to download the files for the correct kernel type.i386.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 99 Linux-WLAN Preparation All devices on a wireless network must use the same “Network Identifier” or SSID in order to communicate with each other.us. If you need a refresher. You may get "device unknown" or "no such device" errors related to the wlan device in the /var/log/messages file if you use older unpatched versions of the Linux-WLAN software.Using RPMs 2. Linux-WLAN doesn’t identify the wireless NIC as an Ethernet “eth” device. This is good to know in order to avoid confusion when troubleshooting. the default SSID for your windows NIC cards may be different.rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. The default SSID for Linux-WLAN is “linux-wlan”. Always be prepared to check your syslog /var/log/messages file for errors if things don't work. The Bigboy server discussed in the Topology chapter is running a i586 version of Linux. RPM versions of the driver files can be found at http://prism2.31-9. Always use the most recent versions to reduce the installation mental stress.nc. If you need a refresher. The latest version as of this writing was: kernel-pcmcia-cs-3. The Linux version may not match the CPU you have installed.1. Once configured. [root@bigboy tmp]# uname -p i586 [root@bigboy tmp]# . PCMCIA Type Card Specific Information Before installing the linux-wlan software for PCMCIA type cards such as the (Linksys WPC11) you will need to install the RedHat Linux "pcmcia-cs" RPM package. but as a “wlan” device.

you’ll need to download and install the base.conf and /etc/pcmcia/wlanng. Always remember that under normal circumstances this wouldn’t be a good idea.1.i586.0 [root@bigboy cron.18-14 [root@bigboy tmp]# uname -r 2.18-14 [root@bigboy tmp]# If you upgrade the version of your Linux.0 [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-0. error messages are there for a reason.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-pci-0. However.com Determining The OS Version One of the easiest ways is to view the /etc/issue file.daily]# more /etc/issue Red Hat Linux release 8.155. Here are examples for a i586 installation using a PCI card on Redhat 8.daily]# Determining The Kernel Version You can use the "uname -r" command to do this.i586. In this case.opts files which you may have to restore from the automatically saved versions.100 www. I have seen the kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia rpm installation give errors stating that the kernel-pcmcia-cs rpm hadn't been previously installed even when it had been. Bigboy is running version 2. then you're doing something wrong.4.rpm If you get any error messages during the installation. you'll have to do these steps all over again.rh80. .4. Once you have all this information.1.15-5.rh80. 3.i586.155.140. Installing the rpm with --force and --nodeps switches does the trick by forcing the installation while not checking for dependencies.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-modules-rh80. Bigboy is running version 8. module and interface packages. /etc/wlan.linuxhomenetworking. The combined Linux / Linux-WLAN upgrade will also create new versions of your /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0.rh80.0 (Psyche) Kernel \r on an \m [root@bigboy cron.1.

Remember that if you upgrade your Linux version or kernel.rpm Download And Install The Linux-WLAN TAR File Download the latest version of Linux-WLAN from www. Starting PCMCIA services: modules cardmgr. It is therefore important to install your kernel sources files.1.14]# make clean linux-wlan-ng-0.15-6.i686..1.gz Unzip and install the Linux-WLAN files [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# gunzip linux-wlan-ng-0.1.3 it was version 2.14 linux-wlan-ng-0.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 101 [root@smallfry tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia-0.14-pre1.i386.conf file.. you'll probably have to do these steps all over again Install the Kernel Source Files Installing Linux-WLAN using TAR files involves compiling the software to make it match the particular flavor of the Linux kernel you are running.rpm error: Failed dependencies: kernel-pcmcia-cs is needed by kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia-0. If you are running standard RedHat Linux use the RPMs unless you have excess patience.1..tar.tar.1.tar tmp]# cd linux-wlan-ng-0.gz tmp]# tar -xvf linux-wlan-ng-0. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh kernel-source-2. then you’ll need to use the TAR file installation method.4. ACHTUNG! ATTENTION! WARNING! YOU MUST configure /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng.156.14-pre1.1. Adjust accordingly.14]# make config .rpm Preparing. ########################################### [100%] 1:kernel-wlan-ng-pcmcia ########################################### [100%] Adding prism2_cs alias to /etc/modules.1..1.18-3. Shutting down PCMCIA services: cardmgr modules.1.4.i686.org. For RedHat version 7. The most recent version as of this writing was: linux-wlan-ng-0.15-6 [root@smallfry tmp]# rpm -Uvh --force --nodeps kernel-wlan-ngpcmcia-0. The default wlan0 network configuration is DHCP.18-3.linux-wlan.opts to match WAP settings!!! [root@smallfry tmp]# Linux-WLAN Installation – Using TAR files If you are running a non standard version of your RedHat kernel or using a version of Linux that is incompatible with RPMs.14-pre1.

plx. You can also test these commands from the command line to see if they work.conf and insert the following line to load the driver on booting: alias wlan0 prism2_pci 2. plx. Select only a single module directory as using more than one can lead to future "make" problems.1.1. Edit /etc/modules. Add the following 4 lines to the file.14]# make install o Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCI Cards) 1. The response should be: . and usb driver questions When you are prompted for the "Module install directory" enter /lib/modules/”linux-kernelversion”.linuxhomenetworking. and usb driver questions (PCMCIA cards only) Say 'y' to pcmcia and 'n' to pci. Use other defaults =========================================== [root@bigboy linux-wlan-ng-0. where “linux-kernel-version“ is the version of the kernel.14]# make all [root@bigboy linux-wlan-ng-0. Create a startup driver configuration file called wmp11 (or whatever you NIC card is named) in the /etc/init. #!/bin/bash modprobe prism2_pci wlanctl-ng wlan0 lnxreq_ifstate ifstate=enable wlanctl-ng wlan0 lnxreq_autojoin ssid=linux_wlan authtype=opensystem exit 0 Remember to modify the SSID in the above commands to match that of your WAP.d/wmp11 3.d directory [root@bigboy tmp]# vi /etc/init.102 www.com =========================================== Running “make config” command will prompt you for information: o o o (PCI cards only) Say 'y' to pci and 'n' to pcmcia. Get a directory listing of /lib/modules/ beforehand to make sure you are providing the correct kernel directory that both matches your kernel version and that also actually has files in it.

. If your applications are set to promiscuous listening. when configured to specifically run on the IP address of your interface.d tmp]# ln -s .conf. as it is not neccessary. it may not matter and you could put these commands in your /etc/rc.d/wmp11 S09wmp11 Configure The New wlan0 Interface Driver (PCMCIA Cards) Open and edit the configuration options file.opts../init. Make the file executable so that it will be able to run on the next system reboot.d tmp]# ls *network* (Verify the "network" tmp]# ln -s .d/rc.local file then you need to ensure that you run your custom driver script before the Linux "network" script starts up the wlan0 interface device you will create later. DHCP server. Some web sites recommend putting the driver loading commands in /etc/rc. the system needs to load the drivers for the interface before it will activate the interface. then start over making sure you are using the latest versions of the Linux-WLAN software. may fail to start if the interface is down.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 103 message=lnxreq_autojoin ssid=linksys authtype=opensystem resultcode=success If you get a resultcode=error or something else. 4. which won't work. When booting. the "Link" LED on your NIC card will come on solid. Locate the lines containing "ssid=linux_wlan" and set the SSID to whatever value you’ve decided to use on your wireless LAN. which is the default setting for the applications above. DNS (named) and SSH.d and /etc/rc5.d is named "S10network". /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 755 /etc/init. NOTE: Never alias for the PCMCIA cards in /etc/modules. If you don’t want to use the /etc/rc.. At this time.d/wmp11 S09wmp11 tmp]# cd /etc/rc5. The next step is to create a link to this file in the startup directories.d/rc. [root@bigboy [root@bigboy filename) [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/rc3. You will need to create a symbolic link called "S09wmp11" to make /etc/init.d/wmp11 5. and also it will cause the system to try to bring up wlan0 before the PCMCIA services. as it has established a link with the WAP11 access point.d/wmp11 be run before "S10network" during the boot process.d/rc. This may not be a problem for many installations.local file instead and save yourself a lot of grief.local. but applications such as Samba. but this makes the driver load at the end of the booting process and the wlan0 interface will be inactive till then./init. In RedHat the default network startup script link in /etc/rc3.

Also modify the IS_ADHOC option to make your NIC either support "adhoc" mode for peer to peer networks or "infrastructure" mode if you are using a WAP.168.conf file (PCI type NIC) or your /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng.168.168.1 o o Disable Your Existing Ethernet NIC You may want to disable your existing eth0 Ethernet interface after installing the drivers. Locate the lines containing "ssid=linux_wlan" and set the SSID to whatever value you’ve decided to use on your wireless LAN. This will disable the interface on reboot or when /etc/init.com Post Installation Steps Configure The New wlan0 Interface Edit /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0 to include the following lines: DHCP Version ============ DEVICE=wlan0 USERCTL=yes ONBOOT=yes BOOTPROTO=dhcp Fixed IP Version ================= DEVICE=wlan0 BROADCAST=192. GATEWAY=192. network. eg.0 ONBOOT=yes In the fixed IP version you will also need to: Substitute your selected IP.1.0 NETWORK=192.linuxhomenetworking.255. .255 IPADDR=192.1.opts file (PCMCIA type NICs) configuration file. netmask.168. Edit /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-eth0 file to have an ONBOOT=no entry. broadcast address with those above.255. Select the Wireless mode and SSID Edit your /etc/wlan.100 NETMASK=255.1.104 www. Make sure you have correct gateway statement in your /etc/sysconfig/network file.1.d/network is restarted.

d/network restart Now check to see IP address of the wlan interface is OK [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a [root@bigboy tmp]# ping <gateway-address> Check For Interrupt Conflicts Before installing the software you should ensure that the wireless NIC card doesn’t have an interrupt that clashes with another device in your computer.infrastructure #=======INFRASTRUCTURE STATION START=================== # SSID is all we have for now AuthType="opensystem" # opensystem | sharedkey (requires WEP) # Use DesiredSSID="" to associate with any AP in range DesiredSSID="linksys" Simulate a Reboot Run the following commands and test for errors in the file /var/log/messages: PCI Cards – Installed Using RPMs [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. or "IRQ also used by. Insert the card in an empty slot in your Linux box and reboot. .d/wmp11 [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. move the card to a different slot. Inspect your /var/log/messages file again: [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -300 /var/log/messages Look carefully for any signs that the card is interfering with existing card IRQs. If there is a conflict there will usually be a warning. If that is the case. n ." message. #=======SELECT STATION MODE=================== IS_ADHOC=n # y|n.d/network restart PCMCIA Cards [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/rc..d/wlan restart PCI Cards – Installed Using TAR Files [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/init.d/pcmcia restart [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. or otherwise eliminate the conflict by disabling the conflicting device if you don’t really need it.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 105 Here is a sample snippet.adhoc. y ..

0.com After you’ve installed the software.5 Mb) TX bytes:126738425 (120.3 Mb) TX bytes:7678679 (7.1.100 Bcast:192.0 b) TX bytes:0 (0. The above (bad) /proc/interrupts example came from a functioning PCI based Linux box. the reason why it worked was that though the interrupt was the same.168.168.linuxhomenetworking.1 Mask:255. you can also inspect your /proc/interrupts file for multiple devices having the same interrupt [root@bigboy tmp]# more /proc/interrupts 11: 4639 XT-PIC wlan0.1.0.0.255 Mask:255. the base memory address which was used by Linux to communicate with the cards were different.106 www.0. eth0 [root@bigboy tmp]# more /proc/interrupts 11: 4639 XT-PIC wlan0 (bad) (good) Interrupt conflicts are usually more problematic with old style PC-AT buses.255.0 UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU:16436 Metric:1 RX packets:88418 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:88418 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:0 RX bytes:7678679 (7.0 b) Interrupt:11 Base address:0x1820 lo Link encap:Local Loopback inet addr:127. newer PCI based systems generally handle conflicts better.3 Mb) wlan0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:06:25:09:6A:B5 inet addr:192.8 Mb) Interrupt:11 Memory:c887a000-c887b000 [root@bigboy tmp]# .255. You can check both the interrupts and base memory of your NIC cards after doing the software installation by using the "ifconfig -a" command: [root@bigboy tmp]# ifconfig -a eth0 Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:08:C7:10:74:A8 BROADCAST MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:0 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:0 (0.0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1 RX packets:215233 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0 TX packets:447594 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0 collisions:0 txqueuelen:100 RX bytes:39394014 (37.

If this is the case. You then have the option of either providing a key generating string (simple password) or all four of the keys. in AP this means WEP # is required for all STAs # If PRIV_GENSTR is not empty. Only migrate to an encrypted design after you are satisfied that the unencrypted design works satisfactorily. You may find the same generator string will not create the same keys.g.conf file (PCI type NIC) or the /etc/pcmcia/wlanng. Here is how you can use nwepgen to create the keys with a generator string of "ketchup". 01:20:03:40:05 or dot11WEPDefaultKey3= # 01:02:03:04:05:06:07:08:09:0a:0b:0c:0d Not all devices on your network will use the same algorithm method to generate the encryption keys. In the example below. Once you have the four sets of keys. and intra-network communication will be impossible. dot11WEPDefaultKey0= # format: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or dot11WEPDefaultKey1= # xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx dot11WEPDefaultKey2= # e. Neesus compatible PRIV_KEY128=false # keylength to generate PRIV_GENSTR="ketchup" # or set them explicitly.opts) file and set the PRIV_GENSTR parameter to "". "ketchup" is the password used to automatically generate the keys. not both.opts file (PCMCIA type NICs) file is also used to activate this feature. Settings only matter if PrivacyInvoked is true lnxreq_hostWEPEncrypt=false # true|false lnxreq_hostWEPDecrypt=false # true|false dot11PrivacyInvoked=true dot11WEPDefaultKeyID=1 dot11ExcludeUnencrypted=true # true|false.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 107 Linux-WLAN Encryption For Security One of the flaws of wireless networking is that all the wireless clients can detect the presence of all available network SSIDs and have the option of joining any of them. you can use the /sbin/nwepgen program to generate the keys once you provide your easy to remember key generator string. use PRIV_GENTSTR to generate # keys (just a convenience) PRIV_GENERATOR=/sbin/nwepgen # nwepgen. #=======WEP=========================================== # [Dis/En]able WEP. To invoke encryption. you have to set the "dot11PrivacyInvoked" parameter to "true" and state which of the keys will be used as the default starting key via the "dot11WEPDefaultKeyID" parameter. you'll have to add them them individually and in sequence to the /etc/wlan. Set genstr or keys. [root@bigboy tmp]# /sbin/nwepgen ketchup 64:c1:a1:cc:db 2b:32:ed:37:16 b6:cc:9e:1b:37 d7:0e:51:3f:03 [root@bigboy tmp]# .conf (or /etc/pcmcia/wlan-ng. With encryption. The /etc/wlan. the client must have a membership encryption password which can also be represented as a series of Wireless Encryption Protocol (WEP) keys. Note: I must strongly recommend that you first set up your network without encryption.

com In this case your /etc/wlan. not both. Set genstr or keys. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The steps to reverse encryption are: o o Set the configuration file parameter "dot11PrivacyInvoked" to "false" Stop Linux-WLAN and disable the wireless wlan0 interface [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. dot11WEPDefaultKey0= 64:c1:a1:cc:db dot11WEPDefaultKey1= 2b:32:ed:37:16 dot11WEPDefaultKey2= b6:cc:9e:1b:37 dot11WEPDefaultKey3= d7:0e:51:3f:03 Remember that all devices on your network will need to have the same keys and default key for this to work. the driver is still loaded in memory. This includes all wireless NICs and WAPs De-activating Encryption In some cases.conf file would look like this: PRIV_GENSTR="" # or set them explicitly.108 www. NIC cards without full Linux-WLAN compatibility will freeze up after a number of hours of working with encryption.linuxhomenetworking. Your next steps will be to list all the active drivers in memory with the lsmod command. though not active.d/wlan stop Shutting Down WLAN Devices:message=lnxreq_ifstate ifstate=disable resultcode=success [root@bigboy tmp]# ifdown wlan0 o Even though you have done these two steps.d/wlan start Starting WLAN Devices:message=lnxreq_hostwep resultcode=no_value decrypt=false encrypt=false [root@bigboy tmp]# ifup wlan0 . and remove the Linux-WLAN related entries using rmmod [root@bigboy tmp]# lsmod Module Size … … prism2_pci 66672 p80211 20328 … … Used by Not tainted 1 1 (autoclean) [prism2_pci] [root@bigboy tmp]# rmmod prism2_pci [root@bigboy tmp]# rmmod p80211 o Restart Linux-WLAN and reactivate the wlan0 interface and you should be functional again.

result=110 Troubleshooting Your Wireless LAN Always check the /var/log/messages file for possible errors arising from the software installation. Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_drvr_start: Failed. You can also check to see if your Linux box is out or range of the WAP. frame dropped. . If there are no errors in /var/log/messages and you can’t ping your gateways or obtain an IP address. p80211 Kernel errors in /var/log/messages usually point to an incorrectly configured SSID Nov 13 22:24:54 bigboy kernel: p80211knetdev_hard_start_xmit: Tx attempt prior to association.result=-110 Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_docmd_wait: hfa384x_cmd timeout(1). Jan 2 18:11:12 bigboy kernel: prism2sta_ifstate: hfa384x_drvr_start() failed. The chapter on logging covers how to do this in more detail. then check your /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts/ifcfg-wlan0 file for a correct IP configuration and your routing table to make sure your routes are OK. reg=0x8021.Chapter 10: Linux Wireless Networking 109 o If you fail to reload the driver modules you’ll get errors like these below in your /var/log/messages file. Jan 2 18:11:18 bigboy kernel: hfa384x_drvr_start: Initialize command failed.

com .linuxhomenetworking.110 www.

com =========================================== You can convert your Linux box into a firewall using the IPtables package. This page shows how to convert your Linux box into: . www.111 Chapter 11 Linux Firewalls Using iptables =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 11 Linux Firewalls Using iptables What Is iptables? Download And Install The Iptables Package How To Get iptables Started Packet Processing In iptables Iptables Packet Flow Diagram Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall Targets And Jumps Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets Important Iptables Command Switch Operations General Iptables Match Criteria Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria Common Match Extensions Criteria Using User Defined Chains Sample iptables Scripts Basic Initialization Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall Masquerading (Many to One NAT) Port Forwarding Type NAT Static NAT Logging & Troubleshooting © Peter Harrison.linuxhomenetworking.

Don’t worry if this all seems confusing. iptables is considered a faster and more secure alternative. there’ll be tables and examples of how the concepts are all interlinked.0 is iptables-ipv6-1. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail. Download And Install The Iptables Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.2.rpm Preparing. Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh iptables-ipv6-1. The Netfilter organization decided to create a new product called iptables in order to rectify this shortcoming. If you need a refresher. It had a number of limitations. As a result of this.d/iptables stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. the most popular firewall / NAT package running on Linux was ipchains. the primary one being that it ran as a separate program and not as part of the kernel.i386.rpm. the chart and graphic below describe the steps taken by iptables when a packet traverses the firewall. ########################################### [100%] 1:iptables ########################################### [100%] [root@bigboy tmp]# How To Get iptables Started You can start/stop/restart iptables after booting by using the following commands: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.112 www.6a-2. For example.linuxhomenetworking.d/iptables start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. iptables has now become the default firewall package installed under RedHat Linux. web and DNS server.6a-2. • A router that will use NAT and port forwarding to both protect your home network and have another web server on your home network while sharing the public IP address of your firewall What Is iptables? Originally..d/iptables restart To get iptables configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 345 iptables on Packet Processing In iptables All packets inspected by iptables pass through a sequence of built-in tables (queues) for processing.i386.. Each of these queue is dedicated to a particular type of packet activity and is controlled by an associated packet transformation / filtering chain.com • A firewall while simultaneously being your home website's mail. .2.

Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 113 Iptables Packet Flow Diagram .

linuxhomenetworking.com Processing For Packets Routed By The Firewall Packet flow Intercepted by iptables chain (Queue) Packet transformation table associated with this queue PREROUTING Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits.114 www. Source network address translation (SNAT) N/A Packet enters the NIC and is passed to iptables Mangle Nat PREROUTING Packet passed to the Linux routing engine N/A N/A Packet passed back to iptables Filter FORWARD Nat POSTROUTING Packet transmitted out the other NIC N/A N/A . (Rarely used) Destination network address translation (DNAT) N/A Determines whether the packet is destined to a local application or should be sent out another NIC interface Packet filtering: Packets destined for servers accessible by another NIC on the firewall.

The routing engine passes the packet to the target application via the iptables filter queue filter INPUT The application receives the packet from iptables then processes it. The packet is intercepted by the iptables mangle. then nat queues mangle nat PREROUTING Destination network address translation (DNAT) Packet filtering: Packets destined for the firewall. . The packet is then passed from iptables to the Linux routing engine.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 115 Packet Processing For Data Received By The Firewall Packet flow Actions by Operating System Packet intercepted by iptables table (Queue) Packet transformation chain associated with this queue PREROUTING Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits. (Rarely used) Packet destined for firewall Packet enters the NIC from remote server.

(Rarely used) nat OUTPUT Source network address translation (Rarely used) Packet filtering: Packets destined for other servers / devices. nat and filter tables mangle OUTPUT Modification of the TCP packet quality of service bits.com Packet Processing For Data Sent By The Firewall Packet flow Actions by Operating System Packet intercepted by iptables table (Queue) Packet transformation chain associated with this queue Description of possible modifications by iptables using this transformation table The application sends data to a remote server Packet originating from firewall The packet is intercepted by iptables which then processes it in the mangle.linuxhomenetworking. Source network address translation (SNAT) filter OUTPUT The packet is then passed to the Linux routing engine which forwards the packet out the correct NIC The packet is intercepted by the iptables nat table nat POSTROUTING Packet transmitted out a NIC .116 www.

ie. There are a number of built-in targets that most rules may use. you can create your own chains.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 117 Targets And Jumps You don't have to rely solely on the built-in chains provided by iptables. Frequently used to tell why the logged packet was dropped REJECT --reject-with qualifier The qualifier tells what type of reject message is returned. Descriptions Of The Most Commonly Used Targets Target ACCEPT Description • iptables stops further processing. the second will DROP it. The first will LOG the packet. but will also return an error message to the host sending the packet that was blocked N/A Most common options DROP N/A LOG --log-prefix "string" Tells iptables to prefix all log messages with a user defined string. • The packet is handed over to the end application or the operating system for processing • iptables stops further processing. • The packet is blocked • The packet information is sent to the syslog daemon for logging • iptables continues processing with the next rule in the table • As you can't LOG and DROP at the same time.rewriting the destination IP address of the --to-destination ipaddress Tells iptables what the destination IP . the targets/jumps tell the rule what to do with a packet that matches the rule perfectly. • Works like the DROP target. So in summary. it is common to have two similar rules in sequence. These include: icmp-port-unreachable (default) icmp-net-unreachable icmp-host-unreachable icmp-proto-unreachable icmp-net-prohibited icmp-host-prohibited tcp-reset echo-reply DNAT • Used to do Destination Network Address Translation. These can be accessed by making them the targets of "jumps" in the built-in chains.

118 www.rewriting the source IP address of the packet • The source IP address is user defined • Used to do Source Network Address Translation. ie.linuxhomenetworking. • Used to do Source Network Address Translation. ie.rewriting the source IP address of the packet • By default the source IP address is the same as that used by the firewall's interface MASQUERADE [--to-ports <port>[-<port>]] Specifies the range of source ports the original source port can be mapped to.com Target packet SNAT Description Most common options address should be --to-source <address>[<address>][:<port>-<port>] Specifies the source IP address and ports to be used by SNAT. .

1 . tcp. nat.168.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 119 Important Iptables Command Switch Operations We’ll now explore how to use iptables command switches used to create your firewall.1. As discussed before. udp. mangle Append rule to end of a chain Flush. the possible built-in tables include: filter. Match "output" interface on which the packet exits -A -F -p <protocol-type> -s <ip-address> -d <ip-address> -i <interface-name> -o <interface-name> Example: iptables -A INPUT -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192. Types include. then the filter table is assumed. Deletes all the rules in the selected table Match protocol.1.168.1 -p TCP -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets coming in on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for the firewall's IP address of 192. icmp. General Iptables Match Criteria iptables command Switch -t <table> Description If you don't specify a table. all Match source IP address Match destination IP address Match "input" interface on which the packet enters.

1.120 www. not a new connection request --sport <port> TCP source port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport Description switches used with -p udp Description --dport <port> --dport <port> TCP destination port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport --syn Example: iptables -A FORWARD -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192.com Common TCP and UDP Match Criteria switches used with -p tcp --sport <port> TCP source port Can be a single value or a range in the format: start-portnumber:end-portnumber TCP destination port Can be a single value or a range in the format: starting-port:endingport Used to identify a new connection request ! --syn means.linuxhomenetworking.168.1.58 that is reachable via interface eth1. The source port is in the range 1024 to 65535 and the destination port is port 80 (www/http) .58 -o eth1 -p TCP \ -sport 1024:65535 -dport 80 -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets to be routed when they enter on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for IP address of 192.168.

Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 121 Common ICMP (Ping) Match Criteria Matches used with ---icmp-type --icmp-type <type> The most commonly used types are echo-reply and echo-request Description Example: iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT In this example iptables is being configured to allow the firewall send ICMP echo-requests (pings) and in turn. port> . port> --dport <port. Description --dport <port. Common Match Extensions Criteria TCP/UDP match extensions used with -m multiport --sport <port. Source and destination ports are assumed to be the same. port> A variety of TCP/UDP source ports separated by commas A variety of TCP/UDP destination ports separated by commas A variety of TCP/UDP ports separated by commas. accept the expected ICMP echo-replies.

it is sufficient to allow packets related to established connections using the -m state and --state ESTABLISHED options.58 -o eth1 -p TCP \ -sport 1024:65535 -m multiport -dport 80.58 that is reachable via interface eth1.1. Here iptables is being configured to allow the firewall to accept TCP packets to be routed when they enter on interface eth0 from any IP address destined for IP address of 192. The source port is in the range 1024 to 65535 and the destination ports are port 80 (www/http) and 443 (https).443 -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -d 0/0 -o eth0 -s 192.168.168.168.122 www.1.1. We are also allowing the return packets from 192.58 -i eth1 -p TCP \ -m state --state ESTABLISHED -j ACCEPT This is an expansion on the previous example. This is a common feature of protocols such as an FTP data transfer. Example: iptables -A FORWARD -s 0/0 -i eth0 -d 192. . Instead of stating the source and destination ports.com Match extensions used with -m state --state <state> Description The most frequently tested states are: ESTABLISHED The packet is part of a connection which has seen packets in both directions NEW The packet is the start of a new connection RELATED The packet is starting a new secondary connection. or an ICMP error.168.1.58 to be accepted too.linuxhomenetworking.

2 -j fast-output-queue iptables -A fast-input-queue -p icmp -j icmp-queue-in iptables -A fast-output-queue -p icmp -j icmp-queue-out iptables -A icmp-queue-out -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A icmp-queue-in -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT In this example we have six queues with the following characteristics to help assist in processing speed: Chain INPUT Description The regular built-in INPUT chain in iptables The regular built-in OUTPUT chain in iptables Input chain dedicated to specific protocols Output chain dedicated to specific protocols Output queue dedicated to ICMP Intput queue dedicated to ICMP OUTPUT fast-input-queue fast-output-queue icmp-queue-out icmp-queue-in . Example: iptables -A INPUT -i eth0 -d 206. it is possible to have a chain that determines the protocol type for the packet and then hands off the actual final processing to a protocol specific chain.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 123 Using User Defined Chains As stated in the introduction.2 -j fast-input-queue iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -s 206.229. For example. you can replace a long chain with a main stubby chain pointing to multiple stubby chains thereby shortening the total length of all chains the packet has to pass through. instead of having a single chain for all protocols. iptables can be configured to have user-defined chains.110. This feature is frequently used to help streamline the processing of packets.110.229. In other words.

in any iptables script you write. UDP and ICMP packets. to initialize your chain and table settings with known values.com Sample iptables Scripts Here are some sample scripts you can use to get iptables working for you. then they will not reach the the INPUT. The "filter" table's INPUT. This chapter also includes other snippets that will help you get basic functionality. and if all packets that don't match the "nat" and "mangle" rules are DROP-ped. It is best to invoke these from your /etc/rc. However. Pay special attention to the logging example at the end. FORWARD and OUTPUT chains and won't be processed. Additional ALLOW rules should be added to the end of this script snippet. #!/bin/bash #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load modules for FTP connection tracking and NAT – You may need # them later #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Initialize all the chains by removing all the rules # tied to them #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --flush iptables -t nat --flush . The "basic initialization" script snippet should also be included in all your scripts to ensure the correct initialization of your chains should you decide to restart your script after startup. This is because these tables are queried before the "filter" table.d/rc.local file so that the firewall script is run every time you boot up. It shows you how to allow your firewall to: • Be used as a Linux Web / Mail / DNS server • Be the NAT router for your home network • Prevent various types of attacks using corrupted TCP. • Outbound passive FTP access from the firewall There are also simpler code snippets in the Appendix for: • Inbound and outbound FTP connections to / from your firewall Basic Initialization It is a good policy. it is not good policy to make your "nat" and "mangle" tables DROP packets by default. You then can use the Appendix to find a detailed script once you feel more confident. It should be a good guide to get you started.124 www. FORWARD and OUTPUT chains should DROP packets by default for the best security.linuxhomenetworking.

We'll recreate them in the next step #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --delete-chain iptables -t nat --delete-chain iptables -t mangle --delete-chain #--------------------------------------------------------------# If a packet doesn't match one of the built in chains.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 125 iptables -t mangle --flush #--------------------------------------------------------------# Now that the chains have been initialized. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow outbound DNS queries from the FW and the replies too # # . The following statements will apply not only for firewalls acting as DNS clients but also for firewalls working in a caching or regular DNS server role.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # # Zone transfers use TCP and not UDP. then # The policy should be to drop it #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables --policy INPUT DROP iptables --policy OUTPUT DROP iptables --policy FORWARD DROP #--------------------------------------------------------------# The loopback interface should accept all traffic # Necessary for X-Windows and other socket based services #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT Allowing DNS Access To Your Firewall You’ll almost certainly want your firewall to make DNS queries to the Internet. Most home networks # / websites using a single DNS server won’t require TCP statements # #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp -o eth0 --dport 53 --sport 1024:65535 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p udp -i eth0 --sport 53 --dport 1024:65535 \ -j ACCEPT . the user defined # chains should be deleted.

RELATED \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port 80 (www) and 22 (SSH) connections to the firewall #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -i eth0 --dport 22 –sport 1024:65535 \ -m state –state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -i eth0 --dport 80 –sport 1024:65535 \ -m state –state NEW -j ACCEPT Allowing Your Firewall To Access The Internet The following iptables sample script allows a user on the firewall to use a web browser to surf the Internet. TCP port 80 is used for HTTP traffic and port 443 is used for HTTPS (secure HTTP frequently used for credit card transactions).RELATED -i eth0 –p tcp \ . #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port 80 (www) and 443 (https) connections to the firewall #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -m state --state NEW \ -o eth0 –p tcp -m multiport --dport 80.Interface eth0 is the internet interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -m state --state ESTABLISHED. It isn't necessary to specify these ports for the return leg as outbound packets for all established connections are allowed.Interface eth0 is the internet interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j ACCEPT -m state --state ESTABLISHED. Inbound packets destined for ports 80 and 22 are allowed thereby making the first steps in establishing a connection.126 www.com Allowing WWW And SSH Access To Your Firewall This sample snippet is for a web server that is managed remotely by its system administrator via secure shell (SSH) sessions. Connections initiated by persons logged into the webserver will be denied as outbound NEW connection packets aren't allowed.443 --sport 1024:65535 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow previously established connections # . HTTPS is also used by RedHat Linux servers using up2date. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow previously established connections # .linuxhomenetworking.

0/24 -i eth1 -j ACCEPT -p all -d 192. More specifically. Further rules will be needed for the interface connected to the Internet to allow only specific ports.1.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -s 192.0 network. traffic from all devices on one or more protected networks will appear as if it originated from a single IP address on the Internet side of the firewall.168. while only packets related to ESTABLISHED connections will be allowed inbound. An example follows: . In other words.443 --sport 1024:65535 Allow Your Home Network To Access The Firewall In this example.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 127 If you want all TCP traffic originating from the firewall to be accepted then you can remove the following section from the snippet above: -m multiport --dport 80. This is done using the FORWARD chain of the "filter" table.1.1. types of connections and possibly even remote servers to have access to your firewall and home network. iptables requires the iptables_nat module to be loaded with the "modprobe" command for the masquerade feature to work. masquerading is another word for what many call "many to one" NAT. This is done by enabling "IP forwarding" or routing by giving the file /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward the value "1" as opposed to the default disabled value of "0". eth1 is directly connected to a home network using IP addresses from the 192. iptables will have to be configured to allow packets to flow between the two interfaces.168. Masquerading also depends on the Linux operating system being configured to support routing between the internet and private network interfaces of the firewall. Once masquerading has been achieved using the POSTROUTING chain of the "nat" table. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow all bidirectional traffic from your firewall to the # protected network # . packets related to NEW and ESTABLISHED connections will be allowed outbound to the Internet. All traffic between this network and the firewall is simplistically assumed to be trusted and allowed. This helps to protect the home network from persons trying to initiate connections from the Internet.168.0/24 -o eth1 Masquerading (Many to One NAT) As explained in the Introduction to Networking chapter.

128 www.ESTABLISHED.0/24 -d 0/0 \ -j MASQUERADE echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# Prior to masquerading. # Allowed outbound: New. the remote server’s IP address and the source/destination port of the traffic can be used to uniquely identify a traffic flow. Routing too will have to be allowed in iptables with the FORWARD chain.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A POSTROUTING -t nat -o eth0 -s 192.com #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow masquerading # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file # .RELATED state \ -j ACCEPT state \ -j ACCEPT Note: If you configure your firewall to do masquerading. All traffic that matches a particular combination of these factors may then be forwarded to a single server on the private network. the packets are routed via the filter # table's FORWARD chain.RELATED iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m --state ESTABLISHED. An example follows: . this would include all NEW inbound connections from the Internet matching the port forwarding port plus all future packets related to the ESTABLISHED connection in both directions. As in masquerading. Port forwarding is handled by the PREROUTING chain of the "nat" table. established and related connections # Allowed inbound : Established and related connections #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m --state NEW.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # . If their Linux firewall is their interface to the Internet and they want to host a website on one of the NAT protected home servers then they will have to use the “port forwarding” technique.1. the iptables_nat module will have to be loaded and routing enabled for port forwarding to work.linuxhomenetworking.168. Port Forwarding Type NAT (DHCP DSL) In many cases home users may get a single DHCP public IP address from their ISP. then if should be the used as the default gateway for all your servers on the network. Here the combination of the firewall's single IP address.

# The external IP address could just be hard coded (“typed in # normally”) #--------------------------------------------------------------external_int="eth0" external_ip="`ifconfig $external_int | grep 'inet addr' | \ awk '{print $2}' | sed -e 's/. the packets are routed via the filter table's # FORWARD chain.1.1.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.168.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -i eth0 -d $external_ip \ --dport 80 --sport 1024:65535 -j DNAT --to 192.1.200 # # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file # .168.ESTABLISHED.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 129 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Get the IP address of the Internet interface eth0 (linux only) # # You'll have to use a different expression to get the IP address # for other operating systems which have a different ifconfig output # or enter the IP address manually in the PREROUTING statement # # This is best when your firewall gets its IP address using DHCP.168.200 \ --dport 8080 --sport 1024:65535 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m state \ --state NEW. # Connections on port 80 to the target machine on the private # network must be allowed.RELATED -j ACCEPT .Interface eth0 is the internet interface # . #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.*://'`" #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port forwarding for traffic destined to port 80 of the # firewall’s IP address to be forwarded to port 8080 on server # 192.200:8080 echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# After DNAT.

1.1.26 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.168.158.158.253.168.253.100 to 102).1.168.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .1. is NAT-ted to a single server on the protected subnet.1. only connections on ports 80.28 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.linuxhomenetworking.100 # 97.130 www. MASQUERADE isn't recommended to be used as it will force masquerading as the IP address of the primary interface and not any of the alias IP addresses it may have.253. As the firewall has more than one IP address.com Static NAT In this example.27 Anywhere 192.168.443 and 22 are allowed through by the FORWARD chain.253. Note that though the "nat" table NATs all traffic to the target servers (192.168.158.1.1.100 \ . #--------------------------------------------------------------# Load the NAT module #--------------------------------------------------------------modprobe iptable_nat #--------------------------------------------------------------# Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# NAT ALL traffic: # # TO: FROM: MAP TO SERVER: # 97.253.0/24 \ -j SNAT -o eth1 --to-source 97.158.29 iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.158.100 nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.168.Interface eth1 is the private network interface #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t -j iptables -t -j iptables -t -j nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.158. all traffic to a particular public IP address.158.1. not just to a particular port.168.102 iptables -A POSTROUTING -s 192.102 # # SNAT is used to NAT all other outbound connections initiated # from the protected network to appear to come from # IP address 97.101 nat -A PREROUTING -d 97.1. SNAT is therefore used to specify the alias IP address to be used for connections initiated by all other servers in the protected net.26 Anywhere 192.253.158.168.101 # 97.27 -i eth0 \ DNAT --to-destination 192.168.28 Anywhere 192.253.253.29 # # .

automatically writes an entry to the /var/log/messages file and then executes the next rule.ESTABLISHED.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth1 -m state \ --state NEW. If you don’t.168.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i eth0 -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.1.443.443. you’ll find yourself logging both desired and unwanted traffic with no way of discerning between the two as by default iptables doesn’t state why the packet was logged in its log message.1. Therefore if you want to log only unwanted traffic then you have to add a matching rule with a DROP target immediately after the LOG rule.102 \ -m multiport --dport 80.443.1.Chapter 11: Linux Firewalls Using iptables 131 -m multiport --dport 80. o .168. You can use the contents of this file to determine what TCP/UDP ports you need to open to provide access to specific traffic that is currently stopped.RELATED -j ACCEPT Logging & Troubleshooting You track packets passing through the iptables list of rules using the LOG target. You should be aware that the LOG target: o o will log all traffic that matches the iptables rule in which it is located. #--------------------------------------------------------------# Log and drop all other packets to file /var/log/messages # Without this we could be crawling around in the dark #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG iptables -A INPUT -j DROP iptables -A INPUT -j DROP iptables -A FORWARD -j DROP Here are some examples of the output of this file: Firewall denying replies to DNS queries (UDP port 53) destined to server 192.102 on the home network.101 \ -m multiport --dport 80. This example logs a summary of failed packets to the file /var/log/messages.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.168.22 --sport 1024:65535 \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i eth0 -o eth1 -d 192.

Basic NAT testing will require you to ask a friend to try to connect to your home network from the Internet.132 www. FORWARD and NAT related statements. Troubleshooting NAT: As a general rule.168.42. then you should focus on the INPUT.1.168. OUTPUT.168. You can then use the logging output in /var/log/messages to make sure that: o o the translations are occurring correctly and iptables isn’t dropping the packets after translation occurs . then follow the steps in the Network Troubleshooting chapter to determine whether the data is reaching your firewall at all.linuxhomenetworking. OUTPUT statements If nothing shows up in the logs.81. If the firewall’s IP address is involved.100 DST=192.93.102 DST=207. and if it is not.200. you won’t be able to access the public NAT IP addresses from servers on your home network.1.255 LEN=241 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=0 DF PROTO=UDP SPT=138 DPT=138 LEN=221 o Firewall denying Network Time Protocol (NTP UDP port 123) Feb 23 20:58:48 bigboy kernel: IN= OUT=wlan0 SRC=192.1. the location your network that could be causing the problem.113 LEN=76 TOS=0x10 PREC=0x00 TTL=64 ID=0 DF PROTO=UDP SPT=123 DPT=123 LEN=56 Note: The traffic in all these examples isn’t destined for the firewall.30 DST=192.102 LEN=220 TOS=0x00 PREC=0x00 TTL=54 ID=30485 PROTO=UDP SPT=53 DPT=32820 LEN=200 o Firewall denying Windows NetBIOS traffic (UDP port 138) Feb 23 20:43:08 bigboy kernel: IN=wlan0 OUT= MAC=ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:00:06:25:09:6a:b5:08:00 SRC=192.com Feb 23 20:33:50 bigboy kernel: IN=wlan0 OUT= MAC=00:06:25:09:69:80:00:a0:c5:e1:3e:88:08:00 SRC=192. Therefore you should check your INPUT.168.1.

com =========================================== Xinetd is a program used to start and stop a variety of Linux data communication applications. TFTP and XINETD =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 12 Telnet. Some of these applications. Xinetd is pre-installed in newer RedHat versions and is configured to startup automatically at boot time. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The configuration files for each of the network programs xinetd controls are located in the /etc/xinetd. need to be installed afterwards.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Remember that you will also be restarting all the other xinetd controlled processes.133 Chapter 12 Telnet. TFTP and XINETD Telnet TFTP © Peter Harrison. If you are logged into your Linux box via Telnet and then restart xinetd you will disconnect your self from your Linux server as Telnet would be restarted too. . such as Telnet. others such as TFTP. www. are installed by default in RedHat Linux.linuxhomenetworking. Once you have edited the configuration files you’ll have to restart xinetd to make the configurations take effect.d directory.

.255.0 0.linuxhomenetworking.0. [root@bigboy root]# .1.105. Here is an example of someone logging into a remote server named "smallfry" from server "bigboy". Telnet is installed and enabled by default on RedHat Linux.255.1.0 0.255.0.105. You enter the word "telnet" and then the IP address or server name to which you want to connect.0 255. 05 January 2003) Login: peter Password: Last login: Fri Nov 22 23:29:44 on ttyS0 You have new mail.168.18-14 (smallfry. Linux 2. Escape character is '^]'.168.0. [root@bigboy root]# telnet 192.255.168.168.com) (10:35 on Sunday.0 0.com Telnet What is Telnet? Telnet is a program that allows users to log into your server and get a command prompt just as if they were logged into the VGA console.4.0.0.0 Gateway 0.1.105 Trying 192. The user looks at the routing table and then logs out.255 192. The command to do remote logins via telnet from the command line is simple.0.0.0 192.1.0.my-site. [peter@smallfry peter]$ [peter@smallfry peter]$ netstat -nr Kernel IP routing table Destination 255. One of the disadvantages of Telnet is that the data is sent as clear text.0. A more secure method for remote logins would be via Secure Shell (SSH) which uses varying degrees of encryption.168.0 Flags UH U U UG MSS 40 40 40 40 Window 0 0 0 0 irtt 0 0 0 0 Iface wlan0 wlan0 lo wlan0 [peter@smallfry peter]$ exit logout Connection closed by foreign host.0 0.1 Genmask 255.0.0.0. This means that it is possible for someone to use a network analyzer to peek into your data packets and see your username and password.255 255.134 www.0 127.255.0.0.255. Connected to 192.1..

The reverse is also true. A remotely stored configuration file is always good to have.d/telnet and set the disable parameter to "yes". # default: on # description: The telnet server serves telnet sessions.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# TFTP What is TFTP? Cisco and other networking equipment manufacturers allow you to backup live configurations from routers and switches to workstations via the TFTP protocol. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. it uses \ # unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.telnetd log_on_failure += USERID disable = yes } You'll then have to restart xinetd for the new settings to take effect. You can test whether the Telnet process is running with the following command which is used to check the TCP/UDP ports on which your server is listening: [root@bigboy root]# netstat -a | grep telnet tcp 0 0 *:telnet *:* [root@bigboy root]# LISTEN If you want to disable Telnet then edit the file /etc/xinetd. .Chapter 12: Telnet. configurations can be loaded from the server to the network device. A common use of this reverse TFTP is the application of access control lists (ACLs) and even passwords from a centralized file. service telnet { flags = REUSE socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/in. TFTP and XINETD 135 Setting Up A Telnet Server By default Telnet is installed enabled on RedHat Linux.

1.29-3.1 server = /usr/sbin/in.rpm o Edit the file /etc/xinetd. Create a /tftpboot directory with global read write privileges [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 777 /tftpboot o Restart xinetd [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.29-3.1. xinetd will only allow the TFTP server to accept connections from the router / switch / firewall with an address of 192. If you need a refresher. service tftp { socket_type = dgram protocol = udp wait = yes user = root only_from = 192. The tftp protocol is often used to boot diskless \ # workstations. download configuration files to # network-aware printers.tftpd server_args = -s /tftpboot disable = no per_source = 11 cps = 100 2 } In this example.linuxhomenetworking.com Setting up a TFTP server Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.i386.0 is tftp-server0. Here are the steps to setting up the software: Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh tftp-server-0. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.1.136 www.168.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# o o . The latest TFTP server version of the RPM for RedHat 8.d/tftp and set disable to "no". # default: off # description: The tftp server serves files using the trivial # file transfer \ # protocol. You can extend this list with commas in between or just comment it out al together for global access. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.168. \ # and to start the installation process for some operating systems.

1.1.100 on interface 1 [OK] pixfw# Cisco Switch Running CATOS • Log onto the device.168.1. TFTP and XINETD 137 o Each device must have a configuration file in the /tftpboot directory.. Here's an example of what to do for a SOHO firewall with the name "pixfw" and a configuration filename that matches cisco's standard naming scheme of "devicename"-config [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 1631 -rw-rw-rw. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] pixfw# • Save the configuration to the TFTP server pixfw# write network Building configuration.168... TFTP write '/pixfw-config' at 192.Chapter 12: Telnet.168. get into enable mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscoswitch> (enable) wr net This command shows non-default configurations only. get into enable mode and then enter the TFTP commands pixfw> enable Password: ******** pixfw# configure terminal pixfw(config)# tftp-server inside 192.100 Cisco PIX firewall • Log onto the device.100 /pixfw-config pixfw(config)# exit • Save the configuration to non volatile memory pixfw# write memory Building configuration. Use 'write network all' to show both default and non-default . The following examples assume that the TFTP server's IP address is 192.1 [root@bigboy tmp]# touch /tftpboot/pixfw-config tmp]# chmod 666 /tftpboot/pixfw-config tmp]# ll /tftpboot/ root root 3011 Oct 29 14:09 pixfw-config tmp]# Configuring Cisco Devices for TFTP You'll now have to configure your Cisco router / firewall to use the TFTP server..

138

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

configurations. IP address or name of remote host? [192.168.1.100] Name of configuration file?[ciscoswitch-config] Upload configuration to ciscoswitch-config on 192.168.1.100 (y/n) [n]? y ......... Finished network upload. (30907 bytes) ciscoswitch> (enable)

Cisco Router
• Log onto the device, get into enable mode, then configure mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscorouter> enable ciscorouter#write net Remote host [192.168.1.100]? 192.168.1.100 Name of configuration file to write [ciscorouter-config]? ciscorouter-config Write file ciscorouter-config on host 192.168.1.100? [confirm] y ciscorouter# exit

Cisco CSS 111000 "Arrowpoints"

Log onto the device and then enter the tftp commands ciscocss# copy running-config tftp 192.168.1.100 ciscocss-config Working..(\) 100% Connecting (/) Completed successfully. ciscocss# exit

Cisco Local Director
• Log onto the device, get into enable mode, then configure mode and then enter the TFTP commands ciscold> ena Password: ciscold# write net 192.168.1.100 ciscold-config Building configuration... writing configuration to //ciscold-config on 192.168.1.100:69 ... [OK] ciscold# exit

Chapter 12: Telnet, TFTP and XINETD

139

Using TFTP To Restore Your Router Configuration
One of the benefits of having a TFTP server is that you can save your configuration files on a remote server's hard disk. This can be very useful in the event of a router failure after which you need to reconfigure the device from scratch. One of the simplest ways of doing this using TFTP is to: o o o o o Connect your router to the local network of the TFTP server Give your router the bare minimum configuration that allows it to ping your TFTP server. (No access controls or routing protocols) Use the copy command to copy the backup configuration from the TFTP server to your startup configuration in NVRAM. Disconnect the router from the network Reload the router without saving the live running configuration to overwrite the startup configuration. On rebooting, the router will copy the startup configuration stored in NVRAM into a clean running configuration environment Log into the router via the console and verify the configuration is OK Reconnect the router to the networks on which it was originally connected

o o

Here are the commands: ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter# write erase ciscorouter# copy tftp:file-name startup-config ciscorouter# reload Please be aware that the "write erase" command erases your NVRAM startup configuration and should always be used with great care.

140

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

141

Chapter 13

Linux FTP Server Setup
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 13
Linux FTP Server Setup
FTP Overview Problems With FTP And Firewalls How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package How To Get VSFTP Started Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running What Is Anonymous FTP? The /etc/vsftpd.conf File FTP Security Issues Example #1: © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com ===========================================

This chapter will show you how to convert your Linux box into an FTP server using the VSFTP package.
The RedHat software download site runs on VSFTP.

FTP Overview
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is a common method of copying files between computer systems. Two TCP ports are used to do this:

142

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

FTP Control Channel - TCP Port 21
All commands you send and the ftp server's responses to those commands will go over the control connection, but any data sent back (such as "ls" directory lists or actual file data in either direction) will go over the data connection.

FTP Data Channel - TCP Port 20
Used for all data sent between the client and server.

Active FTP
Active FTP works as follows: o o Your client connects to the FTP server by establishing an FTP control connection to port 21 of the server. Your commands such as 'ls' and 'get' are sent over this connection. Whenever the client requests data over the control connection, the server initiates data transfer connections back to the client. The source port of these data transfer connections is always port 20 on the server, and the destination port is a high port on the client. Thus the 'ls' listing that you asked for comes back over the "port 20 to high port connection", not the port 21 control connection. FTP active mode data transfer therefore does this in a counter intuitive way to the TCP standard as it selects port 20 as it's source port (not a random high port > 1024) and connects back to the client on a random high port that has been pre-negotiated on the port 21 control connection.

o o

Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup

143

o

Active FTP may fail in cases where the client is protected from the Internet via many to one NAT (masquerading). This is because the firewall will not know which of the many servers behind it should receive the return connection.

Passive FTP
Passive FTP works as follows: o o Your client connects to the FTP server by establishing a FTP control connection to port 21 of the server. Your commands such as 'ls' and 'get' are sent over that connection. Whenever the client requests data over the control connection, the client initiates the data transfer connections to the server. The source port of these data transfer connections is always a high port on the client with a destination port of a high port on the server. Passive FTP should be viewed as the server never making an active attempt to connect to the client for FTP data transfers. Passive FTP works better for clients protected by a firewall as the client always initiates the required connections.

o o

Problems With FTP And Firewalls
FTP frequently fails when the data has to pass through a firewall as FTP uses a wide range of unpredictable TCP ports and firewalls are designed to limit data flows to predictable TCP ports. There are ways to overcome this as explained in the following sections. The Appendix has examples of how to configure the iptables Linux filewall to function with both active and passive FTP.

Client Protected By A Firewall Problem
Typically firewalls don't let any incoming connections at all, this will frequently cause active FTP not to function. This type of FTP failure has the following symptoms: o The active ftp connection appears to work when the client initiates an outbound connection to the server on port 21. The connection appears to hang as soon as you do an "ls" or a "dir" or a "get". This is because the firewall is blocking the return connection from the server to the client. (From port 20 on the server to a high port on the client)

Solutions
Here are the general firewall rules you'll need to allow FTP clients through a firewall:

com Client Protected by Firewall . ** in some cases.linuxhomenetworking. This rule may not be necessary in all cases. FTP server failure due to firewalls in which the active ftp connection from the client doesn't appear to work at all Solutions Here are the general firewall rules you'll need to allow FTP severs through a firewall . you may want to allow all Internet users to have access. Server Protected By A Firewall Problem o Typically firewalls don't let any connections come in at all. not just a specific client server or network.Required Rules for FTP Method Source Address Source Port Destination Address Destination Port Connection Type Allow outgoing control connections to server Control Channel FTP client/ network FTP server** High FTP server** 21 New 21 FTP client/ network High Established* Allow the client to establish data channels to remote server Active FTP FTP server** 20 FTP client /network FTP server** High New FTP client/ network Passive FTP FTP client/ network FTP server** High 20 Established* High FTP server** High New High FTP client/ network High Established* *Many home based firewall/routers automatically allow traffic for already established connections.144 www.

i386. • Now download the file to a directory such as /tmp and install it using the “rpm” command: . the VSFTP RPM file is named: vsftpd-1. In version 8.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 145 Server Protected by Firewall . the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. you may want to allow all Internet users to have access. If you need a refresher. not just a specific client server or network.rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. This rule may not be necessary in all cases. ** in some cases.0 of the operating system. How To Download And Install The VSFTP Package • As explained previously.0-1.1.Required Rules for FTP Method Source Address Source Port Destination Address Destination Port Connection Type Allow incoming control connections to server Control Channel FTP client/ network** FTP server High FTP server 21 New 21 FTP client/ network** High Established* Allow server to establish data channel to remote client Active FTP FTP server 20 FTP client/network** FTP server High New FTP client/ network** Passive FTP FTP client/ network** FTP server High 20 Established* High FTP server High New High FTP client/ network** High Established* *Many home based firewall/routers automatically allow traffic for already established connections. RedHat software is installed using RPM packages.

Testing To See If VSFTP Is Running You can always test whether the VSFTP process is running by using the netstat –a command which lists all the TCP and UDP ports on which the server is listening for traffic.rpm ########################################### [100%] ########################################### [100%] tmp]# How To Get VSFTP Started The starting and stopping of VSFTP is controlled by xinetd via the /etc/xinetd.com [root@bigboy Preparing. there would be no output at all if VSFTP wasn’t running.. set “disable” to “yes” and restart xinetd. you’ll have to edit /etc/xinetd.146 www. The disable feature must be set to "no" to accept connections. service ftp { disable = no socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/vsftpd nice = 10 } You will then have to restart xinetd for these changes to take effect using the startup script in the /etc/init. [root@bigboy root]# netstat -a | grep ftp tcp 0 0 *:ftp [root@bigboy root]# *:* LISTEN . 1:vsftpd [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh vsftpd-1. to disable VSFTP once again. so you’ll have to edit this file to start the program.d directory.linuxhomenetworking. The example below shows the expected output.d/vsftpd file.1.i386. [root@aqua tmp]# /etc/init. VSFTP is deactivated by default..d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@aqua tmp]# Naturally. Make sure the contents look like this.d/vsftpd.0-1.

I would suggest turning this off.conf configuration file when it starts. # Allow anonymous FTP? anonymous_enable=YES . Common uses include downloading software updates and MP3s to uploading diagnostic information for a technical support engineer’s attention. .. .conf File VSFTP only reads the contents of its /etc/vsftpd. # Uncomment this to enable any form of FTP write command. VSFTP doesn't allow remote users to create directories on your FTP server and it logs FTP access to the /var/log/vsftpd. By default VSFTP only allows anonymous FTP downloads to remote users.. not uploads from them.. VSFTP runs as an anonymous FTP server. Unless you want any remote user to log into to your default FTP directory. The configuration file is fairly straight forward as you can see in the snippet below. The configuration file’s anonymous_enable instruction can be commented out using a “#” to disable this feature. you will # obviously need to create a directory writable by the FTP user. # Uncomment this to allow local users to log in.. # Uncomment this if you want the anonymous FTP user to be able to create # new directories. # Uncomment to allow the anonymous FTP user to upload files.. Also by default.. . #anon_upload_enable=YES .... using anonymous FTP as a remote user is fairly straight forward... Remove/add the "#" at the beginning of the line to "activate/deactivate" the feature on each line. This file uses a number of default settings you need to know. Also. VSFTP can be configured to support user based and or anonymous FTP in its configuration file.. Unlike regular FTP where you login with a userspecific username. so you’ll have to restart xinetd each time you edit the file in order for the changes to take effect. anonymous FTP only requires a username of "anonymous" and your email address for the password..Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 147 What Is Anonymous FTP? Anonymous FTP is used by web sites that need to exchange files with numerous unknown remote users. you’ll automatically have access to only the default anonymous FTP directory /var/ftp and all its subdirectories. Once logged in to a VSFTP server. .. # (Needed even if you want local users to be able to upload files) write_enable=YES ..log log file. By default.. The /etc/vsftpd. local_enable=YES . As seen in the chapter on RPMs. . This only # has an effect if global write enable is activated.

linuxhomenetworking.. ftpd_banner= New Banner Here Using SCP As Secure Alternative To FTP One of the disadvantages of FTP is that it does not encrypt your username and password.. . # You may override where the log file goes if you like. .148 www.com #anon_mkdir_write_enable=YES . # The default is shown# below. Here are the commands to do this: [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /var/ftp/pub/upload [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 733 /var/ftp/pub/upload FTP Greeting Banner Change the default greeting banner in /etc/vsftpd. Do not delete entries from the default list.log FTP Security Issues The /etc/vsftpd. Anonymous Upload If you want remote users to write data to your FTP server then it is recommended you create a write-only directory within /var/ftp/pub. Secure Copy (SCP) provides encryption and could be considered as an alternative to FTP for trusted users... xferlog_enable=YES . SCP however does not support anonymous services.ftpusers File For added security you may restrict FTP access to certain users by adding them to the list of users in this file. it is best to add. This will allow your users to upload.. #xferlog_file=/var/log/vsftpd. # Activate logging of uploads/downloads.. a feature that FTP does.. but not access other files uploaded by other users.conf to make it harder for malicious users to determine the type of system you have. . This could make your user account vulnerable to an unauthorized attack from a person eavesdropping on the network connection..

d/vsftp and set the disable value to "no". Edit the /etc/xinetd. In this case we’ll use "/home/ftp-users" and a user group name of "ftp-users” for the remote users. Here are the steps: Enable FTP. but a group of trusted users need to have read only access to a directory for downloading files. local_enable=YES o Create a user group and shared directory. and make their default directory /home/ftp-docs [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy o tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users useradd -g ftp-users passwd user1 passwd user2 passwd user3 passwd user4 -d -d -d -d /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs /home/ftp-docs user1 user2 user3 user4 Copy files to be downloaded by your users into the /home/ftp-docs directory .conf file like this: # Uncomment this to allow local users to log in. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 750 /home/ftp-docs [root@bigboy tmp]# chown root:ftp-users /home/ftp-docs o Add users. anonymous FTP is not desired.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 149 Example #1: FTP Users With Only Read Access To A Shared Directory In this example.conf file like this: o o # Allow anonymous FTP? # anonymous_enable=YES o Enable individual logins by making sure you have the local_enable line uncommented in the /etc/vsftpd. [root@bigboy tmp]# groupadd ftp-users [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/ftp-docs o Make the directory accessible to the ftp-users group. Disable anonymous FTP. Comment out the anonymous_enable line in the /etc/vsftpd.

break me) Name (192.1.168. Using binary mode to transfer files.100 (192. Remote system type is UNIX.com o Change the permissions of the files in the /home/ftp-docs directory for read only access by the group [root@bigboy tmp]# chown root:ftp-users /home/ftp-docs/* [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 740 /home/ftp-docs/* Users should now be able to log in via ftp to the server using their new user names and passwords.100:root): user1 331 Please specify the password. ftp> put testfile local: testfile remote: testfile 227 Entering Passive Mode (192.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Sample Login Session To Test Funtionality o Check for the presence of a test file on the ftp client server.1. we can't do an upload transfer of "testfile" to bigboy.168.conf file like this: #write_enable=YES o Restart vsftp for the configuration file changes to take effect. 220 ready.210) 553 Could not create file.100. [root@smallfry tmp]# ll total 1 -rw-r--r-. dude (vsFTPd 1. Password: 230 Login successful.181.168.1 root root 0 Jan 4 09:08 testfile [root@smallfry tmp]# o Connect to bigboy via FTP [root@smallfry tmp]# ftp 192. ftp> o As expected.1.168.168.linuxhomenetworking.1.100 Connected to 192.1. If you absolutely don't want any FTP users to be able to write to any directory then you should comment out the write_enable line in your /etc/vsftpd. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.1.100). ftp> o We can view and download a copy of the VSFTP RPM .0: beat me. Have fun.150 www.

1.100 Connected to 192.0-1.100.i386.tmp remote: vsftpd-1.100.1. Password: 530 Login incorrect.0-1.1. ftp> quit 221 Goodbye.100).168.1.168.0-1. dude (vsFTPd 1.1.168.100:root): anonymous 331 Please specify the password.i386.0-1. ftp> get vsftpd-1.rpm. [root@smallfry tmp]# . 76288 bytes received in 0.1 0 502 76288 Jan 04 17:06 vsftpd-1.1.rpm 227 Entering Passive Mode (192.rpm 226 Directory send OK.1.rpm vsftpd-1.173) 150 Here comes the directory listing.tmp local: vsftpd-1.rpm.499 secs (1.0-1. break me) Name (192.i386.1. 220 ready.1.44.1.156) 150 Opening BINARY mode data connection for vsftpd-1. Login failed.i386. 226 File send OK.168. -rwxr----. we can't do anonymous ftp.0: beat me.35.1.1.168.100 (192.5e+02 Kbytes/sec) ftp> exit 221 Goodbye.Chapter 13: Linux FTP Server Setup 151 ftp> ls 227 Entering Passive Mode (192.rpm (76288 bytes).168.i386. [root@smallfry tmp]# ftp 192.1.i386. [root@smallfry tmp]# o As expected.0-1.

linuxhomenetworking.152 www.com .

. www. Similar programs such as Telnet and FTP can be security hazards as they do not encrypt their passwords.linuxhomenetworking. None of the data flow in Telnet is encrypted.153 Chapter 14 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 14 Secure Remote Logins And File Copying Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet Testing To See If SSH Is Running The etc/ssh/sshd_config File Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine What You Should Expect To See When You Log In Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP © Peter Harrison. H Using Secure Shell As A Replacement For Telnet When you use Telnet to remotely log into a Linux box you run the risk of people being able to eavesdrop on your network wire to see your username and password as unencrypted text.com =========================================== ere is some information on how to both remotely log in and copy files using a secure encrypted connection with Secure Shell (SSH) and Secure Copy (SCP). so all your activities can be monitored. SSH and SCP could be the right choice for you.

using the "netstat" command and using "grep" to filter out everything that doesn't have the string "435".d/sshd restart Remember to restart the SSH process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process.com RedHat Linux comes standard with Secure Shell (SSH) installed. By default SSH listens on all your NICs and uses TCP port 22. There are GUI based SSH clients available for Windows. This provides an encrypted data stream for you to use when you log in from one machine to another.0. such as port 435 • First make sure your system isn't listening on port 435.0.d/sshd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. . #Port 22 #Protocol 2. Uncommented options change a default value. You should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sshd The etc/ssh/sshd_config File The SSH configuration file is called /etc/ssh/sshd_config. When logging in from another Linux/UNIX machine you use the "ssh" command.154 www. but leave them commented.linuxhomenetworking. • You can get SSH configured to start at boot by using the chkconfig command.1 #ListenAddress 0. See the configuration snippet below: # # # # The strategy used for options in the default sshd_config shipped with OpenSSH is to specify options with their default value where possible.d/sshd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sshd on • You can also start/stop/restart SSH after booting by running the sshd initialization script. see the references in the bibliography.0 #ListenAddress :: If you are afraid of people trying to hack in on a well known TCP port. then you can change port 22 to something else that won't interfere with other applications on your system. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Testing To See If SSH Is Running You can test whether the SSH process is running with the following command.

you will get a warning message saying that the remote host doesn't know about your machine. Change the Port line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config to mention 435 and remove the "#" at the beginning of the line. To login from another Linux box use the "ssh" command with a "-l" to specify the username you wish to login as. If port 435 is being used.d/sshd restart • Check to ensure SSH is running on the new port [root@bigboy root]# netstat -an | grep 435 tcp 0 0 192.168.0.1. User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “root” [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh smallfry User “root” Logs In To smallfry As User “peter” Using default port 22 [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh -l peter smallfry Using port 435 [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh -l peter -p 435 smallfry What You Should Expect To See When You Log In The first time you log in.0:* [root@bigboy root]# LISTEN Using SSH To Login To A Remote Machine Using SSH is similar to Telnet. Something like this: . Here are some examples for a server named “smallfry” in your /etc/hosts file.0. OK. Port 435 • Restart SSH [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.100:435 0. If you leave out the "-l". your username will not change. pick another port and try again.Chapter 14: Secure Remote Logins And File Copying 155 [root@bigboy root]# netstat -an | grep 435 [root@bigboy root]# • No response.

3 and newer.telnetd log_on_failure += USERID disable = yes } Now restart xinetd.98 No mail.168. The Telnet server is controlled by the xinetd network security program. Xinetd is installed by default in RedHat 7. [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The configuration files for each of the network programs it controls is located in the /etc/xinetd. service telnet { flags = REUSE socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/in.linuxhomenetworking.d/xinetd restart Stopping xinetd: [ OK ] Starting xinetd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# . Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes Host 'smallfry' added to the list of known hosts.156 www. which makes it relativily easy to !! hijack the connection without the attack being detected. # default: on # description: The telnet server serves telnet sessions. [root@smallfry tmp]# Deactivating Telnet once SSH is installed Now you need to switch off Telnet. root@smallfry's password: Last login: Thu Nov 14 10:18:45 2002 from 192. it uses \ # unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.d/telnet and set the disable parameter to "yes". !! If host key is new or changed.1. ssh1 protocol is vulnerable to an !! attack known as false-split.d directory.com [root@bigboy tmp]# ssh smallfry Host key not found from the list of known hosts. It is !! highly advisable to turn StrictHostKeyChecking to "yes" and !! manually copy host keys to known_hosts. Edit the file /etc/xinetd.

103:/tmp . More secure forms such as SFTP (Secure FTP) and SCP (Secure Copy) are available as a part of the Secure Shell package that is normally installed by default on RedHat. [root@bigboy tmp]# scp /etc/hosts root@192.168. SCP doesn't support anonymous downloads like FTP. FTP isn't very secure as usernames.rpm /usr/rpm Copying Files To The Remote Linux Box Command Format: scp filename username@address:remotedir Example: Copy file /etc/hosts on the local machine to directory /tmp on the remote server.1. passwords and data are sent across the network unencrypted.rpm on the remote machine to the local directory /usr/rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# scp root@smallfry:/tmp/software.Chapter 14: Secure Remote Logins And File Copying 157 Using SCP as a more secure replacement for FTP From a networking perspective.cz/eng/ Secure Copy (SCP) is installed in parallel with SSH and they always run simultaneously on the same TCP port. There is a windows scp client called WinSCP which can be downloaded at: http://winscp. Copying Files To The Local Linux Box Command Format: scp username@address:remotefile localdir Example: Copy file /tmp/software.vse.

158 www.linuxhomenetworking.com .

Linux And Samba Download and Install Packages How To Get SAMBA Started Configuring SWAT Samba and PC Firewall Software How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User How to Configure a Samba PDC How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain Domain Groups And Samba How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain © Peter Harrison. • In a Windows Workgroup. This allows each user to have a universal username and password when logging in from all PCs on the network. each PC stores the usernames and passwords locally so that they are unique for each PC. but this simple explanation should be enough.159 Chapter 15 Windows. .com =========================================== Samba is a suite of utilities that allows your Linux box to share files and other resources such as printers with Windows boxes. Either configuration will allow everyone at home to have: • their own logins on all the home windows boxes while having their files on the Linux box appear to be located on a new Windows drive • shared access to printers on the Linux box • shared files accessible only to members of their Linux user group. What’s the difference between a PDC and Windows Workgroup member? A detailed description is beyond the scope of this chapter. www. This chapter describes how you can make your Linux box into a Windows Primary Domain Controller (PDC) or a server for a Windows Workgroup.linuxhomenetworking. • A PDC stores the login information in a central database on its hard drive. Linux And Samba =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 15 Windows.

i386. As of this writing. Samba mimics a Windows PDC in almost every way needed for simple file sharing. Install all the packages in this order: [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# tmp]# rpm rpm rpm rpm -Uvh -Uvh -Uvh -Uvh samba-2. Keep in mind that you will lose all your comments inserted in /etc/samba/smb.2. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep smb .i386.com This chapter will only cover the much more popular PDC methodology used at home.2.rpm samba-client-2. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail.5-10.conf to determine its various modes of operation. Samba Domains and Linux share the same usernames so you can log into the Samba based Windows domain using your and immediately gain access to files in your Linux user’s home directory. By default.5-10.d/smb stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.5-10.5-10.conf using a text editor or using the easier web based SWAT utility. When Samba starts up it reads the configuration file /etc/samba/smb.i386.2. Linux functionality doesn’t disappear when you do this. Explanations of how to use both SWAT and a text editor to configure Samba are given in this chapter.d/smb restart • Remember to restart the smb process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.rpm samba-common-2.conf with a text editor if you subsequently use SWAT to edit it. For added security you can make your Samba and Linux passwords different.i386. If you need a refresher. Download and Install Packages Samba is comprised of a suite of RPMs that come on the RedHat CDs. How To Get SAMBA Started • You can configure Samba to start at boot time using the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 smb on • You can start/stop/restart Samba after boot time using the smb initialization script as in the examples below: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. • You can test whether the smb process is running with the following command.rpm samba-swat-2.2.0 was version 2.linuxhomenetworking.rpm Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. You can create your own smb.160 www.2.5-10. the latest version of the Samba suite for RedHat 8.d/smb start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.

starting and stopping of SWAT is controlled by xinetd via a configuration file named /etc/xinetd.1. Linux And Samba 161 Configuring SWAT SWAT is a very intuitive web based Samba configuration tool that allows you to configure Samba without all the memorization of the keywords needed for text based configuration.d/swat. Because of this. This may be a security concern in a corporate environment. 192.100 from PC 192.168. you may want to create a Samba administrator user that has no root privileges whatsoever or do your configuration using the configuration files.168. You can make SWAT accessible from other servers by adding IP address entries separated to the only_from parameter.168.1.Chapter 15 : Windows.1. service swat { port socket_type protocol wait user server log_on_failure disable only_from } = 901 = stream = tcp = no = root = /usr/sbin/swat += USERID = no = localhost The formatting of the file is fairly easy to understand. you can only log into SWAT from the VGA console as user "root". • By default. The enabling/disabling.168.1.1.100:901 Samba and PC Firewall Software Firewall software installed on Windows PCs may cause Samba to not function. Here’s an example of an entry to allow connections only from 192. Here is a sample. The URL must point to your localhost IP address on port 901 (http://127.0:901) as defined by the only_from and port parameters. . Unfortunately it doesn't encrypt your login password.0.0.3 and localhost: only_from = localhost. Here are some ways to solve the problem with two popular packages.3 using the URL http://192.3 Therefore in this case you can also configure Samba on your Linux server "Bigboy" IP with address 192.168. • The disable parameter must be set to "no" to accept connections. especially as there are only two entries of interest.

Right click your on your LAN connection icon and select Properties Click on the Advanced tab.255. The NetBIOS traffic that Samba uses to communicate with the PCs on the network will therefore be considered as hostile traffic. This can be done by clicking on the firewall tab and editing the settings for your home network that will most likely have a 192.x/255.255. Make this network a trusted network.168. The easiest way around this is to configure Zone Alarm to consider your home network as a trusted network too.0 type entry.x.linuxhomenetworking. Uncheck the Internet Connection Firewall box and it will be turned on. you may want to experiment with the firewall software settings to optimize your security with the need to maintain a valid relationship with the SAMBA server How To Create A Samba PDC Administrator User To do both SWAT and user administration with Samba you'll need to create an Administrator account on the Samba PDC Linux box.162 www. The Windows XP Built In Firewall You may also need to disable the firewall feature of Windows XP by doing the following: o o o o o Bring up Control Panel Go through the Network and Internet Connections and then Network Connections menus. Once you get SAMBA to work. Here is how it's done: Create The Administrator’s User Group and Directories o First create a Linux group for administrators: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/groupadd sysadmin o Then create a Linux directory to house all the administrator directories: [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/sysadmin [root@bigboy tmp]# chgrp sysadmin /home/sysadmin [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0770 /home/sysadmin . instead of an Internet network and ZoneAlarm should cease to interfere with Samba. This means that the software will deny all inbound connections that attempt to connect with your PC.com Zone Alarm The default installation of Zone Alarm assumes that your PC is directly connected to the Internet.

Chapter 15 : Windows.smb to the users new home directory. Linux And Samba 163 Create The Administrator User Under Linux o For each administrator user. we won’t assign a real Linux password. In this case the administrator user has been made a member of the sysadmin group.smb -n . (Redundant in this case) -m -d dir_path -k /etc/skel. The table below explains what each of the adduser command switches used. especially if you’re using SWAT. Usually default login scripts. This provides an added level of security. create a Linux user with the adduser command: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/adduser -d \ /home/sysadmin/administrator \ -g sysdmin -m -k /etc/skel. Tells RedHat NOT to create a default group with the same name as the user. Forces linux to create the directory specified with the -d switch Home directory for the new user Tells adduser to copy the contents of the directory /etc/skel.smb -n administrator o As this user may not need a real Linux login. Adduser’s Command Switches useradd command switch -g group Description Sets the group to which the user should be added.

164 www. # Samba config file created using SWAT # from 192. then you'll have to use the Linux passwd command to give this user a Linux (not a Samba domain) password.101) # Date: 2002/11/10 19:54:45 # Global parameters [global] ## ## The name I want to give my DOMAIN ## workgroup = HOMENET . How to Configure a Samba PDC Create A Samba PDC By far the easiest way to configure a Samba PDC is by using SWAT. Make The Administrator One Of The Samba Admin Users Edit /etc/samba/smb.conf file and add the sysadmin group to the list of Samba system administrator users.linuxhomenetworking.1.168.101 (192. Use a generic password then have users change it immediately from their workstation the usual way.1. [global] admin users = @sysadmin This can also be set via SWAT in the expanded “global settings” section. Samba domain logins use the smbpasswd password.168. [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/bin/smbpasswd -a administrator password The -a adds the user administrator to the /etc/smbpasswd file. Log into SWAT and click on the “globals” section and make sure the key highlighted parameters below are set correctly. You’ll need to restart Samba for this to take effect. This is done with the smbpasswd command.com Create An Administrator Domain Password The Linux Administrator now needs a Samba password to log into the Windows domain. Note: If you want user "administrator" to be able to log into the Linux box as a regular user via Telnet or SSH.

You can also have local administrator accounts on PCs to do software installation.cmd ## ## My user’s Linux login directory will always appear ## to be Windows drive H: ## logon drive = h: ## ## Activate domain type logins and make ## Linux box be the master Windows server ## in all domain type functions ## domain logons = Yes os level = 99 preferred master = True domain master = True local master = True dns proxy = No . Linux And Samba 165 ## ## The name of my Linux Box ## server string = BigBoy ## ## Make sure passwords are always encrypted ## encrypt passwords = Yes ## ## Samba will log errors via syslog to ## directory /var/log/samba ## log file = /var/log/samba/%m. but they wont be PDC administrators to do things like adding new PCs to the domain domain admin group = @sysadmin ## ## The script logon.Chapter 15 : Windows.cmd in the Linux user’s home directory ## will be run whenever the user logs in.log max log size = 0 ## ## The command Samba uses to add new printers ## directory /var/log/samba ## addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## Only domain users in the sysadmin group can act as universal administrators. Ie administer the PDC and do activities on the local PC like software installation. (Usually blank) ## logon script = logon.

Pay careful attention to the "$" at the end and replace machine_name with the name of the Windows client machine.linuxhomenetworking.166 www. Here you will use the drop down menu to edit the netlogon and profiles shares [netlogon] ## ## Store all Samba PDC overhead data in the directory ## /home/netlogon (or whatever you desire) ## path = /home/netlogon write list = administrator guest ok = Yes [profiles] ## ## Store user profiles in this directory ## path = /home/ntprofile read only = No create mask = 0600 directory mask = 0700 guest ok = Yes browseable = No Click on the “Status” button at the top of the screen and restart Samba to make your settings take effect. Create Your PC Machine Trusts PDCs will only accept user logins from trusted PCs that have been placed in its PC client database.com ## ## Only users in the sysadmin group can use SWAT ## to modify Samba and ## admin users = @sysadmin printer admin = @sysadmin printing = lprng Next you will have to use SWAT to click on the “shares” button. either manually or automatically. Samba can create these “Machine Trusts” in two ways. Manual Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts (NT Only) When manually creating a machine trust account you need to manually create the corresponding Unix account in /etc/passwd and /etc/smbpasswd files. [root@bigboy nickname" -s [root@bigboy [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c "machine /bin/false machine_name$ tmp]# passwd -l machine_name$ tmp]# smbpasswd -a -m machine_name .

[root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/netlogon [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0755 /home/netlogon You’ll then have to log into each PC client and do the following steps depending on their operating system.conf to automatically add the required users. This can be done by editing /etc/samba/smb.remainder of parameters. Dynamic Creation Of Machine Trust Accounts The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client joins the domain. How to configure the netlogon directory is beyond the scope of this chapter. defining your wall paper and setting the way dates are formatted. but suffice it to say that the directory must be created on the Linux box for Samba to operate correctly. Windows 95/98/ME Windows 9x machines do not implement full domain membership and therefore don't require machine trust accounts • • • • • • Navigate to the Network section of the Control Panel (Start ->Settings->Control Panel>Network) Select the Configuration tab Highlight "Client for Microsoft Networks" Click the Properties button.Chapter 15 : Windows.. This information is stored in the netlogon directory. and enter the domain name. These include things like suppressing the splash screen.. [global] # <.. This method is also referred to as making a machine account "on the fly".> add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u This is probably easier to do if you use SWAT in the “Global” menu Make Your PC Clients Aware Of Your Samba PDC When you log into the domain. Click all the OK buttons and reboot! .. Check "Log onto Windows NT Domain". Linux And Samba 167 This is the only way to configure machine trusts using Windows NT. the PDC will send your new client PC a list of universal “look and feel” related features that may have been previously set by the Administrator.

the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine to the domain." In this case. • • • Windows XP Create a dynamic SAMBA machine trust account as explained above. then go through the following steps: • • • • Navigate to the Network section of the Control Panel (Start ->Settings->Control Panel>Network ) Select the “identification” tab Click the "change" button Enter the domain name and computer name. (See this note before proceeding.168 www. then go through the following steps: • Press Windows-key Break-key simultaneously to get the System Properties dialogue box . • • • • Windows 2000 Create a dynamic SAMBA machine trust account as explained above.com Windows NT Create a manual SAMBA machine trust account as explained above. In our case that would be user "administrator" with the corresponding smbpasswd password. Reboot.linuxhomenetworking. Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. then go through the following steps: • • • • • • Press Windows-key Break-key simultaneously to get the System Properties dialogue box Click on the 'Network Indentification' tab on the top Click the "Properties" button Click on the “Member of Domain” button Also enter your domain name and computer name and then click "OK" You will now be prompted for a user account and password with rights to join a machine to the domain. Reboot.) You should then get a confirmation that you’ve been added with a "Welcome to <DOMAIN>" message. Click "OK" You should then get a confirmation that you’ve been added with a "Welcome to <DOMAIN>" message. This should be your Samba administrator. Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. do not check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain.

• • How To Add Users To Your Samba Domain Add The Users In Linux First go through the process of adding users in Linux just like you would normally do. Linux And Samba 169 • • • • • Click on the 'Computer Name' tab on the top Click on the 'Change' button Click on the “Member of Domain” button Also enter your domain name and computer name and then click "OK" You will now be prompted for a user account and password with rights to join a machine to the domain. Map The Linux Users To An smbpassword Next you need to create Samba domain login passwords for all users [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/bin/smbpasswd -a username password The -a adds the user to the /etc/smbpasswd file. Reboot. In our case that would be user "administrator" with the corresponding smbpasswd password. Passwords won’t be necessary unless you want the users to log in to the Samba server via Telnet or SSH. Map A Drive Share By default. Use a generic password then have users change it immediately from their workstation the usual way. Samba will automatically give each user logged into the domain an H: drive that really maps to the /home/username directory on the Linux box.Chapter 15 : Windows. Mapping Using “My Computer” If the auto-mapping doesn't work then do the following: • • • • Let the user log into the domain Right click on the "My Computer" icon on the desktop Click on "Map Network Drive" Select a drive letter . Log in using any account in the /etc/smbpasswd file with your domain as the domain name. This should be your Samba administrator.

As the file resides on a Linux box. you’ll have to convert the file to the Windows format. then the Samba server.bat • The next page will show you how to add regular users to your new SAMBA domain Domain Groups And Samba Samba supports domain groups which will allow users who are members of the group to be able to have Administrator rights on each PC in the domain. For example: domain admin group = <USER1> <USER2> @<GROUP> . [root@bigboy tmp]# vi /home/netlogon/administrator. but will be interpreted bay a Windows machine. Domain Groups also have the ability to join machines to the domain. (You can get this package from http://speakeasy. to make the change permanent Mapping From The Command Line If you find the "My Computer" method too time consuming for dozens of users or if the PC doesn't have the feature available.bat • Add the following contents to mount the user's share as drive P: (for 'private'). then the user’s home directory. then you can do the following and possibly make it into a script.linuxhomenetworking.rpmfind. but this is not currently supported in Samba. • Create a master logon batch file for administrator users. This requires the 'todos' program to be installed.net ) [root@bigboy tmp]# todos /home/samba/netlogon/administrator. The argument is a space-separated list of user names or group names (group names must have an @ sign prefixed). Click on the check box "Reconnect at Logon".com • • Browse to the HOMENET domain.bat • Linux and Windows format text files slightly differently. In Windows. REM administrator net use P: \\bigboy\administrator • Make the file world readable: [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod +r /home/samba/netlogon/administrator.170 www. This will allow them to do such things as add software and configure network settings. The domain admin group parameter specifies users who will have domain admin rights. We will add the contents of this file to all administrator's logon scripts.

use the smbpasswd command with the "-x" switch [root@bigboy tmp]# smbpasswd -x zmeekins Deleted user zmeekins. Here we are deleting the user zmeekins and all zmeekin’s files from the Linux server: [root@bigboy tmp]# userdel -r zmeekins Delete The Users Using smbpasswd Next. Linux And Samba 171 How To Delete Users From Your Samba Domain Delete The Users In Linux First go through the process of deleting users in Linux just like you would normally do. [root@bigboy root]# .Chapter 15 : Windows.

com .linuxhomenetworking.172 www.

Adding The Printer To Linux By far the easiest way to add a printer in Linux is to use the GUI from the VGA console. Here’s how to do it all.173 Chapter 16 Sharing Resources With Samba =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 16 Sharing Resources With Samba Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC Creating Group Shares in SAMBA Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server © Peter Harrison. We’ll assume the printer is locally attached to the parallel port. Here’s how to connect your printer directly to your PDC and make it available to all your windows workstations. This may be OK for a small home network but may be impractical for a huge corporate network. Here are the menus to use: o o o o Click on the RedHat icon in the bottom left hand corner of the screen Click on System Settings Click on Printing Click on New . www. The way to get a GUI on the console is outlined in the runlevels chapter. N Adding A Printer To A Samba PDC Sharing printers amongst all your PCs is one of the advantages of creating a home network. directories and printers via the Samba server. This makes your Samba PDC a print server too! The method explained here requires the Windows printer driver to be loaded on every client machine. you may want to allow users to share resources such as floppy drives.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== ow that you have Samba up and running.

I called the printer queue EpsonC60) Click the local printer button Click "forward" You'll get the "Configure a Local Printer" menu Select /dev/lp0 as I assume the printer is on the parallel port (not USB) You'll get the "Select Print Driver" menu Scroll to the printer Double click on the name Select the driver Click "forward" You'll get the "Finish and Create the New Print Queue" menu Click finished Click "Apply" Do a test print to make sure all is OK o o o o o Make Samba Aware Of The Printer The easiest way to do this is using the Samba SWAT web interface. If this isn't the case. then it has been auto configured by Samba. restart Samba and go to the next section. Click on the “Status” tab at the top of the screen and restart smbd and nmbd to restart Samba. If this is the case.174 www. edit/create the printer Click on the “Commit Changes” button to create an updated /etc/samba/smb. but may not be visible on your network because Samba hasn't been restarted since creating the printer. Once you are in SWAT: o o o Select the "Printers" button Find your printer in the drag down menu If the printer name has a [*] beside it.conf file.com o You'll now get the "Add a New Print Queue" menu Click "forward" You'll get the "Set the Print Queue name and Type" menu Give the printer an easy to remember name. o o o . (My printer is an Epson Stylus C60.linuxhomenetworking.

Select "Yes" or "No" depending on your preference Click the "Next" button The "Completing the Add Printer Wizard" menu will appear Click the "Finish" button o o o o o o o o . Go to the Add printer menu Click the "Next" button Select the "Network Printer" button to get the "Local or Network Printer" menu Click the "Next" button You should be on the "Locate Your Printer" menu Don't enter a name. Click next so you can browse for your printer You should be on the "Browse for Printer" menu Double Click on the name of your Linux Samba Box You should see the new printer Click on the printer name Click the "Next" button You may get a message stating "The server on which the printer resides does not have the correct printer driver installed. click OK". If you want to install the driver on your local computer. Fortunately.Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 175 Configure The Printer Driver On The Workstations o Download the Windows printer driver from the manufacturer and install it. you pre installed the driver Click the "OK" button The "Add Printer Wizard" will appear Select the manufacturer of your printer Select the printer model Click the "OK" button The "Add Printer Wizard" will prompt you whether you want to use this new printer as the default printer.

Here’s how it’s done.176 www. Click on the “Create Share” button. let's add user "father" to the group. parents working in a home office environment may need a place where they can share. For instance. . Create The Directory And User Group o Create a new Linux group parents: [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/groupadd parents o Create a new directory for the group's files.com o The new printer should now show up on the Windows Printers menu in "Control Panel" Send a test print. o Creating Group Shares in SAMBA On occasion.linuxhomenetworking. create the share in Samba using SWAT. If one user is designated as the leader. Click on the “Commit Changes” button to create a new /etc/samba/smb. let’s say “onlyparents”. distribute or collaboratively work on documents. you might want to change the chown statement to make them owner [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /home/parent-files [root@bigboy tmp]# chown parents /home/parent-files [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 0770 /home/parent-files o Next we add the group members to the new group.conf file. For example. subgroups of a family need a share that is fully accessible by all members of the group. [root@bigboy tmp]# /usr/sbin/usermod -G parents father Configure The Share In SWAT o o o o o Finally. Make sure the path maps to “/home/parent-files” and make the valid users be @parents. where parents is the name of the Linux user group. Click on the “Status” tab at the top of the screen and restart smbd and nmbd to restart Samba. Click on the shares button then enter the name of the share you want to create.

The next step is to make the ZIP drive shared.conf file should have an entry like this at the end: # Parents Shared Area [only-parents] path = /home/parent-files valid users = @parents Map The Directory Using “My Computer” o o o o o o Let the user log into the domain from a remote PC Right click on the "My Computer" icon on the desktop Click on "Map Network Drive" Select a drive letter Browse to the HOMENET domain. ZIP. to make the change permanent Windows Drive Sharing With Your SAMBA Server You can also access a CD. then the share named only-parents Click on the check box "Reconnect at Logon". Windows Setup The Windows client box should first be setup as a member of a Samba domain or workgroup. then the Samba server. floppy or hard drive installed on a Windows Client from the Samba server. In this section we’ll attempt to share a ZIP drive. DVD. Windows 98/ME • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing' Set the Share Name as 'zip' with the appropriate access control Restart windows Windows 2000 • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing' Set the Share Name as 'zip' and the appropriate access control Logout and login again as normal using your current login .Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 177 Your /etc/samba/smb.

253 ( 192.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] Sharename Type Comment --------.0 added interface ip=127.1.0.100 bcast=192.1 bcast=127.255.168.linuxhomenetworking. You should get output like this when using the username's corresponding password: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbclient -L WinClient -U username added interface ip=192.255 nmask=255.168.1.------Workgroup Master --------.255.0. You should substitute "WinClient" with the name of your widows client PC and "username" with a valid workgroup/domain username that normally has access to the Windows client.1.com Windows XP • • • • Double click 'My Computer' Right click on the ZIP drive and choose 'Sharing and Properties' Set the Share Name as 'zip' and the appropriate access control Logout and login again as normal using your current login Test Your Windows Client Configuration Use the smbclient command to test your share.178 www.253 ) Password: Domain=[HOMENET] OS=[Windows 5.0 Got a positive name query response from 192.255.168.------IPC$ IPC Remote IPC D$ Disk Default share print$ Disk Printer Drivers SharedDocs Disk zip Disk Printer2 Printer Acrobat PDFWriter ADMIN$ Disk Remote Admin C$ Disk Default share Server Comment --------.168.255 nmask=255. Here’s how to do it. .---.0.------Note: You could have got the same result using the following command.255.0.1. though it is less secure: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbclient -L WinClient -U username%password Create A ZIP Drive Mount Point On Your Samba Server You’ll need to create the mount point on the Linux server in order to mount and access the ZIP floppy.

ERRnoaccess (Access denied.) SMB connection failed .Chapter 16: Sharing Resources With Samba 179 Prompted For Password Method [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /mnt/zip [root@bigboy tmp]# mount -t smbfs -o username=username //winclient/zip /mnt/zip Not Prompted For Password Method [root@bigboy tmp]# mkdir /mnt/zip [root@bigboy tmp]# mount -t smbfs -o username=username. Incompatible versions will give errors like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# smbmount //winclient/zip /mnt/zip -o username=username Password: 27875: session setup failed: ERRDOS .password=password //winclient/zip /mnt/zip Using The smbmount Command Method Some versions of Linux support the smbmount command to mount the remote drive.

180 www.linuxhomenetworking.com .

What Is BIND? BIND is an acronym for the "Berkeley Internet Name Domain" project which maintains the DNS related software suite that runs under Linux. the Domain Name System (DNS) is the way in which a URL or domain like www.linuxhomenetworking.conf File Configuring A Caching Nameserver Configuring A Regular Nameserver How To Migrate Your Website In-House DHCP Considerations For DNS © Peter Harrison. www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== You can make your Linux box into your home network's DNS nameserver. here’s how.com is converted to an IP address. . the daemon that responds to DNS queries from remote machines. What Is DNS? As explained on the introduction to networking concepts chapter.181 Chapter 17 Configuring DNS =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 17 Configuring DNS What Is DNS? What Is BIND? When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver When To Use A Regular DNS Server When To Use Dynamic DNS How To Download and Install The BIND Packages How To Get BIND Started The /etc/resolv. The most well known program in BIND is "named".

0 was version 9. Caching DNS servers then store (or cache). the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail. “fixed” or “static” IP address or via a changing “DHCP” method. It comes standard with the RedHat installation CDs.rpm How To Get BIND Started • You can use the chkconfig command to get BIND configured to start at boot: .com to the rest of the world. then you will have to configure your DHCP server to make it aware of the IP address of your new DNS server.1-9.182 www. If your home PCs get their IP addresses using DHCP. In this case a separate DNS server is unnecessary. This chapter assumes that you are using “static” Internet IP addresses.linuxhomenetworking.2. the most frequently requested information to reduce the lookup overhead of subsequent queries. If your router/firewall is getting its Internet IP address using DHCP then you must consider dynamic DNS. If you want to advertise your website www. Setting up a caching DNS server is fairly straightforward and will work whether or not your ISP provides you with a static or dynamic Internet IP address. As of this writing the latest version of the BIND suite for RedHat 8.my-site.com When To Use A DNS Caching Nameserver DNS caching servers should be used by the machines on your network to provide DNS information that it has learned from the authoritative DNS servers of the Internet. When To Use A Regular DNS Server If you host your own website at home with full control of all the web domains and your ISP provides you with a “fixed” or “static” IP address. then a regular DNS server is what you require. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh bind-9. Note: Regular nameservers are also caching nameservers by default. regular nameservers are used as the authoritative source of information.1-9. How To Download and Install The BIND Packages Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. Off the shelf router/firewall appliances used in most home networks will usually act as both the caching DNS and DHCP server. A caching DNS nameserver is only used as a reference. If you need a refresher. Once you have set up your caching DNS server you will then have to configure each of your home network PCs to use it as their DNS server. then a regular DNS server would be the way to go.i386.2. When To Use Dynamic DNS Your DSL ISP will assign IP addresses to your home either with an unchanging. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.

102 provide DNS name resolution.com. then the entry would just be my-site. the first contains a keyword and the second contains the desired value(s) separated by commas.net and my-site. but it also is a member of domains my-site.100 and 192.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 183 [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 named on • To start/stop/restart BIND after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. • Two nameservers. domain my-site.1.1.org nameserver 192. It generally has two columns.my-site. The domains in this list must separated by spaces.1. This is a handy time saving feature to have so that you can refer to servers in the same domain by only their servername without having to specify the domain.d/named stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. The local domain name to be used by default. Here is a list of keywords: Keyword Nameserver • Value IP address of your DNS nameserver. If the server is bigboy. Domain • Search • Here is a sample configuration in which: • The client server’s main domain is my-site. There should be only one entry per “nameserver” keyword.168.168.168. The /etc/resolv. If there is more than one nameserver.org which should be searched for short hand references to other servers. 192.com net my-site.com If you refer to another server just by its name without the domain added on.com.conf File This file is used by DNS clients (servers not running BIND) to determine both the location of their DNS server and the domains to which they belong.168. DNS on your client will append the server name to each domain in this list and do an nslookup on each to get the remote servers’ IP address.d/named start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.1.com search my-site.100 nameserver 192. you’ll need to have multiple “nameserver” lines.102 .d/named restart • Remember to restart the BIND process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process.net my-site.

255. The only file you have to edit is /etc/resolv.1 or: nameserver 127.zone should be located in the default directory of /var/named.0.conf o The main DNS configuration is kept in the file /etc/named.248 (/29).255.linuxhomenetworking.com Configuring A Caching Nameserver The RedHat default installation of BIND is configured to convert your Linux box into a caching nameserver.com is being set up by placing the following entries at the bottom of the /etc/named. notify no.conf which is used to tell BIND where to find the configuration files for each domain you own. though not explicitly stated.168.0.168. The zone file is named my-site. There are usually two zone areas in this file: Forward zone file definitions which list files to map domains to IP addresses Reverse zone file definitions which list files to map IP addresses to domains In this example the forward zone for www. the subnet that has been assigned to you by your ISP is 97.184 www.1.1 The next step is to make all the other machines on your network point to the caching DNS server as their primary DNS server.0. o .conf in which you’ll have to comment out the reference to your previous DNS server (most likely your router) with a "#" or make it point to the server itself using the universal localhost IP address of 127.conf file.253. Configuring named.zone and.24 with a subnet mask of 255. the file my-site. zone "my-site.1 New Entry # nameserver 192.1 Old Entry nameserver 192.my-site.0. Configuring A Regular Nameserver For the purposes of this tutorial.158.com" { type master.1.

158. }.” character then typing in the text of your comment. zone "253. notify no. SOA. Note: the reverse order of the IP address in the zone section is important. A and CNAME) which govern different areas of BIND.158. your zone files are located in the directory /var/named. o The reverse zone definition below is optional for a home / SOHO DSL based web site.253.x IP address and get back the true name of the server assigned that IP address. It is the most counter-intuitive of them all. Configuring The Zone Files o o o In all zone files.arpa" { type master. Here is an example for my-other-site. file "my-other-site. The SOA Record The very first record is the Start of Authority (SOA) record which contains general administrative and control information about the domain. the rest of the records are relatively straight forward.zone". NS. file "my-site. You can also insert additional entries in the /etc/named.97. It just makes you able to do an nslookup query on the 97. you can place a comment at the end of any line by inserting a semi-colon “. This is rarely done for home based sites. Though you would normally think a record would be a single line. }.zone". By default. Each zone file contains a variety of records (eg. I’ll explain of them below and then follow it all up with an example.com using a zone file named myother-site. }.in-addr.com" { type master.158. }. . allow-query { any. }. the SOA format spans several. It is especially difficult to do this with your DSL ISP if you have less than 256 static IP addresses (also known as a "Class C" block of addresses).97". zone "my-other-site.conf file to reference other web domains you host. notify no.zone.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 185 allow-query { any. MX. file "253.

Total amount of time a slave will retry to contact the master before expiring the data it contains. Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments.linuxhomenetworking." instead. As of BIND version 9 this value is overridden by the $TTL command at the very top of the configuration file. 2. Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments. 4 1 Retry • 5 1 Expire • 6 1 Minimum TTL • • 2 “)“ • ." The email address of the nameserver administrator. Usually in the date format YYYYMMDD with single digit incremented number tagged to the end. Tells the slave DNS server how often it should check the master DNS server. 3 4 5 Name @ IN SOA Nameserver Email • • • • • • 6 2 1 “(“ Serial • • • 3 1 Refresh • Description Signifies that the SOA record is about to begin Fully qualified name of your primary nameserver. The regular "@" in the e-mail address must be replaced with a ". The slave's retry interval to connect the master in the event of a connection failure.com SOA Record Format Line # 1 Column # 1.186 www. Must be followed by a ". Slaves aren't really used in home / SOHO environments. The email address must also be followed by a ". A serial number for the current configuration. The amount of time external caching DNS servers should keep your DNS information before flushing the data from the cache. Signifies that we’re all finished with the variables." Signifies that we’re about to define some performance related variables.

NS. BIND will automatically tack on the domain name. followed by a "." after the domain in the MX record for my-site.0. but if you forget to put the ". A And CNAME Records Unlike the SOA record. A and CNAME records each occupy a single line and the records each have a very similar layout.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 187 NS." "MX" CNAME of mail server or the mailserver's FQDN** followed by a ". MX.com. NS.com.com o Note: If you don't put a ". There must always be an entry for localhost 127.0. MX.mysite. A or CNAME record. So an "A" record with "www" will be assumed to refer to www.com Blank "NS" N/A MX Domain." N/A A Maps an IP address to each server in your domain.com. MX. and you will find your mail server only accepting mail for the domain my-site." at the end of a host name in a SOA. the NS. .com.1 Provides additional alternate "alias" names for servers listed in the "A" records. BIND will attach the my-site. A and CNAME Record Formats Record Description First Column Second Column Third Column IP address or CNAME of the nameserver Mail server priority Fourth Column NS Lists the name of the nameserver for the domain Lists the mail servers for your domain such as mysite. Server name "A" IP address of server CNAME "alias" or "nickname" for server "CNAME" "A" record name for server N/A **The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is the full DNS name of the server such as mail.com at the end. This may be OK in most cases.my-site.my-site.

my-site. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www. NS www . The MX record for my-site. . but the overriding $TTL value is 3 days.26 97. If they were all different machines.0. www mail ns o A A A 97. seconds 3600 . So here we have an example of the nameserver. . retry. refresh.com.com . Zone file for my-site. You MUST increment it after editing the file or else BIND will not apply the changes you made when you restart "named".188 www. The full zone file .com is nameserver for my-site.253.com Sample Forward Zone File Here is a working example of the zone file for my-site.158. hostmaster. seconds . expire. minimum. but in the home / SOHO environment it is not necessary to differentiate. Primary Mail Exchanger A A CNAME 127. Primary nameservers are more commonly called “ns1” and secondary nameservers “ns2”. then you’d have an "A" record entry for each like the example below.com.linuxhomenetworking.com "mail" is actually a CNAME or "alias" for the web server "www". localhost www mail MX 10 mail .253.com. mail server and web server being the same machine.125 o o o The serial number is extremely important. ( 200211152 .com points to the server named mail. .26 www Notice that in this example: o Server www.my-site. So remote DNS caching servers will store learned DNS information from your zone for 3 days before flushing it out of their caches. seconds 3600 ) . serial# 3600 . seconds 3600 .158.my-site.134 97.253.my-site. The minimum TTL is set to 3600 seconds.com. Inet Address of nameserver my-site.158.1 97.0.com. .158. In corporate environments there may be a separate nameserver for this purpose.253. .

x .my-site. dhcp-34.com. 100 103 102 105 32 33 34 35 36 PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR PTR bigboy. reggae. seconds . .my-site.com.zone . SMTP mail relay wouldn’t work for PCs that get their IP addresses via DHCP if these lines weren’t included. This is because NAT won’t work properly if a PC on your home network attempts to connect to the external 97.my-site.my-site. Most home DSL sites wouldn’t qualify.com.my-site.168. .my-site.100.com. Zone file for 192. .my-site.com.1. Here is a sample reverse zone file for our network.my-site. Filename: 192-168-1.1.com.253. What You Need To Know About NAT And DNS The above examples assume that the queries will be coming from the Internet with the zone files returning information related to the external 97.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 189 Sample Reverse Zone File Now we need to make sure that we can do an nslookup query on all our home network’s PCs and get their correct IP addresses. seconds retry. NS .32 to 192.26 NAT IP address of your webserver. .1.my-site.158. dhcp-35.com. www .my-site. What do the PCs on your home network need to see? They need to see DNS references to the real IP address of the webserver. dhcp-32. ochorios. . .253. seconds expire. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA ( www.168. Unfortunately ISP’s won’t usually delegate this ability for anyone with less than a “Class C” block of 256 IP addresses.com. . 200303301 8H 2H 4W 1D ) hostmaster. .com. 192. This is very important if you are running a mail server on your network as sendmail typically will only relay mail from hosts whose IP addresses resolve correctly in DNS. . dhcp-36.158.36 which are the addresses our DHCP server issues.com. You may also want to create a reverse zone file for the public NAT IP addresses for your home network.1. smallfry.com. dhcp-33. Nameserver Address Note: I have included entries for addresses 192.168. serial number refresh. seconds minimum.my-site.26 address of the webserver.168.

127. The creation of the my-site-home. “any” which is self explanatory. “0.in-addr.local". file "named.158.zone file and replace all references to 97. The first section will be called “internal” and will list the zone files to be used by your internal network. }.zone file is fairly easy.zone for lookups by home users on the 192.158. }. // ACL statement acl "trusted-subnet" { 192. For example. file "named.conf file I use for my home network. }. The second view called “external” will list the zone files to used for Internet users. allow-update { none.conf file in one of two “views” sections. This is done by first defining access control lists (ACLs) and then referring to these lists within each view section with the match-clients statement.168.253. All the statements below were inserted after the “options” and “controls” sections in the file. Remember to increment your serial numbers! Here is a sample configuration snippet for the /etc/named. localhost.X network which Internet users would see. BIND has a way around this called “views”.1.ca".1. zone ".conf entry would be inserted in the “external” section.X o You must also tell the DNS server which addresses you feel are “internal” and “external”. You could also have a file called my-site-home. Here’s a summary of how it’s done: o Place your zone statements in the /etc/named. allow-update { none. . Just copy it form the my-site.168.127. The views feature allows you to force BIND to use pre-defined zone files for queries from certain subnets.168. zone "localhost" IN { type master. zone "0. "trusted-subnet".com Don’t worry." zone statements in the “internal” views section. you could have a reference to a zone file called my-site. }.arpa" IN { type master.linuxhomenetworking." IN { type hint.253.0 network.in-addr.0.arpa” and ". view "internal" { // What the home network will see match-clients { localnets. There are some built-in ACLs: “localhost” which refers to the DNS server itself. This /etc/named. Note: You must place your “localhost”. “localnets” which refers to all the networks to which the DNS server is directly connected. This means it’s possible to use one set of zone files for queries from the Internet and another set for queries from your home network. }. }. file "localhost. This entry would be inserted in the “internal” section.0.17/24. }.190 www.X with references to 192.zone".zone for lookups related to the 97.

zone". allow-update { none. recursion no.17.in-addr. notify no. zone "my-other-site.com" { type master.1. . }.arpa" IN { type master. Once the ACL was defined. }.168.com" { type master. zone "my-site.192.0) and localhost will get DNS data from the zone files in the “internal” view. allow-query { any. this is purely an example.zone". allow-query { any.0 /24). notify no. view "external" { // What the Internet will see match-clients { any. I then inserted a reference to the “trusted-subnet” in the match-clients statement in the “internal” view. zone "my-site. }.zone". Note: In the above example I included an ACL for network 192. }.zone". }. allow-query { any. file "my-other-site-home. So in this case the local network (192. file "my-other-site.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 191 zone "1.0 /24 called “trusted-subnet” to help clarify the use of ACLs in more complex environments. allow-query { any.com" { type master. the other trusted network (192. notify no. }. }. zone "my-other-site.168.zone".com" { type master.168. file "192-168-1. Our network won’t need the “trustedsubnet” section in the match-clients line either. The home network we have been using doesn’t need to have the ACL statement at all as the built in ACLs “localnets” and “localhost” are sufficient. }. }.17. Remember. file "my-site.168. }. }. }. file "my-site-home. notify no. }.

Configure Your Firewall The sample network we're using assumes that the BIND nameserver and Apache web server software run on the same machine protected by a router/firewall.ca named. you may want to consider taking a look on the iptables chapter on how to do the NAT and allow DNS traffic trough to your nameserver. If your firewall is a Linux box. .1 -rw-r--r-.d/named restart Make Sure Your /etc/hosts File Is Correctly Updated The chapter covering Linux networking topics explains how to do this.ca named.local my-site.zone The configuration files above will not be loaded until you issue the following command to restart the named process that controls DNS (Make sure to increment your configuration file serial number before doing this): [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.253.158.1 -rw-r--r-. The actual IP address of the server is 192.100.1.1 -rw-r--r-.zone 2001 2001 2001 16:23 localhost. You'll have to employ NAT in order for Internet users to be able to gain access to the server via the Public IP address we chose. Some programs such as sendmail require a correctly configured /etc/hosts file even though DNS is correctly configured.linuxhomenetworking.1 -rw-r--r-.1 -rw-r--r-.1 [root@bigboy o tmp]# cd /var/named named]# ll named named 195 Jul 3 named named 2769 Jul 3 named named 433 Jul 3 root root 763 Oct 2 named]# chown named * named]# chgrp named * named]# ll named named named named named named named named named]# 195 2769 433 763 Jul Jul Jul Oct 3 3 3 2 2001 2001 2001 16:23 localhost.com Loading Your New Configuration Files o Make sure your file permissions and ownership are OK in /var/named [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 6 -rw-r--r-. namely 97.192 www.1 [root@bigboy [root@bigboy [root@bigboy total 6 -rw-r--r-.168. which is a private IP address.local my-site.zone named.zone named.26.1 -rw-r--r-.

Once the propagation is complete. How To Migrate Your Website In-House It is important to have a detailed migration plan if you currently use an external company to host your website and wish to move the site to a server at home or in your office. At the very least it should include the following steps: • There is no magic bullet which will allow you to tell all the caching DNS servers in the world to flush their caches of your zone file entries. you can then revert to the old configuration. Once.com • Test web traffic to www.26 in this case ). • Set up your server in house using a different domain.253.158.com or whatever your nameserver is called. Give your web server a second IP address using an IP alias. Domain registrars such as Verisign and RegisterFree usually provide a web interface to help you manage your domain. you've logged in with the registrar's username and password. Also set the TTL on this domain to 1 minute.com • Once testing is completed. or whatever it is.com and not my-site-test. You’ll therefore have to wait about this amount of time before you’ll start noticing people hitting your new website site. As the TTL is usually set to 3 days.26 to map to ns.Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 193 Fix Your Domain Registration Remember to edit your domain registration for "my-site. • Ask your existing web hosting provider to add a DNS entry for your new server in the my-site. the registrar will require at least two registered nameservers per domain. it will take at least 3-5 days for all remote DNS servers to recognize the change. If anything goes wrong.my-site. • Test your applications using server.com". you'll have to create a new nameserver record entry for the IP address 97.com to handle your domain. and different name.158.com domain.my-site.com.com Restart all the relevant applications. ( 97.my-site-test. it will take only 1 minute to see the results of the final DNS configuration switch to your new server.com and my-site-test. (This screen will prompt you for the server name only) o Sometimes. say 1 minute. Your best alternative will be to request your existing service provider to set the TTL on my-site.my-site. but different name.com in the DNS zone file to a very low value. for example www.com or www. You'll have to do the following two steps: o First.com • Test mail to users @my-site-test. .com.253. then you could either: o o Create a second nameserver record entry with the same IP address. Now your server will be a part of both my-site. so that at least one of the nameservers is your new nameserver. knowing it will rapidly recover within minutes rather than days. create a second NAT entry on your firewall and then create the second nameserver record entry with the new IP address. convert all the server configuration files to reference my-site.my-site-test. If you only have one.my-site. It normally takes about 3-4 days for your updated DNS information to be propagated to all 13 of the world’s root (“super duper”) nameservers. (This screen will prompt you for both the server's IP address and name) Then you'll have to assign ns.

You can migrate these services in-house later as your confidence in hosting becomes greater. you'll be able to see results of the migration within minutes. this could be left in the hands of your service provider.com • Coordinate with your web hosting provider to simultaneously update you domain registration’s DNS records to point to your new DNS server. • Once complete. Remember. you'll need to make it assign the IP address of the Linux box as the DNS server it tells the DHCP clients to use. DHCP Considerations For DNS If you have a DHCP server on your network. . then you may need to refer to the DHCP server chapter. • As both TTLs were set to 1 minute previously. if you have concerns that your service provider won’t co-operate then you could explain to them that you want to test their failover capabilities to a duplicate server that you host in-house. you don't have to host DNS or mail in-house. If your Linux box is the DHCP server. you can set the TTL back to 3 days to help reduce the volume of DNS query traffic hitting your DNS server. Finally.194 www.linuxhomenetworking. You can then decide whether the change will be permanent once you have failed over back and forth a few times.

Chapter 17: Configuring DNS 195 .

com .196 www.linuxhomenetworking.

com domain.com =========================================== What Is DNS? As explained on the introduction to networking chapter.linuxhomenetworking.com domain.197 Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 18 Dynamic DNS What Is DNS? What Is Dynamic DNS? Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls Dynamic DNS Prerequisites Installing And Using ez-ipupdate Installing And Using DDclient Testing Your Dynamic DNS © Peter Harrison. Dynamic DNS: Used when you get a changing “dynamic” Internet IP addresses via DHCP from your ISP. If you want to host a website at home you have two DNS options: Static DNS: This is used when your ISP provides you with unchanging “fixed” or “static” Internet IP addresses.com is converted to an IP address.linuxhomenetworking. . DNS is the way in which a URL or domain like www. www. You can consider static DNS as the “traditional” or “regular” form of DNS. You will have to use the services of a third party DNS provider to provide DNS information for your my-site. Your DNS server acts as the authoritative source of information for your my-site.

In these cases. This chapter describes how to configure the most popular Linux based DDNS software ez-ipupdate and DDclient in the following two configurations: • on a Linux box directly connected to the Internet • on a Linux box when protected by a NAT router / firewall Remember that unlike DSL. An example of port forwarding with a Cisco PIX firewall is given in both the Cisco PIX firewall chapter and Net-Filter chapters.com What Is Dynamic DNS? In many home networking environments.198 www. Before considering using a dynamic DNS solution for hosting a website at home with dynamic IPs: • you must make sure your DSL provider will allow inbound connections.org offers a service to overcome this limitation.my-site. NAT can fool the operation of some DDNS client software.linuxhomenetworking. dynDDS. If the Linux box is being protected behind a NAT router / firewall then the NIC will report in its data stream to the DDNS provider a private IP address which no one can reach directly via the Internet. • register your domain name and read your DDNS provider's instructions on how to use their name servers. in order to conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes. Once this is done.mysite.com in which the IP address is dynamically assigned. The reported value is therefore invalid. most cable modem providers may not allow you to host sites at home. Dynamic DNS (DDNS) allows you to host a website such as www. . Some DDNS providers use more intelligent clients such as DDclient which can be configured to let the DDNS provider record the public IP address from which the data stream is originating. The web masters then register their domains with companies such as Verisign and RegisterFree and tells these registrars to direct queries to www. Dynamic DNS And NAT Router/Firewalls As discussed in the introduction to networking chapter. The webserver itself then has a DDNS client program running that updates the DDNS providers name servers with the most current DHCP IP address of the site. most home router / firewalls will use Network Address translation (NAT) to map a single public DHCP obtained IP addresses to the many private IP addresses within your network. DDNS works by having webmasters register their DDNS sites on the DDNS provider's servers. the software can only report the true IP address of the Linux box's NIC interface. or else it will not work • be prepared for slower response times for your home based site than if you were using a static IP and a regular DNS service. specifically HTTP. you'll have to also configure your router / firewall to do port forwarding to make all HTTP traffic destined for the IP address of the router / firewall to be exclusively NAT-ed and forwarded to a single server on your home network. the DSL IP address is provided by DHCP and therefore changes from time to time.com to the servers of the DDNS provider.

Use the following commands to extract the contents into a new subdirectory. you'll need DDclient in this case. You can give your machine's name or you can name the machine "www" to create a combined domainsubdomain of www.registerfree. Then you must add a host record.com.net will default to a domain such as machine-name.verisign. some of which are listed on the Bibliography.org you'll have to go with their paid service to get a customized domain name.com. Installing And Using ez-ipupdate Download the tar/gzip file to your server’s /tmp directory from the ez-ipupdate site listed in the Bibliography. You'll have to register your domain with a DNS registrar such as www. Most DDNS providers assume you are going to create a sub domain of their main domain. .com and update the nameserver entries for your domain to point to the name servers of your DDNS provider. First you add your domain such as my-site. For example miniDNS. The ez-ipupdate installation will put the executable file in /usr/local/bin and all the files in the /tmp/filename directory will become extraneous.verisign. They call it Custom DNS and it doesn't support ez-ipupdate.registerfree.com or www.com or www.com. If you want to create your own domain such as my-site. you'll have to do a little extra work.com which would be more intuitive to use.org. This chapter focuses on the services of miniDNS and DynDNS. With dynDNS. o o Update Your DNS Registration If you have your own domain.my-site. you'll have to return to www. [root@bigboy]tmp]# gunzip zip-tar-filename [root@bigboy]tmp]# tar –xvf tar-filename [root@bigboy]tmp]# cd /tmp/filename Follow the install instructions for doing the “make” or program compilation. DNS queries for my-site.com will eventually query RegisterFree or Verisign which will then refer the query to your DDNS providers name servers which will have the most current IP address of your site because of the DDNS client software you are running at your home site. The cost is about US$20 per year.minidns. The miniDNS registration for your own domain requires you to use the "add DNS Record" link on the registration page to create your own domain.Chapter 18: Dynamic DNS 199 Dynamic DNS Prerequisites Sign Up With A DDNS Provider First you'll have to register with a DDNS provider.net.

DDclient has a simple "web" update mode which tells your DDNS provider to use the source IP address of the data stream used to update your DDNS record.conf file for you to use. Here is an example of the steps used to install it. DDclient claims to offers support for a wide variety of routers from different manufacturers.gz [root@bigboy tmp]# tar -xvf ddclient.6. Check the Bibliography for the DDclient URL. Before installing DDclient.2/ ddclient-3.tar.2/COPYING … . [root@bigboy tmp]# gunzip ddclient. the DDclient script can also log in and parse out the external IP address of the router.conf File ez-ipupdate uses a configuration file named /etc/ez-ipupdate. some routers such as the netgear line may provide automatic DDNS service and you may not have to download the software.6.200 www. It then communicates this information to your dynamic DNS provider.my-site. you’ll have to use a client like DDclient which doesn’t have this limitation. Here is a sample: service-type=justlinux user=registration-username:registration-password host=servername. If your Linux server is protected behind a firewall using NAT then the IP address of the NIC won't match that of the public IP address of the firewall and DDNS won't work properly. Installing And Using DDclient Another highly used solution is DDclient. read the README file to give you an idea of what to do. Remember.tar ddclient-3. The developer of DDclient has recognized the limitations of using ez-ipupdate with NAT.com interface=eth0 Note: The service-type line is specific to your dynamic DNS provider which will often provide a customized /etc/ez-ipupdate.linuxhomenetworking. ez-ipupdate And NAT The ez-ipupdate software runs as a daemon in memory continuously checking the IP address of your NIC.conf in which you must specify: o o o Your registration username and password The host name you have selected for your Linux box The NIC interface which is connected to your DSL line.2/COPYRIGHT ddclient-3. In most Home / SOHO environments this will be the same as that of the firewalls external NAT IP address.6. In cases where "web" mode doesn't work.com The /etc/ez-ipupdate.

d_ddclient.conf in which you must specify: o o o Your registration username and password The host name you have selected for your Linux box.6.d/init.2]# In this case. if=eth0 # via interfaces login=your-login # default login password=your-password # default password custom=yes \ server=members.2]# cp sample-etc_rc.conf file to use "web" #use=if.26 [root@bigboy ddclient-3.redhat /etc/rc. You can then configure your /etc/ddclient.6.conf File DDclient uses a configuration file named /etc/ddclient.6.your-other-domain.d/ddclient [root@bigboy ddclient-3.backupmx) ## use=if.158.2]# ddclient -daemon=0 -query use=if.1.2]# cp ddclient /usr/sbin/ The /etc/ddclient.100 use=web.d_init.top-level # Your domains here Before updating the file you can use DDclient with the "-query" option to tell you which is the best mode to use.0.6.6.2]# ll -rw-r--r-.168.org.dyndns.1 root root 869 Jan 3 2002 COPYRIGHT … … … [root@bigboy ddclient-3. if=lo address is 127.2]# /sbin/chkconfig --add ddclient [root@bigboy ddclient-3.Chapter 18: Dynamic DNS 201 … … [root@bigboy tmp]# cd dd* [root@bigboy ddclient-3.6. The NIC interface which is connected to your DSL line.org custom addresses ## ## (supports variables: wildcard.mx. [root@bigboy ddclient-3.253.top-level.1 use=if. if=eth0 # via interfaces .0. web=dyndns address is 97. if=wlan0 address is 192. Here is a sample using interface eth0: ## dyndns. Here is an example. the simple web mode provides an acceptable value for your external IP address.1 root root 18007 Jan 3 2002 COPYING -rw-r--r-. \ protocol=dyndns2 \ your-domain. This is referenced on the line labeled “server”.

96 > Testing Port Forwarding Remember to read the configuration manual of your router / firewall to activate port forwarding.214#53 > www.64. If you failed to add your host record. Test it by asking a friend to access your web server by pointing their browser to the external IP address of your router / firewall.com use=web # via web Testing Your Dynamic DNS You can test your dynamic DNS by: • Looking at the status page of your DNS provider and making sure the IP address that matches your "www" site is the same as your router / firewall's public IP address.51.com Server: 127. You can test to make sure everything is OK by forcing NS lookup to query the nameservers directly.214#53 Name: www.minidns.0.1#53 ** server can't find www.1 Address: 127.my-site.com: NXDOMAIN Note: This error could also be due to the fact that your domain hasn't propagated fully throughout the Internet.my-site.minidns.minidns.net Address: 202.0.com command from your Linux command prompt and see whether you are getting a valid response.235.my-site. .linuxhomenetworking.net Address: 202.com Address: 12.my-site.194.com Server: ns1. The example below queries the miniDNS name server: [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup > server ns1.51.net Default server: ns1.0. • Using the nslookup www.64.my-site. you will get an error message like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# nslookup www.0.202 www.

linuxhomenetworking. the RedHat 8.rpm .40-8. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail. Download and Install The Apache Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.0 © Peter Harrison. • For example.0 RPM as of this writing was: httpd-2.i386.com =========================================== This is page outlines how to create multiple websites using a single IP address for a basic home configuration. The Apache online documentation gets a little complicated. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.203 Chapter 19 The Apache Web Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 19 The Apache Web Server Download and Install The Apache Package How To Get Apache Started Configuring DNS For Apache General Configuration Steps Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses Using Data Compression On Web Pages Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall File Permissions And Apache How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2.0. It is best to use the latest version of Apache. www. If you need a refresher.

40-8. See either the Static DNS or Dynamic DNS pages on how to do this.rpm By default.linuxhomenetworking.0.i386.d directory to start/stop/restart Apache after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Examples of this will follow. Apache expects its HTML files to be located in the /var/www/html directory How To Get Apache Started • Use the chkconfig configure Apache to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 httpd on • Use the httpd init script in the /etc/init. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep httpd Configuring DNS For Apache Remember that you will never receive the correct traffic unless you have configured DNS for your domain to make your new Linux box web server the target of the DNS domain's www entry. General Configuration Steps The configuration file used by Apache is /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf.d/httpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/httpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/httpd restart • You can test whether the Apache process is running with the following command. .com • Install the package using the rpm command [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh httpd-2.204 www.

Here is the format: NameVirtualHost 97. You must specify the IP address for which each <VirtualHost> section applies. The directory where the index page for that site is located is defined with the DocumentRoot directive. The NameVirtualHost directive in the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd. As explained on the apache website: "When a request arrives. This makes configuration easier. If no matching virtual host is found.158. then it will look at each <VirtualHost> section with a matching IP address and try to find one where the ServerName or ServerAlias matches the requested hostname. You can also list secondary domain names which will serve the same content as the primary ServerName using the ServerAlias directive. If it finds one.253. Here is the format: <VirtualHost 97. The Apache SSL module demands at least one explicit <VirtualHost> directive for IP based virtual hosting." IP Based Virtual Hosting The other virtual hosting option is to have one IP address per website which is also known as IP based virtual hosting. If it is. When you use wild cards. the server will first check if it is using an IP address that matches the NameVirtualHost.conf file is used to tell Apache the IP addresses which will participate in this feature. then it uses the configuration for that server. then the first listed virtual host that matches the IP address will be used. which is used frequently in credit card and shopping cart web pages.253.158.26 The <VirtualHost> sections in the file then tell Apache where it should look for the web pages used on each web site.253.Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver 205 Named Virtual Hosting You can make your web server host more than one site per IP address by using Apache's "named virtual hosting" feature. A Note On Virtual Hosting And SSL It is common for system administrators to replace the IP address in the <VirtualHost> and NameVirtualHost directives with the “*” (all IP addresses) wildcard character.26> Directives for site #1 </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97. In this case you will not have a NameVirtualHost directive for the IP address. and you must only have a single <VirtualHost> section per IP address.26> Directives for site #2 </VirtualHost> Within each <VirtualHost> section you then specify the primary website domain name for that IP address with the ServerName directive. If you installed Apache with support for secure HTTPS / SSL. Apache interprets it as an overlap of name based and IP based <VirtualHost> directives and will give errors like this because it can’t make up its mind about which method to use: . then wild cards won’t work.158.

d/perl. In this scenario: . Use Wild Cards Sparingly The other choice is not to use virtual hosting statements with wild cards. By default.206 www. please contact the webmaster You have two options to overcome this problem. Configuration – Multiple Sites And IP Addresses What follows are snippets of the section of the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd. o o Continue using wildcards and disable SSL. The only exception would be the very first <VirtualHost> directive which defines the web pages to be displayed when matches to the other <VirtualHost> directives cannot be found.conf Include conf.d/*. Include conf. proceeding with undefined results If you try to load any webpage on your web server you’ll also notice an error like this: Bad request! Your browser (or proxy) sent a request that this server could not understand. If you think this is a server error. Run Apache with more careful use of wildcards Disabling SSL – (Not Recommended) If you wish to host a basic home SOHO website in which secure connections for credit card payments are unnecessary then you have the option of disabling SSL altogether.com Starting httpd: [Sat Oct 12 21:21:49 2002] [error] VirtualHost _default_:443 -. all the modules in this directory are loaded with the following directive in the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.mixing * ports and non-* ports with a NameVirtualHost address is not supported.conf file you'll need to edit.linuxhomenetworking.conf file: Include conf. This can be done by not loading all the modules from the /etc/httpd/conf.d/php.d directory. In this case we load only the php and perl modules.conf You will then have to restart Apache for the changes to take effect.conf You can therefore do a listing of all the files in this directory and specifically load all except ssl.

158. • Traffic going to www.my-site.Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver 207 • The systems administrator for the server has previously created DNS entries for www. In this case is directory site1.com www.default-site. • Named virtual hosting will be required for 97.my-cool-site.158.com.158. www.26 is therefore required.my-cool-site.com. my-site.my-cool-site. A NameVirtualHost directive for 97.my-site.26 Site1 Name Based 97.test-site. The domain www.com was also configured to point to alias IP address 97.26 as in this case we have a single IP address serving different content for a variety of domains.253.158.my-site.my-other-site.test-site.27 Site3 Site1 Name Based IP Based IP address 97.253. The last section of this configuration snippet has some additional statements to ensure read-only access to your web pages with the exception of web based forms using POSTs (pages with “submit” buttons).com and www.253.253.com will get content from directory site4.default-site.conf file is listed below.com and so traffic going to this domain • All other domains pointing to this server that don’t have a matching ServerName directive will get web pages from the directory defined in the very first <VirtualHost> section.158.default-site.26 97.158. my-site. ServerName localhost NameVirtualHost 97. Site www. Remember to restart Apache every time you update the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process. The statements listed would normally be found at the very bottom of the file where virtual hosting statements normally reside.158.com falls in this category.com must get content from subdirectory site2.26 Directory Site2 Type of Virtual Hosting Name Based A sample snippet or a working httpd.158.com All other domains www.test-site.com.253.253.my-other-site.158. www. www.default-site.html in this directory.253.com www. • There is no ServerName directive for www. Hitting these URLs will cause Apache to display the contents of file index.253.26 # # Match a webpage directory with each website # <VirtualHost *> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site1 .com my-site. Web Hosting Scenario Summary Domain www.com 97. • Traffic to www.com must get content from sub-directory site3.my-other-site. • Traffic to www.com.com www.26 on this web server.com to map to an IP address 97.27.253.com.

208

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

</VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site2 ServerName www.my-site.com ServerAlias my-site.com, www.my-cool-site.com </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site3 ServerName www.test-site.com </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost 97.158.253.27> DocumentRoot /var/www/html/site4 ServerName www.my-other-site.com </VirtualHost>

# # Make sure the directories specified above # have restricted access to read-only. # <Directory "/var/www/html/*"> Order allow,deny Allow from all AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec <Limit GET POST OPTIONS> Order allow,deny Allow from all </Limit> <LimitExcept GET POST OPTIONS> Order deny,allow Deny from all </LimitExcept> </Directory>

A Note On Virtual Hosting And DNS
You will have to configure your DNS server to point to the correct IP address used for each of the websites you host. The chapter on static DNS shows you how to configure multiple domains such as my-site.com and my-other-site.com on your DNS server.

Using Data Compression On Web Pages
Apache also has the ability to dynamically compress static web pages into gzip format and then send the result to the remote web surfers’ web browser. Most current web browsers support this format and will transparently uncompress the data and present it on the screen. This can significantly reduce bandwidth charges if you are paying for internet access by the megabyte.

Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver

209

First you need to load Apache version 2’s deflate module in your httpd.conf file and then use Location directives to specify what type of files to compress. After making these modifications and restarting Apache you will be able to verify from your /var/log/httpd/access_log file that the sizes of the transmitted HTML pages has shrunk. Here is a comparison of the file sizes in the Apache logs and the document directory, 78,350 bytes shrunk to 15,190 bytes, almost 80% compression. Log File

67.119.25.115 - - [15/Feb/2003:23:06:51 -0800] "GET /dns-static.htm HTTP/1.1" 200 15190 "http://www.siliconvalleyccie.com/sendmail.htm" "Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.5; Windows NT 4.0; AT&T CSM6.0; YComp 5.0.2.6)" Corresponding Directory Listing [root@ bigboy tmp]# ll /web-dir/dns-static.htm -rw-r--r-1 user group 78350 Feb 15 00:53 /home/www/ccie/dns-static.htm [root@bigboy tmp]#

Compression Configuration Example
You can insert these statements just before your virtual hosting section of your httpd.conf file to activate the compression of static pages. Remember to restart Apache when you do.

LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so <Location /> # Insert filter SetOutputFilter DEFLATE # Netscape 4.x has some problems... BrowserMatch ^Mozilla/4 gzip-only-text/html # Netscape 4.06-4.08 have some more problems BrowserMatch ^Mozilla/4\.0[678] no-gzip # MSIE masquerades as Netscape, but it is fine BrowserMatch \bMSIE !no-gzip !gzip-only-text/html # Don't compress images SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI \ \.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$ no-gzip dont-vary

# Make sure proxies don't deliver the wrong content Header append Vary User-Agent env=!dont-vary

210

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

</Location>

Apache Running On A Server Behind A Firewall
If your webserver is behind a firewall, and you are logged on a machine behind the firewall as well, then you may find problems when trying to access www.mysite.com of www.my-other-site.com. The reason for this is that due to NAT (Network Address translation), firewalls frequently won't allow access from their protected network to IP addresses that they masquerade on the outside. For example, in this case, Linux web server bigboy has an internal IP address of 192.168.1.100, but the firewall presents it to the world with an external IP address of 97.158.253.26 via NAT/masquerading. If you are on the inside, 192.168.1.X network, you may find it impossible to hit URLs that resolve in DNS to 97.158.253.26. The solution to this can also be solved with virtual hosting. You can configure Apache to serve the correct content when accessing www.mysite.com or www.my-other-site.com from the outside, and also when accessing the specific IP address 192.168.1.100 from the inside. Fortunately Apache allows you to specify multiple IP addresses in the <VirtualHost> statements to help you overcome this problem. Here is an example:

NameVirtualHost 192.168.1.100 NameVirtualHost 97.158.253.26 <VirtualHost 192.168.1.100 97.158.253.26> DocumentRoot /www/server1 ServerName www.my-site.com ServerAlias bigboy, www.my-site-192-168-1-100.com </VirtualHost>

File Permissions And Apache
Remember that if you get a "permissions" error in your web browser after trying to browse your newly configured website, then you need to ensure that you allow "others" to have read access to the directory all the way from the root directory "/" to the target sub-directory. The appendix has a short script that you can use to recursively set the file permissions in a directory to match those expected by Apache. You may also have to use the "Directory" directive to make Apache serve the pages once the file permissions have been correctly set. If you have your files in the default /var/www/html directory then this second step becomes unnecessary.

How To Protect Web Page Directories With Passwords
You can password protect content in both the main and sub-directories of your DocumentRoot fairly easily. I know of cases where persons will allow normal access to their regular web pages, but require passwords for directories / pages that show MRTG or Webalizer data. In this example we'll show how to password protect the /var/www/html directory.

Chapter 19: The Apache Webserver

211

• Apache has a password utility called "htpasswd" which can create "username password" combinations independent of your system login password for web page access. You have to specify the location of the password file, and if it doesn't yet exist, you'll have to include a "-c" or "create" switch on the command line. I recommend placing the file in your /etc/httpd/conf directory, away from the DocumentRoot tree where web users could possibly view it. Here is an example for a first user named "peter" and a second named "paul": [root@bigboy tmp]# htpasswd -c /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd peter New password: Re-type new password: Adding password for user peter [root@bigboy tmp]# [root@bigboy tmp]# htpasswd /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd paul New password: Re-type new password: Adding password for user paul [root@bigboy tmp]# • Make the .htpasswd file readable by all users. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 644 /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd • Create a .htaccess file in the directory to which you want password control with the following entries. Remember this will password protect this directory and all its sub directories. AuthUserFile /etc/httpd/conf/.htpasswd AuthGroupFile /dev/null AuthName EnterPassword AuthType Basic require user peter • • The AuthUserFile tells Apache to use the “.htpasswd” file The "require user" tells Apache that only user "peter" in the “.htpasswd” file should have access. If you wanted all “.htpasswd” users to have access then you'd replace this line with require valid-user "AuthType Basic" instructs Apache to accept basic unencrypted passwords from the remote users web browser.

• Set the correct file protections on your new .htaccess file in the directory /var/www/html. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod 644 /var/www/html/.htaccess • Make sure your /etc/httpd/conf/http.conf file has an AllowOverride statement in a <Directory> directive for any directory in the tree above /var/www/html. In the example below, we want all directories below /var/www/ to require password authorization.

212

www.linuxhomenetworking.com

<Directory /var/www/html/*> AllowOverride AuthConfig </Directory> • You must also ensure that you have a <VirtualHost> directive that defines access to /var/www/html or another directory higher up in the tree. <VirtualHost *> ServerName 97.158.253.26 DocumentRoot /var/www/html </VirtualHost> • Restart Apache. Try accessing the web site and you'll be prompted for a password.

Issues When Upgrading To Apache 2.0
Incompatible /etc/httpd/conf/http.conf files
Your old configuration files will be incompatible when upgrading from Apache version 1.3 to Apache 2.X. The new version 2.X default configuration file is stored in /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf.rpmnew. For the simple virtual hosting example above, it would be easiest to: Save the old httpd.conf file with another name, httpd.conf-version-1.x for example. Copy the ServerName, NameVirtualHost, and VirtualHost sections from the old file and place them in the new file httpd.conf.rpmnew Copy the httpd.conf.rpmnew file an name it httpd.conf Restart Apache

o

o o

213

Chapter 20

Monitoring Server Performance
===========================================

In This Chapter Chapter 20
Monitoring Server Performance
SNMP MRTG Webalizer © Peter Harrison, www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== Monitoring your system’s web performance can be done quite easily with a number of graphical tools available for Linux. These include MRTG for raw network traffic which is based on SNMP and Webalizer that monitors web site hits.

SNMP
What is SNMP?
Most routers and firewalls keep their operational statistics in Management Information Blocks (MIBs). Each statistic has an Object Identifier (OID) and can be remotely retrieved from the MIB via the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). However, as a security measure, you need to know the SNMP password or "community string" to do so. There are a number of types of community strings, the most commonly used ones are the "Read Only" community string that only provides access for viewing statistics and system parameters. In many cases the "Read Only" community string or password is set to "public". There is also a "Read Write" community string for not only viewing statistics and system parameters but also for updating the parameters too.

SNMP on a Linux Server
By default, RedHat Linux has the NetSNMP package installed to provide SNMP services. NetSNMP uses a configuration file /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf in which the community strings may be set. The version of the configuration file that comes with Net-SNMP is quite complicated. I suggest

.1 = INTEGER: 1 IF-MIB::ifIndex.0 = STRING: bigboy .18-14 #1 Wed Sep 4 11:57:57 EDT 2002 i586 SNMPv2-MIB::sysObjectID.0 = INTEGER: 3 IF-MIB::ifIndex.4.2 = INTEGER: 2 IF-MIB::ifIndex..1 = STRING: lo IF-MIB::ifDescr.0 = STRING: root@localhost SNMPv2-MIB::sysName.0 = Timeticks: (425) 0:00:04.2 = STRING: wlan0 IF-MIB::ifDescr.. .0 = STRING: Linux bigboy 2..10 SNMPv2-MIB::sysUpTime.linuxhomenetworking.conf.old [root@bigboy snmp]# vi snmpd.com archiving it and using a much simpler version with only a single line containing the keyword "rocommunity" followed by the community string.d/snmpd start Starting snmpd: [ OK ] [root@bigboy root]# • Test whether SNMP can read the "system" and "interface" information MIB [root@bigboy snmp]# snmpwalk -v 1 -c craz33guy localhost system SNMPv2-MIB::sysDescr... [root@bigboy snmp]# snmpwalk -v 1 -c craz33guy localhost interface IF-MIB::ifNumber. ..3 = INTEGER: 3 IF-MIB::ifDescr.. Here is an example of how to do that.conf • Enter the following line in the new configuration file to set the Read Only community string to "craz33guy" rocommunity craz33guy • Configure Linux to start SNMP services on each reboot with the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy root]# chkconfig --level 345 snmpd on [root@bigboy root]# • You can then start SNMP to load the current configuration file. • Save the old configuration file [root@bigboy snmp]# cd /etc/snmp/ [root@bigboy snmp]# mv snmpd.25 SNMPv2-MIB::sysContact...conf snmpd.. [root@bigboy snmp]# .0 = OID: NET-SNMP-MIB::netSnmpAgentOIDs. .3 = STRING: eth0 . [root@bigboy root]# /etc/init..214 www. .

d/httpd restart . Now that we know SNMP is working correctly on your Linux server. The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8. Install apache using the following command.rpm o MRTG runs automatically upon startup.23-14. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.11.Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 215 Note: In this case we were polling localhost.i386. The product is available from the MRTG website and also on your distribution CDs. The most current version as of this writing was apache 1.rpm o You can install the package like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh mrtg-2.9.17-8. All you need is the IP address and SNMP read only string and you’ll be able to get similar results. but you’ll need to configure Apache to start at boot using the chkconfig command: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 httpd on o Here’s how to start/stop/restart Apache after booting: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. If you need a refresher. The RedHat RPM version seems to work with Apache 1. This is available from the RedHat website or your installation CDs. MRTG What is MRTG? MRTG (Multi Router Traffic Grapher) is a public domain package for producing graphs of various types of router statistics via a web page.X. Download and Install The MRTG Packages Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.i386. we can configure a SNMP statistics gathering software package such as MRTG to create online graphs of your traffic flows. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.d/httpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.i386. You can easily create graphs of traffic flow statistics through your home network's firewall / router or even your Linux box's NIC cards using MRTG.17-8.3.0 is: mrtg-2. [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh apache-1.23 .3.9.rpm o You will also need to have a webserver package installed for MRTG to work. You can poll any SNMP aware network device with SNMP enabled.d/httpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.

com By default Apache expects the HTML files for your website to be located in /var/www/html.100 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 24 --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 6 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Type 6 --> 3 (duplicate) --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth 00-06-25-09-6a-b5 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Eth 00-08-c7-10-74-a8 --> 3 --base: Get Interface Info --base: Walking ifIndex --base: Walking ifType --base: Walking ifSpeed --base: Walking ifAdminStatus --base: Walking ifOperStatus --base: Writing /etc/mrtg/localhost. We’ll be discussing the default configuration.0.0. When the MRTG RPM is installed it creates a directory called /etc/mrtg in which all future configuration files are stored.1 --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 192.cfg for the server "bigboy" using a read only community string of craz33guy. Configuring MRTG By default. but this is beyond the scope of this book.0. MRTG will map the inbound and outbound data throughput rates on the device it is polling.1. All data files will be placed in the directory /var/www/html/mrtg/stats.0.linuxhomenetworking.cfg [root@bigboy tmp]# o Next create the /var/www/html/mrtg/stats directory and copy all of MRTG’s standard “.0 --> 3 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 127. [root@bigboy tmp]# cfgmaker --output=/etc/mrtg/localhost. In this example we'll use MRTG’s cfgmaker command to create a configuration file named localhost.168. There are ways to specify other OIDs such as CPU and memory usage.216 www.png” image files into it. [root@bigboy mrtg]# mkdir /var/www/html/mrtg/stats . MRTG will place its HTML files in /var/www/html/mrtg. Here are the steps you need to go through to create new configuration files.cfg \ -ifref=ip --global "workdir: /var/www/html/mrtg/stats" \ craz33guy@localhost o --base: Get Device Info on craz33guy@localhost: --base: Vendor Id: --base: Populating confcache --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr lo --> 1 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr wlan0 --> 2 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Descr eth0 --> 3 --snpo: confcache craz33guy@localhost: Ip 0.

don’t be fooled.100. [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.100.1.100 Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup The backup log file for localhost_192.1 When the MRTG RPM is installed it places an entry in the /etc/crontab file to make MRTG run every 5 minutes using the default /etc/mrtg/mrtg.100 was invalid as well Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't remove localhost_192.1.cfg o Run MRTG using /etc/mrtg/localhost. MRTG has no data files to move.cfg. the first time it is run.cfg Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't remove localhost_192.cfg device2.1.168. Add a new line referring to /etc/mrtg/localhost.0.cfg Can't locate package $VERSION for @MRTG_lib::ISA at /usr/bin/indexmaker line 49 .cfg as your argument three times.168.log to localhost_192.168.cfg and remove the sections related to interfaces you don't need to monitor. You'll get an error the two times as MRTG tries to rename old data files.100.100.old updating log file [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg [root@bigboy mrtg]# o You'll then want to use MRTG’s indexmaker command to create a combined index page to see all the graphs defined in all the various “. The format of the command is: indexmaker --output=filename device1. [root@bigboy mrtg]# indexmaker --output=index. and naturally.old updating log file [root@bigboy mrtg]# mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost. Once this is done.1.cfg Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup could not read the primary log file for localhost_192.0 and Indexmaker RedHat version 8 gives an error like this when running indexmaker. This would most likely include the loopback interface L0: with the IP address of 127.cfg configuration file.168. Note: The indexmaker command creates a very generic index page which is very similar to the MRTG home page.Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 217 [root@bigboy mrtg]# cp /var/www/html/mrtg/*.1.cfg” files in your /etc/mrtg directory.168.1.cfg 0-59/5 * * * * root /usr/bin/mrtg /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg etc RedHat Version 8. you can point your browser to http://ip-address/mrtg/ to get a graphical listing of all the monitored interfaces.168.html /etc/mrtg/localhost.cfg and comment out the one pointing to mrtg.png /var/www/html/mrtg/stats [root@bigboy mrtg]# o Edit /etc/mrtg/localhost.old updating log file Rateup WARNING: /usr/bin/rateup Can't rename localhost_192.0. # 0-59/5 * * * * root /usr/bin/mrtg /etc/mrtg/mrtg. you will find your devices at the very bottom.

By default MRTG provides only network interface statistics.pm line 49 [root@bigboy mrtg]# You have a couple choices here: • • Run a version of indexmaker from an older version of RedHat Create your own custom index page to replace the default one in /var/www/html/mrtg. Make Webalizer run in Quiet Mode Webalizer has a tendency to create this message in your logs which according to the Webalizer site’s documentation is non-critical.linuxhomenetworking. Using MRTG To Monitor Other Subsystems MRTG will generate HTML pages with daily. Webalizer What Is Webalizer? Webalizer is a web server log file analysis tool that comes installed by default on RedHat Linux./lib/mrtg2/MRTG_lib.. Each night.mrtg. The information provided includes a list of your web site’s most popular pages sorted by “hits” along with traffic graphs showing the times of day when your site is most popular. This can be adjusted with the OutputDir directive in the file. so if you have a default Apache installation you’ll be able to view your data by visiting http://www.my-site.com/usage The Webalizer Configuration File Webalizer stores its configuration in the file /etc/webalizer./lib/mrtg2/MRTG_lib.conf. The MRTG website www.} called at /usr/bin/.org has links to other sites that show you how to monitor other sub-systems on a variety of devices and operating systems.com main::BEGIN() called at /usr/bin/.. Webalizer reads your Apache log files and creates a set of web pages that allow you to view websurfer statistics for your site. Error: Unable to open DNS cache file /var/lib/webalizer/dns_cache.. monthly and yearly statistics for your interfaces. weekly.daily/00webalizer script file and adding the –Q (Quiet) switch to the webalizer command like this: . You can then add links to all the html files in the /var/www/html/mrtg/stats directory.. How To View Your Webalizer Statistics By default webalizer places its index page in the directory /var/www/html/usage.218 www. The default settings should be sufficient for your web server. but you may want to adjust the directory in which Webalizer places your graphic statistics.pm line 49 eval {.db You can make the software run in quite mode by editing the /etc/cron.

then /usr/bin/webalizer -Q fi exit 0 Once you’ve done this.Chapter 20: Monitoring Server Performance 219 #! /bin/bash # update access statistics for the web site if [ -s /var/log/httpd/access_log ] . . Webalizer will function with few annoyances. however be aware that running in quiet mode could hide deeper problems that could occur in future.

linuxhomenetworking.com .220 www.

221 Chapter 21 Configuring Linux Mail Servers =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 21 Configuring Linux Mail Servers Configuring Sendmail Configuring Your POP Mail Server © Peter Harrison. If the mail is destined for a local user then sendmail will place the message in that person’s mailbox so that they can retrieve it using one of the methods above. If the mail isn't destined for the mailbox of a local user.com =========================================== This chapter will help to show you how to set up a mail server for your home network. Configuring Sendmail An Overview Of How Sendmail Works Sendmail is the most popular Linux program for processing mail. Once the mail arrives on the mail server it can be read in a number of ways: o o Linux users logged into the mail server can read their mail directly using a text based client such as "mail" or a GUI client such as Evolution. www. Windows users can use an email client such as "Outlook" or "Outlook Express" to download the mail to their local PC via POP. One of The process is different when sending mail via the mail server: o o . then sendmail will attempt to relay it to the appropriate destination mail server via the Simple Mail Transport Protocol or SMTP.linuxhomenetworking. Windows users also have the option of either keeping or deleting the mail on the mail server after it has been downloaded. It covers Sendmail which is responsible for relaying your mail to a remote user’s mailbox and also POP mail which is used to retrieve the mail from the mail box to your local PC via a mail client such as outlook Express.

Install all the packages in this order: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-cf-8.com the main advantages of mail relaying is that when a PC user "A" sends mail to another user "B" on the Internet.5-7 .rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-devel-8.12. Note:If mail relaying is not configured properly then your mail server could end up relaying SPAM. o It is best to use the latest version of sendmail as older versions have had a number of security holes.rpm o You can use the chkconfig command to get Sendmail configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 sendmail on o To start/stop/restart sendmail after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. Simple sendmail security is outlined on this page. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.5-7 . See either the Static DNS or Dynamic DNS pages on how to do this. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.d/sendmail start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.12.rpm [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh sendmail-8. As of this writing the latest version of the sendmail suite was version 8.linuxhomenetworking. Installing And Starting Sendmail Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.222 www. You can also test whether the sendmail process is running with the pgrep command. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sendmail .12.i386.5-7 .d/sendmail restart o Remember to restart the sendmail process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process.d/sendmail stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.12.5-7.i386. If you need a refresher. the PC of user "A" can delegate the SMTP processing to the mail server.i386. Configuring DNS Remember that you will never receive mail unless you have configured DNS for your domain to make your new Linux box mail server the target of the DNS domain's MX record.

m4: No such file or directory [root@bigboy mail]# . chmod 700 filename You’ll need to run the script each time you change any of the sendmail configuration files described in the sections to follow. but it has been included so that you don’t forget.d/sendmail restart Use this command to make the script executable.cf file is version 0 No local mailer defined QueueDirectory (Q) option must be set [root@bigboy mail]# Errors With The m4 Command [root@bigboy mail]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.0+ Errors With The Newaliases Command [root@bigboy mail]# newaliases Warning: . This may not be a good idea in a production system.mc:8: m4: Cannot open /usr/share/sendmailcf/m4/cf.5 supports version 10.mc file. if not.cf newaliases /etc/init.cf file is out of date: sendmail 8. The line in the script that restarts sendmail is only needed if you have made changes to the /etc/mail/sendmail. you'll get errors like this when running the script: # RH Ver 7.3# RH Ver 8. This little script encapsulates all the required post configuration steps.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 223 Restart Sendmail After Editing Your Configuration Files In this chapter we’ll see that Sendmail uses a variety of configuration files which require different treatments in order for their commands to take effect.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail. Both the newaliases and m4 commands depend on the sendmail-cf RPM package. Delete the appropriate "m4" line depending on your version of RedHat.cf /etc/mail/sendmail.mc > /etc/sendmail.12. .mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.cf m4 /etc/mail/sendmail. This must be installed. #!/bin/bash cd /etc/mail make m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.

0 No local mailer defined 554 5. To become a server. It is always good to monitor this file whenever you are doing changes.0. then the return value will be blank.com Errors When Restarting sendmail [root@bigboy mail]# /etc/init. and not a client.0.d/sendmail restart Shutting down sendmail: [ OK ] Shutting down sm-client: [FAILED] Starting sendmail: 554 5. Fortunately in most cases you won't have to edit this file very often.linuxhomenetworking. It is often viewed as an intimidating file with its series of structured "directive" statements that get the job done.0. Sendmail therefore uses the loopback address to send mail to users on the local box. Sendmail needs to be also configured to listen for messages on the NIC interface. .mc File Most of sendmail's configuration parameters are set in this file with the exception of mailing list and mail relay security features. If it isn't running.224 www. SSH or console windows. The two most basic steps in configuring a Sendmail server are to modify this file to enable Sendmail to listen on the NIC interface and to make Sendmail to accept mail from valid web domains.1. Open two telnet.0. Why Sendmail Only Listens On The Loopback Interface By Default All Linux systems have a virtual loopback interface that only lives in memory with an IP address 127. As mail must be sent to a target IP address even when there is no NIC in the box.0 QueueDirectory (Q) option must be set [FAILED] Starting sm-client: [ OK ] [root@bigboy mail]# The /var/log/maillog File Sendmail throws all its status messages in the /var/log/maillog file. We can verify that sendmail is running by first using the pgrep command which will return the sendmail process ID number once sendmail is running. Work in one of them and monitor the sendmail status output in the other using the command [root@bigboy tmp]# tail -f /var/log/maillog The /etc/mail/sendmail.

Addr=127. it reads the file sendmail. Note: When sendmail starts.0. The sendmail.0. sendmail.Addr=::1. .1.cf file is located in different directories dependent on the version of RedHat you use.0.cf file and restart sendmail. Name=MTA') dnl NOTE: binding both IPv4 and IPv6 daemon to the same port requires dnl a kernel patch dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`port=smtp. [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep :25 | grep tcp tcp 0 0 127. However.cf for versions 8. In our sample network. we have to regenerate a new sendmail.0.0.1 dnl and not on any other network devices.0.cf for its configuration. The chapter on DNS shows how to create your own internal domain just for this purpose.mc is a more user friendly configuration file and really is much easier to fool around with without getting burned. Family=inet6') dnl We strongly recommend to comment this one out if you want to protect dnl yourself from spam. so we use "netstat" and "grep" for "25" to see a default configuration listening only on IP address 127.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 225 [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep sendmail 22131 [root@bigboy tmp]# We can also see the interfaces on which Sendmail is listening with the “netstat” command. See the italicized lines in the example below.cf for versions up to 7.3.0 and higher. Name=MTA-v6.1 (loopback). /etc/sendmail.1:25 0. the laptop and users on computers that do dnl not have 24x7 DNS do need this.cf File Once finished editing the file. dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp.mc file with "dnl" statements.0. It is also good practice to take precautions against SPAM by not accepting mail from domains that don't exist by commenting out the "accept_unresolvable_domains" feature too.mc To Make Sendmail Listen On NICs Too To correct this you'll have to comment out the daemon_options line in the /etc/mail/sendmail. Regenerate The sendmail. dnl FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')dnl dnl FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')dnl You need to be careful with the accept_unresolvable_names feature.0.0:* LISTEN [root@bigboy tmp]# Edit /etc/mail/sendmail.0.0. and /etc/mail/sendmail. dnl This changes sendmail to only listen on the loopback device 127. Sendmail listens on TCP port 25. Comment this out if you want dnl to accept email over the network. bigboy the mail server will not accept email relayed from any of the other PCs on your network if they are not in DNS.

3 [root@bigboy tmp]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf Restart sendmail to load the new configuration [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.0.mc > /etc/sendmail.mc file can seem jumbled.0.mc File The sendmail.com Redhat versions up to 7.0:25 0.0) [root@bigboy tmp]# netstat -an | grep :25 | grep tcp tcp 0 0 0. and the second section is at the very bottom.0:* LISTEN [root@bigboy tmp]# A General Guide To Using The sendmail.0+ [root@bigboy tmp]# m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.0.d/sendmail restart Shutting down sendmail: [ OK ] Starting sendmail: [ OK ] [root@bigboy tmp]# Now Make Sure Sendmail Is Listening On All Interfaces Sendmail should start listening on all interfaces (0.0.linuxhomenetworking.cf Redhat versions 8. The first section is near the top where the FEATURE statements usually are. To make it less cluttered I usually create two easily identifiable sections in it with all the custom commands I've ever added.0. Having easily identifiable modifications in this file will make post upgrade reconfiguration much easier.226 www. Here is a sample: dnl ***** Customised section 1 start ***** dnl dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl FEATURE(masquerade_envelope)dnl FEATURE(allmasquerade)dnl FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 end ***** .mc > /etc/mail/sendmail. Sometimes sendmail will archive this file when you do a version upgrade.0.

Enter some text after issuing the command and end your message with a single ".my-site.com. Use the sendmail program to send a sample email to someone in verbose mode.02(BFLITEMAIL4A).1 192.com>. Sendmail uses this file to determine: o o The system name The domains it is responsible for relaying Sendmail looks for the IP address of your NIC in /etc/hosts and then assumes the first name after it is the fully qualified domain name of the server such as bigboy.. If bigboy had an entry like this: 192.100 my-site.168.106].Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 227 The /etc/hosts File It is very important to have a correctly configured /etc/hosts file.another-site. Sender Ok >>> RCPT To:<example@another-site..my-site. a poorly configured /etc/hosts file can make mail sent from your server to the outside world appear as if it came from users at localhost. The server would therefore be open to relay all mail from any "." all by itself on the last line. Recipient Ok >>> DATA .com) followed by the hostname and all the DNS CNAMEs assigned to the server's IP address.. then you run the risk of having all your mail appear to come from localhost..localdomain and not bigboy. 05 Oct 2002 06:48:44 -0400 >>> EHLO localhost.. Sat.0.. Symptoms Of A Bad /etc/hosts File As discussed above.com> 250 <example@another-site.168.my-site.221.localdomain> 250 <root@localhost.localdomain>.100 localhost.0.com". 220 ltmail.domain (bigboy.1.com bigboy mail www Here the IP address is followed by the hostname. pleased to meet you 250 HELP >>> MAIL From:<root@localhost. via esmtp.localdomain and not bigboy.localdomain localhost bigboy.my-site.com.another-site. example@another-site.com (Wrong!!!) Sendmail would assume the server's name was my-site and that the domain was all of ".com test text test text .com.com..120..com Hello [67.1.another-site.localdomain 250-mx.com LiteMail v3.mysite. Connecting to mail. [root@bigboy tmp]# sendmail -v example@another-site.com" domain and would ignore the security features of the access and relay-domains files we'll describe below. If you fail to put the IP address of your NIC in the /etc/hosts file altogether. Here is a brief example: 127.com.

.com." on a line by itself >>> . this file does not exist in a standard RedHat install.com and not destined for this mail server will be forwarded.com 354 Enter mail.localdomain. The contents of the relay-domains file should be limited to those domains that can be trusted not to originate spam. An error in the script could cause this type of message too.another-site.localdomain on PC1 and is rejected. PC2 will see that the mail originated from localhost. Sent (Message accepted for delivery) Closing connection to mail.localdomain is the domain that all computers use to refer to themselves. >>> QUIT [root@bigboy tmp]# Localhost. fix $j in config file [root@bigboy tmp]# With the accompanying error in /var/log/maillog log file that looks like this: Oct 16 10:23:58 bigboy sendmail[2582]: My unqualified host name (bigboy) unknown. sleeping for retry The /etc/mail/relay-domains File The /etc/mail/relay-domains file is used to determine domains from which it will relay mail. all mail sent from my-super-duper-site. end with ".localdomain and will think that the rejected email should be sent to a user on PC2 that may not exist. 250 Message accepted for delivery example@another-site.com. the rejected email will be returned to localhost. my-super-duper-site. If mail sent from computer PC1 to PC2 appears to come from a user at localhost. in this example "root"./qfg9GHK3iQ002500: savemail panic Note: You may also get this error if you are using a SPAM prevention program.228 www.com . for example a script based on the PERL module Mail::Audit.linuxhomenetworking.. or creating a new alias database file. fix $j in config file [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases WARNING: local host name (bigboy) is not qualified. (The newalias command will be explained later): [root@bigboy tmp]# sendmail -v root WARNING: local host name (bigboy) is not qualified. Another set of tell tale errors caused by the same problem can be generated when trying to send mail to a user . In this case. You will probably get an error like this in /var/log/maillog if this happens: Oct 16 10:20:04 bigboy sendmail[2500]: g9GHK3iQ002500: SYSERR(root): savemail: cannot save rejected email anywhere Oct 16 10:20:04 bigboy sendmail[2500]: g9GHK3iQ002500: Losing . By default. it is therefore an illegal internet domain.

Despite this. such as restricting relaying by IP address or network range and is more commonly used.1 192. two client PCs on your home 192. The /etc/mail/access file has two columns.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 229 One disadvantage of this file is that it can only control mail based on the source domain which can be spoofed by SPAM email servers.0.X network.168.16 192.com. we allow relaying for only the server itself (127.168. The second lists the type of action to be taken when mail from these sources / destinations is received. The /etc/mail/access file has more capabilities.168.168.X network and everyone passing email through the mail server from servers belonging to my-site.168.17 192. The first lists IP addresses and domains from which the mail is coming or going. Sendmail has to be restarted after editing this file for the changes to take effect. Configuring the /etc/mail/access file will not stop SPAM coming to you.1. (In Outlook Express you set this using: Tools Menu -> Accounts -> Properties -> Servers) If you don't take the precaution of using this feature. then relay access is fully determined by the /etc/mail/access file. the mail server will only relay mail for those PCs on your network that have their email clients configured to use the mail server as their "outgoing SMTP mail server". Keywords include RELAY.localdomain localhost 127. . OK (not ACCEPT) and DISCARD. my experience has been that control on a per email address basis is much more intuitive via the /etc/mail/virtusertable file.0.1. everyone on your 192. That is to say. In the sample file below. Sendmail assumes it could be either and tries to match both.2 my-site.db. The /etc/mail/access File You can make sure that only trusted PCs on your network have the ability to relay mail via your mail server by using the /etc/mail/access file. Here are the commands to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/mail [root@bigboy mail]# make Remember that the relay security features of this file may not work if you don't have a correctly configured /etc/hosts file. REJECT.0.com RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY RELAY You'll then have to convert this text file into a Sendmail readable database file named /etc/mail/access.com if its IP address can be found in a DNS reverse zone file: localhost. Remember that a server will only be considered a part of my-site. you may find your server being used to relay mail for SPAM email sites. localhost).0. Sendmail will REJECT all other attempted relayed mail that doesn't match any of the entries in the /etc/mail/access file.1. There is no third column to state whether the IP address or domain is the source or destination of the mail.1.2. only SPAM flowing through you. If you delete /etc/mail/relay-domains.

linuxhomenetworking. Here is an example (Remember each ".com and my-other-site.com.com Which User Should Really Receive The Mail? Sendmail uses two different methods to determine who the ultimate mail recipient will be.com The /etc/mail/local-host-names File When sendmail receives mail. This file has a list of hostnames and domains for which sendmail will accept responsibility. The /etc/aliases file This file has two columns too. it needs a way of determining whether it is responsible for the mail it receives. then sendmail assumes the recipient is on the local box. For example.com my-other-site. remember to modify the MX record of the "my-other-site. it assumes the recipient is a local user. The first column has the mailing list name (sometimes called a virtual mailbox) and the second column has the members of the mailing list separated by commas. o o o If the mailing list member doesn't have an "@" in the name.com then the file would look like this: my-site. .230 www. The true destination in the eyes of the mail server could be a local Linux user. It uses the /etc/mail/local-host-names file to do this.my-site. Primary Mail Exchanger for my-other-site.com" DNS zonefile point to my-site.com.com In this case. MX 10 mail. o o The first lists the destination to which the original sender intended to send the mail.com. If it doesn't find a duplicate.com and the host server. The second column lists the single true destination. a mailing list entry in the /etc/aliases file or the email address of someone on some other mail server to which the mail should be automatically forwarded. .my-site." is important): my-other-site. It checks these methods in this order: The /etc/mail/virtusertable file This file has two columns. if this mail server was to accept mail for the domains my-site. It could be viewed as a mailing list file. It will then search the first column of the aliases file to see if the recipient isn't on yet another mailing list.

you can see that mail sent to users "bin".. mailer-daemon: postmaster postmaster: root # General redirections for pseudo accounts.com @my-other-site.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 231 o If the recipient is a mailing list. mail sent to: o o o o webmaster@my-other-site. # Basic system aliases -. and members of the mailing lists in the second column. In this case "root" is actually an alias for a mailing list consisting of user "marc" and webmaster@my-site. Note: The default /etc/aliases file installed with RedHat has the last line of this sample commented out with a "#".com will go to local user "marc".com paul paul error:nouser User unknown After editing this file you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/mail/virtusertable.com will go to the sales department at my-othersite. In the example below. "apache".com goes to local user (or mailing list) "paul" all other users at my-site.com @my-site.com will go to local user (or mailing list) "webmasters". you may want to delete the comment and change user "marc" to another user. "lp".db. . It contains a list of virtual mail boxes (or mailing lists) in the first column.com paul@my-site.com sales@my-site. In the example below. all other mail to my-other-site.these MUST be present. "shutdown".com webmasters marc sales@my-other-site. "daemon". "sales" at my-site.. "named". etc by system processes will all be sent to user (or mailing list) "root". "paul" and "finance" at my-site.com. The /etc/mail/virtusertable file This file contains a set of simple instructions on what to do with received mail. The first column lists the target email address and the second column lists the local user’s mail box or remote email address to which the email should be forwarded. they will all get a copy of the email message. Here are the commands to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/mail [root@bigboy mail]# make The /etc/aliases File This file is really a list of email aliases for local users.com receive a "bounce back" message stating "User unknown" webmaster@my-other-site. then it goes through the process all over again to determine each individual in the mailing list and when it is all finished.com.com finance@my-site.

Despite this.com Notice that there are no spaces between the mailing list entries for “root”.sister Mail sent to admin-list gets sent to all the users listed in the file /usr/home/admin/admin-list. Another is that all subscriptions and unsubscriptions have to be done manually by the mailing list administrator.linuxhomenetworking.com" goes to users "grandma". Here are a few more list examples for your /etc/aliases file. user “root” is only needed update the aliases file. "brother" and "sister" # My family family: grandma.brother.com" goes to users "peter". After editing this file you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/aliases. # Directors of my SOHO company directors: peter.com.mary Mail sent to "family@my-site. The advantage of using mailing list files is that the admin-list file can be a file that trusted users can edit. . If either of these are a problem for you.paul. "paul" and "mary". Mail to "directors@my-site.webmaster@my-site. there are some problems with mail reflectors.db.232 www.com bin: daemon: lp: shutdown: mail: apache: named: system: manager: abuse: root root root root root root root root root root # trap decode to catch security attacks decode: root # Person who should get root's mail root: marc. then consider using a mailing list manager like majordomo. Here is the command to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases Simple Mailing Lists Using Aliases In the simple mailing list example above. mail sent to "root" actually goes to user account "marc" and webmaster@my-site. This is important as you will get errors if you add spaces. One is that bounce messages from failed attempts to broadcast goes to all users.

it will have no "to:" in the email header. Here is the command to do that: [root@bigboy tmp]# newaliases An Important Note About The /etc/aliases File By default your system uses sendmail to mail system messages to local user "root". When sendmail sends email to a local user. we made bigboy the mailserver for the domain my-site. This isn't terrible.my-site. You now have to tell bigboy in the sendmail configuration file sendmail. This can be solved by editing your sendmail. no matter which server originated the email.com. based on our settings in the /etc/hosts file.com and not user@bigboy. to set your email address to user@mysite. To get around this. if not. you may find yourself dumping legitimate mail. try making root have an alias for a user with a fully qualified domain name.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 233 # My mailing list file admin-list: ":include:/home/mailings/admin-list" After editing this file. This explained later in this chapter in the POP Mail section.mc that all outgoing mail originating on bigboy should appear to be coming from my-site. Set up masquerading to modify the domain name of all traffic originating from and passing trough your mail server.mysite. If you then use a mail client like Outlook Express with a SPAM mail filtering rule to reject mail with no to: in the header.db. Here is an example: # Person who should get root's mail root: webmaster@my-site. such as Outlook Express.com. this will force sendmail to insert the correct fields in the header.com then you have two choices: o o Configure your email client.com. you'll have to convert it into a sendmail readable database file named /etc/aliases. it will appear to come from mail. These are explained below: .com. but you may not want your website site to be remembered with the word "mail" in front of it. In other words you may want your mail server to handle all email by assigning a consistent return address to all outgoing mail.mc configuration file and adding some masquerading commands and directives. Configuring masquerading In the DNS configuration.com Sendmail Masquerading Explained If you want your mail to appear to come from user@mysite.

You should also tail the /var/log/maillog file to verify that the masquerading is operating correctly and check the envelope and header of test email received by test email accounts. The email envelope contains the "to:" and "from:" used by mailservers for protocol negotiation.com.com)dnl • • The MASQUERADE_AS directive will make all mail originating on bigboy appear to come from a server within the domain my-site.com domain appear to come from the MASQUERADE_AS domain of my-site. Feature "masquerade_entire_domain" makes sendmail masquerade servers named *my-site. This is achieved with the: . Use this with caution. I have noticed that "sendmail -v username" ignores masquerading altogether. The "to:" and "from:" in the header is what is used when you use Outlook Express to do a "reply" or "reply all". the other recipient will see a cc: to an address he knows instead of one on localhost.com.com.com would be masqueraded too. It is easy to fake the header. mail from sales.com and my-othersite.')dnl MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`my-site.com FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl MASQUERADE_AS(`my-site.')dnl MASQUERADE_AS(my-site.com by rewriting the email header. Feature "allmasquerade" will make sendmail rewrite both recipient addresses and sender addresses relative to the local machine. The email header is what email clients. say the "to:" and "from:" should be. and *my-other-site. only when you are sure you have the authority to do this. as Spammers often do. In other words. Feature "masquerade_envelope" will rewrite the email envelope just as "MASQUERADE_AS" rewrote the header. it is detrimental to email delivery to fake the envelope.mysite. The MASQUERADE_DOMAIN directive will make mail relayed via bigboy from all machines in the my-other-site. • • • • Testing Masquerading The best way of testing masquerading from the Linux command line is to use the "mail -v username" command. such as Outlook Express. Other Masquerading Notes By default. If you cc: yourself on an outgoing mail.com. even if the mail is sent from a user on the mail server to another user on the same mail server.com as my-site. It is the envelope's "from:" which is used when email rejection messages are sent between mail servers. Feature "always_add_domain" will always masquerade email addresses.com.linuxhomenetworking.com would be masqueraded. If this wasn't selected.localdomain. then only servers named mysite.234 www. user "root" will not be masqueraded.

You'll also have to make your Linux box a POP mail server. There are a few steps required to make the script work: o o o Install PERL and the PERL modules listed above. By default. using a mail client such as Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express. o Update your “. You can comment this out if you like with a "dnl" at the beginning of the line and recompiling / restarting sendmail A Simple PERL Script To Help Stop SPAM It is possible to limit the amount of unsolicited commercial email (UCE or SPAM) SPAM you receive by writing a small script to intercept your mail before it is written to your mailbox.accept.forward” file in your home directory for the name of this script.cpan. The most important modules are: o o o o MailTools IO-Stringy MIME-tools Mail-Audit I have written a script called mail-filter. which specifies the subjects and email addresses to accept. I have included a simple script with instructions on how to install the PERL modules in the Appendix.com" domain.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 235 EXPOSED_USER(`root')dnl command in /etc/mail/sendmail. PERL doesn’t come with modules that are able to check email headers and envelopes so you will have to download them from CPAN (www. It will then deny everything else.reject that specifies those that you should reject. . Sendmail then looks for the filename in the directory /etc/smrsh and executes it.pl that effectively filters out SPAM email for my home system. then you have a few more steps. mail-filter. If you want to retrieve this mail from your Linux box's user account.org).forward” file and place an entry in /etc/smrsh Mail-filter will first reject all email based on the “reject” file and will then accept all mail found in the “accept” file. Place an executable version of the script in your home directory and modify the script’s $FILEPATH variable point to your home directory Update the two configuration files: mail-filter.mc. Configuring Your POP Mail Server Sendmail will just handle mail sent to your "my-site. This is fairly simple to do as sendmail always checks the “. Each user on your Linux box will get mail sent to their account's mail folder.

If you need a refresher. [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 xinetd on o To start/stop/restart POP mail after booting you can use the xinetd init script located in the directory /etc/init.d/xinetd restart Remember to restart the POP mail process every time you make a change to the configuration files for the changes to take effect on the running process Configuring Your POP Mail Server The starting and stopping of POP Mail is controlled by xinetd via the /etc/xinetd. so you’ll have to edit this file to start the program. o The IMAP/POP mail suite comes standard with the RedHat installation CDs. \ # or fetchmail. You can install the RPM with this command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh imap-2001a-15. POP Mail is deactivated by default. The disable feature must be set to "no" to accept connections. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.rpm o POP mail is started by xinetd.d/ipop3 file.com Installing Your POP Mail Server Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format. service pop3 { socket_type = stream wait = no user = root server = /usr/sbin/ipop3d log_on_success += HOST DURATION log_on_failure += HOST disable = no } .d/xinetd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d]# vi ipop3 # default: off # description: The POP3 service allows remote users # to access their mail \ # using an POP3 client such as Netscape Communicator. mutt.d like this: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.linuxhomenetworking.i386. Make sure the contents look like this.d/xinetd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d [root@bigboy xinetd.236 www. Therefore to get POP mail configured to start at boot you have to use the chkconfig command to make sure xinetd starts up on booting. Follow the steps below and set the "disable" parameter to "no". [root@bigboy tmp]# cd /etc/xinetd.

com pointing to account "john2". to disable POP Mail once again. How To Configure Your Windows Mail Programs All your POP email accounts are really only regular Linux user accounts in which Sendmail has deposited mail.com) and John Brown (john@my-other-site. eg.com. o .com). set “disable” to “yes” and restart xinetd. Naturally.com and john2@my-other-site. How to handle overlapping email addresses. For example: john1@my-site.Chapter 21: Configuring Linux Mail 237 You will then have to restart xinetd for these changes to take effect using the startup script in the /etc/init. Here’s how: POP Mail Set your POP mail server to be the IP address of your Linux mail server. You have two choices: o Make the user part of the email address is different.d directory. SMTP Set your SMTP mail server to be the IP address / domain name of your Linux mail server. Have a virtusertable entries for john@mysite. If the users insist on overlapping names then you may need to modify your virtusertable file.d/ipop3 file. If you have a user overlap. you’ll have to edit the /etc/xinetd. Create Linux accounts "john1" and "john2". Use your Linux user username and password when prompted. You can now configure your email client such as Outlook Express to use your use your new POP / SMTP Mail Server quite easily. Create the user accounts "john1" and "john2". by default. John Smith (john@my-site. The POP configuration in Outlook Express for each user should POP using "john1" and "john2" respectively. both users will get sent to the Linux user account "john".com pointing to account "john1" and john@my-other-site.

com .238 www.linuxhomenetworking.

linuxhomenetworking. N Download and Install The DHCP Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.239 Chapter 22 Configuring The DHCP Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 22 Configuring The DHCP Server Download and Install The DHCP Package The /etc/dhcp. www.conf File Upgrading Your DHCP Server How to get DHCP started Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7. If you need a refresher. The configuration of a Linux DHCP client that gets its IP address from a DHCP server is covered in the Linux Networking Topics chapter. If you install a home cable/DSL router between your modem and home network your PC will most likely get its IP address at boot time from the home router instead.3 To 8.com =========================================== ormally if you have a cable modem or DSL you get your home PC's IP address dynamically assigned from your service provider. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard. the RPM chapter covers how to do this in detail. You can choose to disable the DHCP server feature on your home router and set up a Linux box as the DHCP server.0 © Peter Harrison. . This chapter only covers the configuration of a DHCP server that provides IP addresses.

1.255.1.conf File When DHCP starts it reads the file /etc/dhcp. the RedHat 8.rpm The /etc/dhcp.0 { # The range of IP addresses the server # will issue to DHCP enabled PC clients # booting up on the network range 192.168.conf file: Most importantly.255. # Don't forward DHCP requests from this # NIC interface to any other NIC # interfaces option ip-forwarding off. It uses the commands here to configure your network.conf.201 192.conf.i386.168. ddns-update-style interim # Redhat Version 8.0 netmask 255.0pl1-9.1.0+ subnet 192. max-lease-time 86400.conf in the following directory which you can always use as a guide.com • For example.sample Here is a quick explanation of the dhcp.linuxhomenetworking.1.168.i386. # Set the amount of time in seconds that # a client may keep the IP address default-lease-time 86400.220. /usr/share/doc/dhcp-<version-number>/dhcpd. there must be a "subnet" section for each interface on your Linux box.1. .168.rpm • Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh dhcp-3. # Set the default gateway to be used by # the PC clients option routers 192.0 RPM as of this writing was: dhcp-3. Normally you can find a sample copy of dhcpd.240 www.0pl1-9.

100.255.Chapter 22: Configuring The DHCP Server 241 # Set the broadcast address and subnet mask # to be used by the DHCP clients option broadcast-address 192. For example.1.168.255. } # # List an unused interface here # subnet 192.1.0b2pl11) you will need to add the line at the very top of the config file or else you will get errors:: ddns-update-style interim . # If you specify a WINS server for your Windows clients.0 (dhcpd version 3.168. Check the dhcp-options man page after you do your install.222. The command to do this follows: [root@bigboy tmp]# man dhcp-options Upgrading Your DHCP Server Always refer to this sample file after doing an upgrade as new required commands may have been added. fixed-address 192.168. These include telling the DHCP clients where to go for services such as finger and IRC.255.255.1.2.168.1. } There many more options statements you can use to configure DHCP.168. # Set the DNS server to be used by the # DHCP clients option domain-name-servers 192. option subnet-mask 255.conf file: option netbios-name-servers 192.0 netmask 255. # Set the NTP server to be used by the # DHCP clients option nntp-server 192.168.0.255. in Redhat Version 8.100. # you need to include the following option in the dhcpd.1.0 { } # You can also assign specific IP addresses based on the clients' # ethernet MAC address as follows (Host's name is "smallfry": host smallfry { hardware ethernet 08:00:2b:4c:59:23.100.

it will fail unless there is an existing dhcpd. (In both examples below.com How to get DHCP started • Before you start the DHCP server for the first time.leases file. It does this by sending a standardized DHCP broadcast request packet to the DHCP server with a source IP address of 255. Temporary solution o Add the route to 255.linuxhomenetworking.leases" to create the file if it does not exist.242 www.255 from the command line.255.d/dhcpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.leases • Use the chkconfig command to get DHCP configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 dhcpd on • Use the /etc/init. it will request its IP address from the DHCP server.d/dhcpd restart • Remember to restart the DHCP process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process. You will have to add a route for this address on your Linux DHCP server so that it knows the interface on which to send the reply. we’re assuming that DHCP requests will be coming in on interface eth0). [root@bigboy tmp]# touch /var/lib/dhcp/dhcpd.d/dhcpd script to start/stop/restart DHCP after booting [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init. always remember to set your PC to get its IP address via DHCP.255. Use the command "touch /var/lib/dhcp/dhcpd. . Modify Your Routes for DHCP on Linux Server When a DHCP configured PC boots. You also can test whether the DHCP process is running with the following command.255. Note: More information on adding Linux routes and routing may be found in the Linux Networking chapter.255.d/dhcpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.255. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep dhcpd • Finally.

255.255 o If this doesn't work properly try adding the following entry to your /etc/hosts file: 255.org/products/DHCP ** You must add a ddns-update-style statement to /etc/dhcpd.conf.conf file: ddns-update-style interim Sample error: Starting dhcpd: Internet Software Consortium DHCP Server V3.255.255. try: eth0 host dhcp Configuring Linux clients to use DHCP Remember to have your Linux based clients configured to have DHCP obtained IP addresses Error Found When Upgrading From Redhat 7.255 dhcp Then.255. which is read on booting. For info.255.255 dhcp Then. try: route add -host dhcp dev eth0 Permanent Solution o Edit /etc/sysconfig/static-routes.255: Unknown host appears then try adding the following entry to your /etc/hosts file: 255. .Chapter 22: Configuring The DHCP Server 243 [root@bigboy tmp]# route add -host 255. All rights reserved.255 dev eth0 o If the message 255. please visit http://www.0 This dhcpd startup error is caused by not having the following line at the very top of your /etc/dhcpd.255.255.255.255.255.isc.3 To 8. and add the following line: eth0 host 255.0pl1 Copyright 1995-2001 Internet Software Consortium.

add a line that says "ddns-update-style ad-hoc.isc.com To get the same behaviour as in 3. please read it before requesting help. If you intend to request help from the dhcp-server@isc. exiting. Please do not under any circumstances send requests for help directly to the authors of this software .isc.isc.org and install that before requesting help.244 www. ** If you did not get this software from ftp. If you did get this software from ftp.0b2pl11 and previous versions. please get the latest from ftp." Please read the dhcpd. please read the section on the README about submitting bug reports and requests for help.conf manual page for more information. [FAILED] .linuxhomenetworking.please send them to the appropriate mailing list as described in the README file.org and have not yet read the README.org mailing list.org.

.eecis.linuxhomenetworking. It is good practice to have at least one server on your network be the local time server for all your other devices.udel. www.conf File How To Get NTP Started Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server Firewalls and NTP © Peter Harrison. There are a number of "Stratum 1" (NTP sites using an atomic clock for timing) and "Stratum 2" (NTP sites with slightly less accurate time sources) sites that allow the general public to synchronize with them.245 Chapter 23 The NTP Server =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 23 The NTP Server What is NTP? Download and Install The NTP Package The /etc/ntp.html What is NTP? Network Time Protocol (NTP) is a protocol used to help synchronize your system clock with an accurate time source. this makes the correlation of system events on different systems much easier.edu/~mills/ntp/servers. A list of available servers may be found at: http://www.com =========================================== You can keep accurate time under Linux by synchronizing your system clock with a Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server.

i386.255.rpm • Install the package using the following command: [root@bigboy tmp]# rpm -Uvh ntp-4.255.conf File This is the main configuration file for Linux NTP in which you place the IP addresses of the stratum 1 and stratum 2 servers you want to use.server.gov mask 255.1. Downloading and installing RPMs isn’t hard.rpm The /etc/ntp.255.i386.1-1.255 nomodify notrap noquery mask 255.255 is really a subnet mask limiting access to the single IP address of the remote NTP servers.168.255.255.246 www.research. In this example we’re not allowing them to modify or query our Linux NTP server.gov • Then we restrict the type of access you allow these servers. • The latest version of the RPM for RedHat 8.255. Download and Install The NTP Package Most RedHat Linux software products are available in the RPM format.research. • Now list the NTP clients on our home network which should be querying our server for the time (notice that the noquery has been removed): restrict 192.org ntp.1.0 mask 255.1-1.linuxhomenetworking.255 nomodify notrap noquery The mask statement 255.0 is: ntp-4.gov # A stratum 1 server at server.server. the chapter on RPMs covers how to do this in detail.255. You can use them to practice with your new NTP server. If you need a refresher.com There are a number of freely available NTP client programs for Windows. Here is a sample of a home configuration using a pair of sample Internet based NTP servers: • First we specify the servers we’re interested in: server server otherntp.0 notrust nomodify notrap .1.org # A stratum 2 server at research. restrict otherntp.255.org restrict ntp.

d/ntpd start [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.d/ntpd stop [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.10 offset 15. comment it out like this: #restrict default ignore • Save the file • Do the following commands twice for each new server added to /etc/ntp.research.0.0.100.conf [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpdate otherntp.d/ntpd restart Remember to restart the NTP process every time you make a change to the conf file for the changes to take effect on the running process • You can test whether the NTP process is running with the following command. • We also want to make sure that localhost (The universal IP address used to refer to a Linux server itself) has full access without any restricting keywords: restrict 127. It will override all other restrict statements and you’ll find your NTP server will only be communicating properly with itself. but most importantly.Chapter 23: The NTP Server 247 In this case the mask statement has been expanded to include all 255 possible IP addresses on our local network.20.1 • Last.266188 sec [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpdate otherntp. you should get a response of plain old process ID numbers: [root@bigboy tmp]# pgrep ntpd .100.10 offset -0. If the line is there.gov 24 Mar 18:16:36 ntpdate[10254]: step time server 200.gov 24 Mar 18:16:43 ntpdate[10255]: adjust time server 200. you need to make sure the default restrict statement is removed.research.20.000267 sec How To Get NTP Started • To get NTP configured to start at boot: [root@bigboy tmp]# chkconfig --level 35 ntpd on • To start/stop/restart NTP after booting: [root@bigboy tmp]# /etc/init.

1.000 4000.028 -dr-zaius.wis ben.168.mcs.0 16 u 64 0 0.anl.com Determining If NTP Is Synchronized Properly • Use the following command to see the servers with which you are synchronized: [root@bigboy tmp]# ntpq -p Sample output: remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ============================================================================== -jj.000 4000. 1 u 426 1024 377 107.strath harris.000 0.linuxhomenetworking.0 16 u 64 0 0.umb.018 2. 2 u 972 1024 377 38.681 -18. A firewall blocking access to your Stratum 1 and 2 NTP servers Configuring Cisco Devices To Use An NTP Server Cisco IOS Here are the commands you would use to make your router synchronize with NTP servers with IP addresses 192.534 ntp1. remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter ============================================================================== LOCAL(0) LOCAL(0) 10 l 64 7 0.642 *clock.edu ntp1.047 -ntp0.go ntp0.mcs.cs.000 0.via.0 16 u 64 0 0.206 19.trim 0.1.168.392 -mailer1.274 -5.strat 3 u 507 1024 377 115.cs.0.379 0.0.572 milo.000 0.000 4000.externa 0.589 28.424 -3.168.wisc.tr 0.sigmaso 3 u 95 1024 377 31.000 0.127 3.anl.cs.1024 0 0.979 0.000 0.008 ntp-cup.conf file not being commented out.usno.aol-ca.00 This could be caused by: o o The restrict default ignore statement in the /etc/ntp.conectiv.edu 2 u 454 1024 347 54.100 . ben.00 snvl-smtp1.wisc.025 1.1.264 1.go 2 u 818 1024 125 41. ciscorouter> enable password: ********* ciscorouter# config t ciscorouter(config)# ntp update-calendar ciscorouter(config)# ntp server 192.0.100 and 192. An explanation of the commands used follows.0.549 1.333 +taylor.0 16 u .GPS.0.cis.00 nist1.navy.201.000 4000.cc.wisc.993 -15.098 3.00 • A telltale sign that you haven’t got proper synchronization is when all the remote servers have jitters of 4000 with delay and reach values of zero.edu gandalf.edu 2 u 502 1024 357 55.0.0.net .248 www.000 0.c 0.0.cs.cs.psc.

but 123 also.1.1.Chapter 23: The NTP Server 249 ciscorouter(config)# ntp server 192. the source port isn't a high port (ie.168. ntp update-calendar: Configures the system to update its hardware clock from the software clock at periodic intervals. You'll have to allow UDP traffic on source/destination port 123 between your server and the Stratum 1/2 server with which you are synchronizing. CAT OS Here are the commands you would use to make your router synchronize with NTP servers with IP addresses 192.100 ciscoswitch# exit o o o ntp server: Forms a server association with another system.201 ciscorouter(config)# exit ciscorouter# wr mem o o ntp server: Forms a server association with another system.1. ciscoswitch> enable password: ********* ciscoswitch# set ntp client enable ciscoswitch# ntp server 192.168.168.100 and 192.1.168.1.100 ciscoswitch# ntp server 192. Unlike most UDP protocols. . A sample Linux iptables firewall script snippet is in the Appendix.168.201. set ntp client enable: Activate the NTP client Firewalls and NTP NTP servers communicate with one another using UDP with a destination port of 123. greater than 1023). An explanation of the commands used follows.

250 www.com .linuxhomenetworking.

com =========================================== Sometimes you may have a Cisco PIX 501 firewall protecting your DSL based home network.DHCP How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply Sample PIX configuration: DSL .251 Chapter 24 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 24 Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls Network Address Translation (NAT) Accessing the PIX command line Sample PIX Configuration: DSL . Network Address Translation (NAT) Network address translation is a method used to help conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes. there is a sample configuration in the appendix. but first a very basic introduction on how to configure and use the PIX.Static IPs © Peter Harrison. This chapter covers how to configure it and in addition. We will return to the NAT discussion. . www. The introduction to networking page explains the concept in more detail in addition to other fundamental topics. later on this page.linuxhomenetworking. specifically how to configure it.

. # wr term Building configuration.my-site..168.0.1: # Do not remove the following line.localdomain localhost 192.168.252 www. Here is a sample in which the PIX firewall "pixfw" has the IP address 192. Via Telnet o One easy way to get access to any device on your network is using the /etc/hosts file. User Access Verification Password: Type help or '?' for a list of available commands.168. You will want to change your "password" and "enable password" right after completing your initial configuration. Escape character is '^]'. pixfw> enable Password: ******** pixfw# o Use the "write terminal" command to see the current configuration.1.1 localhost.100 bigboy mail.linuxhomenetworking..168.1 pixfw 192.1. Once you’ve set up all your PIX with an IP address you’ll be able to access it via Telnet.com Accessing the PIX command line Via The Console Port Your Cisco PIX will come with a console cable that will allow you to configure your PIX using terminal emulation software such as Hyperterm. o You'll be prompted for a password and will need another password to get into the privileged "enable" mode...com o Once connected to the network you can access the PIX via telnet [root@bigboy tmp]# telnet pixfw Trying 192.1. If you are directly connected to the console. There is no password in a fresh out of the box PIX and simply hitting the "Enter" key will be enough.1. Here you list all the IP addresses of important devices that you may want to access with a corresponding nickname. you should get a similar prompt too.1.0. # 127. or various programs # that require network functionality will fail. Connected to pixfw.

password. by issuing the "configure terminal" command from enable mode prompt. pixfw# conf t pixfw(config)# "Enter commands here" pixfw(config)# exit pixfw# o One of the first things you should do is change the default paswords for the PIX. Most ISPs have a homepage where you can register to get the username and password. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] pixfw# Sample PIX Configuration: DSL . in this case "ISP".. You should substitute this username and password for "dsl-username" and "dsl-password" below. pixfw# conf t pixfw(config)# enable password "enable password here" pixfw(config)# passwd "console password here" pixfw(config)# exit pixfw# o When you've finished configuring.. you can permanently save your changes by using the "write memory" command: pixfw# wr mem Building configuration. ask customer service for the URL.. o ALL PIX configuration commands need to be done in configuration mode. (Remember to be in config mode) ip address outside pppoe setroute .Chapter 24 : Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls 253 : Saved : PIX Version 6..DHCP Configuring PPPoE o DHCP and DSL require you to get a pppoe password and username from your ISP.. .2(2) nameif ethernet0 outside security0 nameif ethernet1 inside security100 enable password dsjf5sdfgsjrgjwk encrypted passwd sdffg8324dgrggjd encrypted hostname pixfw fixup protocol ftp 21 . The VPDN group statements just assign a username. authentication type to a profile. The configuration steps are relatively straight forward..

168. the IP address of the PIX is 192.1 You must be using PIX IOS version 6.255.255.255 How To Get Static IPs For DSL Cheaply Many ISP DSL providers offer cheap DHCP (dynamic IP) service.254 www.0 vpdn group ISP request dialout pppoe vpdn group ISP localname dsl-username vpdn group ISP ppp authentication pap vpdn username dsl-username password dsl-password In this example. global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 0. you may be able to hit your website using PCs behind your firewall using the firewall's outside interface's IP address as the destination.253.168. .outside) tcp interface www 192.0 0 0 Dynamic DNS Port Forwarding Entries Here we allow all incoming www traffic (on TCP port 80) destined for the firewall's interface to be forwarded to the web server at 192.linuxhomenetworking. This service frequently isn't available for users with static IPs which the ISPs frequently feel are businesses.0 0.255.0. Once configured. then you can reduce your installation costs by: • Ordering DHCP DSL first with the free modem and/or router • Upgrade to static IPs a week later.255.12. They probably won't ask about the modem and/or router.1.0.100 on port 80 (www). from your protected PCs.12 then the traffic passing through the firewall.100 www netmask 255.1.1. and it becomes bundled in free. If DSL . If you really want static IP addresses and are willing to pay the higher monthly fee.168.0.158.168.1.2 or greater for this to work. you will have to set the default gateway on all your servers to be 192. As the PIX will be acting as your default gateway to the internet. NAT Configuration Here we allow any traffic coming in on the inside (private/protected) interface to be NAT-ted to the IP address of the outside (Public/unprotected) interface of the firewall.1.DHCP has assigned an address of 97. will appear to be coming from address 97. Due to competition they'll even throw in a DSL modem and even a router for free.0.168.1 255.158.1.com ip address inside 192. eg: http://firewall-outside-ip-address access-list inbound permit icmp any any access-list inbound permit tcp any any eq www access-group inbound in interface outside static (inside.253.

1.168. You'll have to ask a friend t check it out.255 to be NAT-ted to the IP address of the outside (Public/unprotected) interface of the firewall which is 97.255 0 0 .1.255.168. As the PIX will be acting as your default gateway to the internet.100.25.0 to 192.Static IPs PPOE authentication is only required for DSL DHCP. the default gateway is 97.1.255.255.25 : global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 192.168.0 97. The IP address selected for the PIX is 97. you won't be able to hit your website from PCs behind your firewall using the public IP address assigned to your web server as the destination.0.253.255.Chapter 24 : Configuring Cisco PIX Firewalls 255 Sample PIX configuration: DSL . you will have to set the default gateway on all your servers to be 192.255.248 ip address inside 192.100 netmask 255. we then allow all incoming traffic to be forwarded to the protected web server which has an IP address of 192.24 with a mask of 255.253.0.0 255.158.253.158.253.1.0 0.253.253. Once configured.1 Outgoing Connections NAT Configuration Here we allow connections originating coming from servers connected to the inside (private/protected) interface with an IP address in the range 192. the vpdn statements won’t be required.0.255.26 eq www access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.1.255.0 route outside 0.158.1.26 192. Only www and DNS (Port 53) traffic is allowed to access it via an access control list applied to the outside interface.158. Once you go for static IPs.0.168.253.255.168.1 255. access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.outside) 97. In this example internet subnet that has been assigned is 97.1.158.168. the IP address of the PIX is 192.0 0 0 Incoming Connections NAT Configuration Here we allow the firewall to handle traffic to a second IP address.248 (/29).158.26 eq 53 access-list inbound permit udp any host 97.158.253.255.158.158.158.1.255. you do not need the vpdn PIX command statements for static IPs ip address outside 97.253.253.26.25 255. namely 97.30 If you are converting from dynamic to static IP addresses.253.26 eq 53 access-group inbound in interface outside static (inside.168.168.30 In this example.1.158.

21 25 110 443 .256 www.com Here are some additional TCP ports you may be interested in: Protocol FTP SMTP Mail POP3 Mail HTTPS / SSL Port 20.linuxhomenetworking.

This page should be suitable for the following Cisco routers: With Built In DSL Modems • 800 series • 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series with the ADSL WIC installed With External DSL Modems • 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series . www.linuxhomenetworking.com =========================================== This is a simple guide on how to set up your Cisco DSL router for DHCP using PPPoE. The examples in this chapter also show how to configure NAT so you can also have a home / SOHO based website.257 Chapter 25 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers =========================================== In This Chapter Chapter 25 Configuring Cisco DSL Routers An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) Introduction to accessing the router command line Sample Configurations Other NAT Topics © Peter Harrison.

1.1 localhost.168.com o Once connected to the network you can access the router via telnet [root@bigboy tmp]# telnet ciscorouter Trying 192. Introduction to accessing the router command line Via The Console Port Your Cisco router will come with a console cable that will allow you to configure your PIX using terminal emulation software such as Hyperterm.258 www. User Access Verification Password: Type help or '?' for a list of available commands.my-site.localdomain localhost 192. # 127..1. Here is a sample in which the router "ciscorouter" has the IP address 192. or various programs # that require network functionality will fail. but first a very basic introduction on how to configure and use Cisco DSL routers.1 ciscorouter 192. We will return to the NAT discussion.com An Introduction to Network Address Translation (NAT) Network address translation is a method used to help conserve the limited number of IP addresses available for internet purposes. If you are directly connected to the console.linuxhomenetworking. Once you’ve set up all your router with an IP address you’ll be able to access it via Telnet.168. later in this chapter.0. Escape character is '^]'. ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** .1. Connected to ciscorouter.1. specifically how to configure it. Via Telnet o One easy way to get access to any device on your network is using the /etc/hosts file.0. There is no password in a fresh out of the box Cisco router and simply hitting the "Enter" key will be enough.100 bigboy mail.168.1: # Do not remove the following line. o You'll be prompted for a password and will need another password to get into the privileged "enable" mode.168..1. The introduction to networking page explains the concept in more detail in addition to other fundamental topics. you should get a similar prompt too. Here you list all the IP addresses of important devices that you may want to access with a corresponding nickname.

1 no service pad service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log datetime localtime service password-encryption ! hostname ciscorouter ! no logging console no logging monitor logging trap debugging . o ALL router configuration commands need to be done in configuration mode.. Cryptochecksum: 3af43873 d35d6f06 51f8c999 180c2342 [OK] ciscorouter# . ! version 12.. by issuing the "configure terminal" command from enable mode prompt.. ciscorouter# conf t ciscorouter(config)# "Enter commands here" ciscorouter(config)# exit ciscorouter# o One of the first things you should do is change the default paswords for the router. ciscorouter# conf t ciscorouter(config)# enable secret ciscorouter(config)# line con 0 ciscorouter(config-line)# password ciscorouter(config-line)# line vty ciscorouter(config-line)# password ciscorouter(config-line)# ^z ciscorouter# o "enable password here" "console password here" 0 4 "telnet password here" When you've finished configuring... You will want to change your "password" and "enable password" right after completing your initial configuration. ciscorouter# show run Building configuration.. .. .. you can permanently save your changes by using the "write memory" command: ciscorouter# wr mem Building configuration...Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 259 ciscorouter# o Use the "show running" command to see the current configuration.

DHCP o DHCP and DSL requires you to get a pppoe password and username from your ISP.1) uses NAT !--. Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco DSL Router With Built-in Modem Configuration (DHCP) ! vpdn enable no vpdn logging !--.com Sample Configurations DSL Router With Built-In Modem . You should substitute this username and password for PPP "username" and "password" listed below.can setup a session with the ISP ! vpdn-group pppoe request-dialin protocol pppoe !--.Configure the router's PPPoE client so that it !--.1 255. ask customer service for the URL.linuxhomenetworking. Most ISPs have a homepage where you can register to get the username and password.255. Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.260 www.0 ip nat inside !--.Your ISP may provide you with a different pvc !--.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface FastEthernet0 ip address 192.1. then putting an Internet accessible web server on your home network would be impossible using the routers mentioned above in this configuration.Configure the DSL interface !--.Configure the home / SOHO network interface's !--.this interface: !--. If this is so.IP address !--. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings. Cisco IOS doesn’t support DHCP DSL and NAT.255.value not necesarily "1/1" ! interface ATM0 o o o .168.

Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 261 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive bundle-enable dsl operating-mode auto hold-queue 224 in ! interface ATM0. This example uses the "CHAP" method.1.1) uses NAT !--. Commands for using the "PAP" method are included at the end of this box authentication chap callin chap hostname <username> chap password <password> !--!--!--!--!--- Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes through it: 1) From the inside to the outside.0 network as given in access list 1 .168.size has been reduced from 1500 to accommodate !--.This is tied to the real ATM DSL interface with the !--"dialer pool" command.Cisco prefers to run the PPPoE client on a virtual !--."dialer" interface !--.2) is the outside "public" interface ! interface Dialer1 ip address negotiated ip mtu 1492 ip nat outside encapsulation ppp dialer pool 1 !--!--!--!--!--! ppp ppp ppp ! Here are the commands to configure authentication with with your ISP.1 point-to-point pvc 1/1 pppoe-client dial-pool-number 1 !--.this interface: !--.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--. 2) And whose IP address is in the 192. ! !--. The default ethernet MTU !--.the PPPoE header overhead.

1 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime ! hostname ciscorouter ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain-lookup ! bridge irb o o .0.0. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.0 dialer1 no ip http server ! access-list 1 permit 192. This example also shows how to use NAT so you can have a web server / mail server / FTP server etc. type of authentication then you'll have to replace the lines: ppp authentication chap callin ppp chap hostname <username> ppp chap password <password> with only these two: ppp authentication pap callin ppp pap sent-username <username> password <password> o DSL Router With Built-In Modem .168.Static IP o Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router with a built-in modem.0.3) Giving it an outside "public" address that is the !--same as interface Dialer1 gets from the PPPoE !--connection ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface Dialer1 overload ip classless ip route 0.com !--.255 If your ISP tells you that you need to do the PAP.262 www.0 0. in your home network.0. Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco DSL Router With Built-in Modem Configuration (Static IP) Current Configuration: ! version 12. and not the CHAP.linuxhomenetworking.1 0.0.0. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings.

Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 263 !--.interface: !--.This statement performs the static address !--.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that !--.2) And whose IP address is in the 192.(The BVI number always matches the bridge-group number) !--.0 ip nat inside ! interface ATM0 no ip address no atm ilmi-keepalive pvc 0/35 encapsulation aal5snap ! bundle-enable dsl operating-mode auto bridge-group 1 ! !--.1 255.1) uses NAT !--.158."BVI" interface !--. !--.255.users trying to reach 97.1.255.this interface: !--.through it: !--.168.168.255.255.0 network !--as given in access list 1 !--.translation for the Web server.25 255.Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes !--.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 192.26 port 80 (www) will be .same as interface BVI1 ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface BVI1 overload !--. With this statement.158.This is tied to the real ATM DSL interface with the !--."bridge-group" command above. !--.The "ip nat" statement tells your router that this !--.1) From the inside to the outside.3) Must get an outside "public" address that is the !--.253.1. !--.253.Cisco prefers to run the PPPoE client on a virtual !--.2) is the outside "public" interface ! interface BVI1 ip address 97.248 ip nat outside !--.1) uses NAT !--.Configure the home / SOHO network interface's IP address !--.

168.0.158. Remember to be in "config" mode to enter these commands and remember to do a "write memory" at the end to permanently save the configuration Cisco Router Connected to DSL via External Modem Configuration (Static IP) Current Configuration: ! version 12.253.automatically redirected to 192.253.Set your default gateway as provided by your ISP ! ip classless ip route 0. Do the "show run" command before starting to configure your router to see what commands you'll really need.Static IP o Here is a sample configuration for a Cisco home router with an external modem.168.(www).0.0.0 0.0. This example also shows how to use NAT so you can have a web server / mail server / FTP server etc.0.1.255 bridge 1 protocol ieee bridge 1 route ip ! end DSL Router With External Modem .0 97.1.100 port 80 !--.1.100 80 97. Some of the commands listed are part of Cisco's default settings.linuxhomenetworking. in your home network.264 www. !--! ip nat inside source static tcp 192. which in this case is the Web server.0.26 80 extendable !--.1 service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime ! hostname ciscorouter ! ip subnet-zero no ip domain-lookup ! !--!--!--!--Configure the home / SOHO network interface's IP address The "ip nat" statement tells your router that this interface: 1) uses NAT o o .168.158.com !--.0 0.30 ! access-list 1 permit 192.

through it: !--.158.Set your default gateway as provided by your ISP ! ip classless ip route 0.158.0.1.Tells the router to NAT all traffic that passes !--.2) is the inside "private" interface ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 192.1 255.168.255.255.100 port 80 (www).30 ! access-list 1 permit 192.192.1.255.100 80 97.1.0 97.0 0.1.25 255.1.With this statement.port 80 (www) will be automatically redirected to !--.253.158.0 0.26 !--.0.This statement performs the static address translation !--.0.0 network !--as given in access list 1 !--.168.255. !--.1) From the inside to the outside.253. !--! ip nat inside source static tcp 192. users trying to reach 97.26 80 extendable !--.168.168.2) And whose IP address is in the 192. !--.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 265 !--.0 ip nat inside ! interface Ethernet1 ip address 97.3) Must get an outside "public" address that is the !--same as interface ethernet1 ! ip nat inside source list 1 interface ethernet1 overload !--.255 ! end .for the Web server.0.0.158.168.0. which in this case !--.253.is the Web server.248 ip nat outside !--.253.

253.1.100.158.26 25 extendable o DNS requires a UDP type NAT statement such as: ip nat inside source static udp 192.26.168.25 How To Verify That NAT Is Working Correctly You can use the show ip nat translation command to determine whether NAT is actually occurring as expected: . 21 25 110 443 53 Type TCP TCP TCP TCP UDP o So for example.158.168. the command for SMTP mail would be: ip nat inside source static tcp 192.com Other NAT Topics Commonly Used TCP And UDP Ports Here are some additional TCP ports you may be interested in for NAT "ip nat inside source static" statements: Protocol FTP SMTP Mail POP3 Mail HTTPS / SSL DNS Port 20.1.168.100 25 97.100 97.1.25 53 extendable o To have all traffic trying to reach 97. then you can use the command: ip nat inside source static 192. regardless of port.158.linuxhomenetworking.253.1.100 53 97.253.253.158.168. to be NAT-ted to 192.266 www.

253..26:80 192.100 on the home network How To Troubleshoot NAT To troubleshoot NAT after you have logged into the router via Telnet requires you to first activate logging to the telnet terminal with the terminal monitor command and then using the debug ip nat detailed command to visualize the translation process.168.217.Chapter 25: Configuring Cisco DSL Routers 267 ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter#show ip nat translation Pro Inside global Inside local global tcp 97.168.253.1.6:5698 ciscorouter# Outside local --.253.100 -> 97.219.158.100:80 tcp 97.6:5698 Outside Cisco uses the following terms for the various IP addresses you’ll find in any NAT translation process. The Inside global address is the IP address of the server presented to the Internet after NAT.168.26 03:29:49: NAT: Allocated Port for 192.158.26.100. NAT seems to be functioning properly for the web server 192.133. in this case.. 5698) -> (97. .168..1. The Outside global the IP address of the remote computer as presented on the Internet.34.. 80) [0] .1.26: wanted 80 got 80 03:29:49: NAT: o: tcp (198.34. The Outside local the actual IP address of the remote computer on its local network.100:80 67.253.168.158.6 was communicating with the inside global address of 97.1.1.--67. .158.217.26.34.158. The example below shows that translation occurs for port 80 traffic (HTTP / www) from address 97. and more specifically that remote host 67.158.1. ciscorouter> enable Password: ******** ciscorouter#term mon ciscorouter#debug ip nat detailed IP NAT detailed debugging is on ciscorouter# 03:29:49: NAT: creating portlist proto 6 globaladdr 97. The Inside local address is the actual IP address of the local server on your home network..253.26 to 192. .253.. o o o o As you can see.217.253.158.26:80 192.

linuxhomenetworking.com .268 www.

VPN relationships are established between trusted sites on the Internet making the public network appear to be virtually the same as a private network to the VPN members. www.linuxhomenetworking. What follows is an introduction to VPN terminology Authentication The process of ensuring that the VPN data received is both unchanged and from the expected source.269 Appendix I Miscellaneous Topics =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix I Miscellaneous Topics VPN Terminologies Running Linux Without A Monitor Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices Disk Partitioning Explained The OSI Networking Model TCP/IP Packet Format © Peter Harrison.com =========================================== We briefly discuss some miscellaneous topics in this chapter that are beyond the scope of this book with the intention that you will be stimulated to consider utilizing some of the technologies discussed to improve your website and / or your SOHO network. . VPN Terminologies A Virtual Private Network (VPN) provides security for transmission of sensitive information over unprotected networks such as the Internet.

Transport mode VPNs The original source and destination address of the data being sent over the VPN is unchanged. Here are some examples of what transport mode VPN IP packets will look like. without encryption. please refer to the OSI model page) Transport mode AH packet format Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header TCP Header Transport mode AH / ESP packet format Inserted Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header ESP Header TCP Header . and anti-replay services.linuxhomenetworking. AH and an ESP are often used in combination with each other.270 www. (For more information on the IP protocol. Authentication Header (AH) One of two IPSec security protocols. As ESP headers don't authenticate the outer IP header like AH headers.com Encryption The process of encoding VPN data to protect it from unauthorized viewing except by the intended recipient who has the decoder key. This is called Transport Adjacency. Encapsulating Security Protocol (ESP) The other IPSec security protocol. It does this by encrypting the data within the packet and then adding its own security header to the original IP packet. Provides authentication and anti-replay services. It does this by adding its own security header to the original IP packet. Provides authentication. encryption. IPSec The name given to a number of data communications protocols designed to authenticate and encrypt VPN data to protect it from unauthorized viewing or modification as it is transmitted across a network.

(For more information on the IP protocol. Encryption methods IPSec usually uses one of two methods to encrypt data: o o The Data Encryption Standard (DES) using a 56-bit encryption key Triple DES using a 168-bit encryption key. . header and all in an effort to provide an additional layer of security by not revealing the true identities of the servers communicating with each other. please refer to the OSI model page) Tunnel mode AH packet format New Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header IP Header TCP Header Tunnel mode AH / ESP packet format New Inserted Inserted Original Original DATA IP Header AH Header ESP Header IP Header TCP Header Authentication methods IPSec data integrity is usually provided by one of two Hashed Message Authentication Code (HMAC) methods: o o Message Digest 5 (MD5) Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1). Here are some examples of what tunnel mode VPN IP packets will look like. Internet Key Exchange (IKE) IKE provides authentication of the IPSec peers.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 271 Tunnel mode VPNs The original source and destination address of the data being sent over the VPN is changed by encapsulating the original IP packet within another IP packet. and establishes IPSec keys. negotiates IPSec security associations. The original packet is frequently encrypted.

making it difficult for large scale implementations.com IKE authentication methods There are two main methods of establishing a trusted relationship between two devices that want to create a VPN between themselves: Public key cryptography using RSA encryption RSA overview Each VPN device has its own public and private keys. Anything encrypted with one of the keys can only be decrypted with the other. A CA can either be a trusted public third party. During the key exchange. Each peer then extracts the public key from the certificate they receive from the CA and then uses it to decrypt the certificate they just received from the other peer. Prior to installing a certificate based VPN. and not to someone pretending to be the sender. A successful exchange requires the receiver to have a copy of the sender's public key and knowing with a high degree of certainty that it really does belong to the sender. such as a name. the VPN peers authenticate by sending each other the certificate issued to them by the CA. The receiver verifies the signature by decrypting the message with the sender's public key. department. Shared keys The devices at each end of the VPN use a shared key or password. This is done using Certification Authorities. or a "in-house" private server that you establish within your organization. It will also contain a copy of the entity's public key. Each peer then uses the pre-installed CA certificate they have to authenticate with the CA and securely receive the other peer's certificate from the CA using public key cryptography.272 www. or IP address.linuxhomenetworking. but encrypted using their private key. Unlike the RSA method. serial number. The VPN devices will also be pre-configured with the CA's certificate. As the message could be decrypted using the sender's public key means that the holder of the private key created the message. company. Once the the certificates received from the CA and the other peer match. authentication is complete. such as VeriSign. This allows you to create a signature when the message is encrypted with a sender's private key. Certificates are managed and issued by Certification authorities (CAs). each VPN device must be pre-configured with the certificate generated for them by the CA. there is no CA to provide an impartial audit trail of VPN connection initiations. The disadvantage is that each pair of VPN connections need set of keys. CA overview A digital certificate contains information that identifies a user or device. .

The VPN uses a separate channel through which the encrypted data passes. This uses UDP packets using port 500. In permanent VPNs. Frequently the device at the other end of the connection is a PC. This includes: • • • • • Packet encryption methods Packet authentication methods Transport versus tunnel mode AH and or ESP usage SA lifetime before it is renegotiated. This must also be allowed to pass through unimpeded. IKE and ISAKMP IKE uses special ISAKMP IP packets using "protocol 50" to establish an Security Association.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 273 IKE's role in creating Security Associations Once authentication is complete. VPN Security And Firewalls o o All security devices in the path of a VPN connection will have to allow "protocol 50" between the two VPN devices to ensure that IKE works properly. IKE is then used by the VPN peers to negotiate the security associations (SAs) to be used at each end point. o VPN User Authentication Methods For Temporary Connections The above sections have been slanted towards a permanent connection between purpose built VPN devices. SAs are comprised of two factors: Transforms Describes how the data will be transformed by the VPN to provide the desired security. (SAs are permanent for when manually established) Shared keys The actual keyword used by the encryption and authentication to protect the data. the source and destination port is 500. you may have to open up these ports and protocols to the CA as well. Unusually. Here are some authentication methods used in such .

linuxhomenetworking. If the username / password combination is valid for remote login then the RADIUS server will authorize the VPN device to continue with the IKE interchange. Valid usernames and passwords are configured into the VPN device at the other end of the VPN ACE/SecurID Windows Domain Local user database . password in conjunction with a digital key FOB whose authentication serial number changes every few minutes for a login to occur. In order to login.com Types Of Dial Up VPN Authentication Method IKE-XAUTH secured RADIUS Description Usernames and passwords entered into the VPN remote login software are relayed by the VPN device at the remote end to a trusted RADIUS server. Software uses a username.274 www. but also the PIN tied to the FOB plus the FOB's dynamic serial number which is synchronized with the authentication server at the other end of the VPN. the user not only has to enter the username & password. Remote home user authentication relies on the same username / password combination of the Windows Domain Controller that the user would normally use to login when they are at work.

com at friends’ homes and felt badly about borrowing their monitors. In other versions of Linux. This creates what is also known as a “headless” system. but "agetty" usually isn't activated when you boot up unless its configuration file /etc/inittab is modified. Operating costs may not be important at home. Having access via the COM ports has also helped me in both the home and business situations. If you're using a modem for connectivity. Port Linux "agetty" Device Name ttyS0 ttyS1 COM1 COM2 . Unfortunately your BIOS may halt the system during the Power On Self Test (POST) if it doesn't detect a keyboard. connect the other end to the client PC running "Hyperterm" or whatever terminal emulation software you are using. This feature can usually be found on the very first screen under the “Halt On” option. One popular Linux equivalent to Hyperterm is “minicom”. access to the Linux box can be more cheaply provided via the COM port. You will also need to make sure that you have activated your COM ports in your BIOS settings. A brief configuration guide for minicom follows the section below. Here is a table that lists the physical ports to their equivalent Linux device names.linuxhomenetworking. The most common occurrence is when the system is hung. "agetty" may be called just plain "getty". Make sure you disable this feature in the BIOS setup of your PC before proceeding. For non-modem connectivity (PC to PC) connect a NULL modem cable to the COM port you want to test. In such cases. • A modem connected to the COM port • Telnet to login to a terminal server that has one of its ports connected to the Linux box’s COM port Preparing To Go “Headless” o One of the advantages of this method is that you don't need a keyboard either. the COM1 and COM2 ports are controlled by a program called "agetty". I’ve included this section as I have occasionally hosted the website www. and I need to get to it by using: • A notebook PC with a console cable connected to the COM port. locking out network access. then you'll need a FULL modem cable and testing will have to be done using a dial up connection. but will be in a corporate environment with large numbers of Linux servers racked in data centers. o o o Configuration Steps In RedHat Linux.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 275 Running Linux Without A Monitor You can reduce the cost of ownership of your Linux system by not using a VGA monitor.

3 or 5.linuxhomenetworking.18-14 on an i586 bigboy login: Note: By default.4. To do this you'll have to edit the /etc/securetty file which contains the device names of tty lines on which root is allowed to login. "agetty" must attach itself to devices ttyS0 and ttyS1 and emulate a VT102 terminal running at 19200 baud. this option should be omitted if you are connecting the port to a modem. The next step is to restart the "init" process to re-read /etc/inittab [root@bigboy tmp]# init q Now you need to configure the terminal client such “as Hyperterm” to match the speed settings in /etc/inittab. user "root" will not be able to log in from a terminal. . and celebrate when you see something like this: Red Hat Linux release 8. Connect the console / modem cable between the client and your Linux box.276 www. it dies. for whatever reason. when the system enters runlevels 2. The "-L" means ignore modem control signals. The respawn means that agetty will restart automatically if. these lines mean: o o o At boot time. Just add ttyS0 and ttyS1 to the list if you need this access. Hit "enter" a couple times.com The following lines added to /etc/inittab will configure your COM ports for terminal access: # Run COM1 and COM2 gettys in standard runlevels S0:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS0 vt102 S1:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS1 vt102 In summary.0 (Psyche) Kernel 2.

There are a number of reasons to do this: • You run Linux on a notebook and you need to use it to access a hung “headless” Linux server via the COM port • You need to gain access to a modem connected to the COM port. (This section will focus on the notebook scenario. You therefore have to disable the agetty configuration for the port on which you wish to run minicom.) Configuration Steps The most commonly used Linux terminal emulation program is minicom. It is simple to use mainly because it uses a text based GUI. Other systems using minicom can use COM2 to access this system. not the use of using Linux to dial a modem. Edit /etc/inittab # Run COM1 and COM2 gettys in standard runlevels #S0:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS0 vt102 S1:235:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 19200 ttyS1 vt102 Restart init [root@bigboy tmp]# init q o Run minicom in setup mode using the minicom –s command [root@bigboy tmp]# minicom –s o You will get the setup menu . In the case below we disable agetty on COM1 by commenting out the ttyS0 agetty statements in the /etc/inittab file. o o You will first need to go through all the relevant steps listed in the “Preparing to go Headless” section of this chapter to ensure you have the right type of cable and correct BIOS settings. COM1 will therefore be used for outbound minicom connections to other systems. Minicom will clash with your agetty configuration explained in the previous section. In other words a “headless” system cannot be used to access another “headless” system using the “headless” COM port. We then need to restart the init process to reload the new /etc/inittab settings.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 277 Make Your Linux Box Emulate A VT100 Dumb Terminal Dumb terminals can be loosely defined as devices that allow you to log in to your system via the COM port. Here are the steps you’ll need to go through to get it working. You can make your Linux box emulate a dumb terminal quite easily.

linuxhomenetworking. Also make sure that flow control is off. Connect the cables between the systems Re-enter minicom. The way to get around this is for user “root” to . then Z. Device /dev/ttyS0 is COM1 and /dev/ttyS1 is COM2. Search History Buffer. this time without the “-s” [root@bigboy tmp]# minicom o Hit enter and you should get a login prompt Welcome to minicom 2. ------------------------------------------| A Serial Device : /dev/ttyS0 | | B .Software Flow Control : No | | | | Change which setting? | ------------------------------------------o o o o Select the “Modem and dialing” option and make sure the “Init string” and “Reset string” settings are blank.278 www.Lockfile Location : /var/lock | | C Callin Program : | | D .0 OPTIONS: History Buffer. | | Exit | | Exit from Minicom | ---------------------------o Select the serial port setup menu item.. 16:41:20.Hardware Flow Control : No | | G .com ------[configuration]------| Filenames and paths | | File transfer protocols | | Serial port setup | | Modem and dialing | | Screen and keyboard | | Save setup as dfl | | Save setup as. Make the speed match that of the remote “headless” system and make sure the correct serial COM device is chosen. I18n Compiled on Jun 23 2002. Select the “Save setup as dfl” to make this your saved default setting and then “Exit from Minicom” Make sure the other system is correctly configured for headless operation. Press CTRL-A Z for help on special keys bigboy login: o o To exit minicom you type CTRL-A.00. F-key Macros. then X Non “root” users will get a “permission denied” message if they use minicom as the COM ports are not normally accessible to regular users.Callout Program : | | E Bps/Par/Bits : 19200 8N1 | | F .

Remember that minicom will reset the privileges to the COM port each time you change the configuration with “minicom –s” so you may find yourself having to run chmod from time to time.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 279 either give everyone read/write access using the chmod command below. or add selected trusted users to your sudo configuration. [root@bigboy tmp]# chmod o+rw /dev/ttyS0 .

100 level all 5 server severity 6 Cisco Local Director Local Directors use the "syslog output" command to set their logging facility and severity.1.severity) using the numbering scheme below: . service timestamps log datetime localtime no logging console no logging monitor logging 192. therefore making routers and switches log to the same file. switches.linuxhomenetworking. If you have a large data center. set set set set logging logging logging logging server enable server 192. We won't set the facility in this case. firewalls and load balancers each logging with a different facility can each have their own log files for easy troubleshooting. In all the network device configuration examples below we are logging to the remote Linux logging server 192.168.100 which we set up in the previous section. We won't change this facility either.168. then you may also want to switch off all logging to /var/log/messages as suggested above for the home/SOHO environment. The value provided must be in the format FF.com Syslog Configuration and Cisco Devices Syslog reserves facilities "local0" through "local7" for log messages received from remote servers and network devices.100 Catalyst CAT Switches running CATOS By default Cisco switches also send syslog messages to their logging server with a default facility of local7.280 www. The following examples will show how to have a different log file for each class of device.168. Cisco Routers By default Cisco routers send syslog messages to their logging server with a default facility of local7. Routers.1.SS (facility.1. but we can tell the router to timestamp the messages and make the messages have the source IP address of the loopback interface.

100 .7 no syslog console syslog host 192.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 281 Facility local 0 local 1 local 2 local 3 local 4 local 5 local 6 local 7 FF Value 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Severity System unusable Immediate action required Critical condition Error conditions Warning conditions Normal but significant conditions Informational messages Debugging messages SS Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Here we using facility LOCAL4 and logging debugging messages and above.1.168. syslog output 20.

1. logging logging logging logging logging logging on standby timestamp trap notifications facility 19 host inside 192.com Cisco PIX Filewalls PIX firewalls use the following numbering scheme to determine their logging facilities.100 facility 6 set logging subsystem all info-6 logging commands enable .linuxhomenetworking.168. This example shows the CSS11000 logging facility LOCAL 6 and severity level 6 (Informational) logging host 192.1.168.100 Cisco CSS11000 (Arrowpoints) This configuration for this is more straight forward.282 www. Facility Logging Facility Command Value 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 local 0 local 1 local 2 local 3 local 4 local 5 local 6 local 7 This configuration example assumes that the logging server is connected on the side of the "inside" protected interface. We're sending log messages to facility LOCAL3 with a severity level of 5 (Notification) set by the "logging trap" command. You specify the facility with an intuitive number using the "logging host" command and set the severity with the "logging subsystem" command.

debug /var/log/cisco/ciscold # # All LOCAL6 messages (debug and above) go to the CSS file ciscocss # local6.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscofw # # All LOCAL4 messages (debug and above) go to the Local Director file ciscold # local4.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 283 The Sample Cisco syslog.debug ciscoacl # # LOCAL7 messages (notice and above) go to the ciscoinfo # This excludes ACL logs which are logged at severity debug # local7.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscoacl local7.notice ciscoinfo .notice /var/log/cisco/ciscoinfo local7.conf File # # All LOCAL3 messages (debug and above) go to the firewall file ciscofw # local3.debug /var/log/cisco/ciscocss # # All LOCAL7 messages (debug and above) go to the ciscoacl # This includes ACL logs which are logged at severity debug # local7.

a disk with two partitions would most likely find itself with a "C:" drive and a "D:" drive each with a separate set of folders. Partitions cannot be moved or resized without destroying the data on them. The directory allocation will be: Partition /var/log /var Directory Allocation All files in directory /var/log and all the subdirectories underneath /var/log All files in /var except the contents of directory /var/log and all the subdirectories underneath /var/log . for example. In Linux. whereas Linux users would be familiar with the terms "directories" and "sub-directories". If you create a file system called "/var" and another called "/var/log". Linux and Windows. everything appears to be a single set of "folders" or directories. The choice of which subdirectories belong in which partition is made when you partition the hard drive. each of which is treated as a separate disk by your operating system. What Is A Filesystem? Filesystems can be considered as being the directory structures on a disk partition that contains all the files. This allows you to be able to boot different operating systems from the same disk. How Linux Links Filesystems And Partitions In Windows.com Disk Partitioning Explained Here’s some interesting information on how Linux handles hard drives and their partitions. Linux partitions handle all files in the subdirectory of your choice. What Is A Partition? A partition is a means of dividing your hard disk into multiple sections. In other words. Most Windows users would be familiar with the analogous terms "folders" and "subfolders". the partitions hide underneath unseen to the regular user.linuxhomenetworking.284 www.

linuxhomenetworking. RedHat automatically creates this partition and usually makes it about twice the amount of system RAM. a corrupted root filesystem will make your system unbootable from the hard drive. Recommended Sizes For Disk Partitions Here are some allocation suggestions that may be useful. . Also Known As "root" The root filesystem ("/") contains the files necessary for the system to boot up in single user mode with the bare minimum of functionality. Redhat Linux creates this partition automatically. Most Linux systems then will then become multi-user systems by changing their runlevel and executing the associated startup scripts including those that will mount the remaining file systems. especially if you have more than 4GB. there is a high possibility that you will lose all your data. but also the normal functioning of Linux. It is for this reason that you should consider placing similar files in dedicated partitions. you may look at the bottom of the table to see the settings I used for the 4GB hard disk I used to first run www. Usually recovery requires reformatting the root file system and doing a Linux reinstall. not only for controlling the boot process. swap Used as a location to place data temporarily if RAM memory becomes full. This is a generous guide. If all your files are located in a root filesystem that becomes corrupted. This reduces the need to reformat the "root" partition if it becomes corrupted. /boot The /boot partition contains the Linux kernel which is the "master control program".Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 285 What Partitions Are Mandatory? The mandatory partitions are: "/". In most cases.com The RedHat default partitioning scheme used during the Linux installation should be sufficient for most home / SOHO systems.

com Some Recommended Partition Sizes Partition Size Workstation / Home Web Server (MB) Swap 2X Physical Memory 100 Size Mail Server (MB) Purpose of the Partition 2X Physical Memory 100 Used as a location to place data temporarily if RAM memory becomes full Base system program files Configuration files Libraries Device drivers Assigned automatically by RedHat.0+ GB 500+ 1. /home Variable Variable . Contains the system kernel files.5+ GB 500 4.linuxhomenetworking. / Usually called "root" /boot Automatically determined by RedHat 50 (approx) Automatically determined by RedHat 50 (approx) 1.0+ GB 250+ /usr /var /var/log /var/spool /var/spool/mail /tmp 2.0+ GB 750+ 500+ 750+ N/A 250+ Third party software Man pages (Help files) Error log files Print queues (Needed only if you plan to do printing) Mail queues Temporary files Multiply the expected number of users by the amount of disk space you want to assign per user. Remember MP3s fill disks quickly.286 www.

See the logging page for a description of the log files and how you can use the "logrotate" command to help reduce their size. you can ask users to delete unnecessary files such as downloaded software and MP3s If it is in the /var partition. These are the settings I used for the hard disk I used to first run this site. You may want to also consider backing up files and then deleting them. then you can consider deleting some of your log files in /var/log. [root@bigboy root]# df -k Filesystem 1K-blocks /dev/hda3 505636 /dev/hda1 46636 /dev/hda5 505605 /dev/hda7 830104 /dev/hda2 4633108 /dev/hda6 256667 [root@bigboy root]# Used Available Use% Mounted on 90002 389529 19% / 9164 35064 21% /boot 87915 391586 19% /home 17632 770304 3% /tmp 1797504 2600252 41% /usr 169577 73838 70% /var What Can I Do When I Run Out Of Disk Space? o o If it is in the /home partition. o .Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 287 How Much Space Do I Have On My Partitions? You can use the "df" command.

• Also allows you to select your own numbering scheme for the global network independent of the MAC address which in rare cases could also be duplicated. For example. Each layer generally has "hooks" into the layer immediately above and below it so that the data can flow smoothly through the sub-applications designed to handle each layer.288 www. In the home environment. Ensures that unacknowledged data is retransmitted. The Seven OSI Layers Layer Name Description Application 7 Applicati on Presentat ion • The user interface to the application Telnet FTP Sendmail 6 • Converts data from one presentation format to another. IP and ARP can be found in the Introduction to Networking chapter. • Also provides the option of having multiple addresses of the same networking protocol being assigned to the same MAC address. • Used as a means of not tying the address of the server to its MAC address. • Manages the establishment and tearing down of a connection. UDP. Your network address can stay the same if the NIC is replaced.linuxhomenetworking. each building on the lower ones to provide a complete connectivity solution. • Error control and timing of bits speeding down the wire between two directly connected devices. Detailed descriptions of TCP. It consists of layers of sub-applications. • Manages continuing requests and responses between the applications at both ends over the various established connections. Correctly re-sequences data packets that arrive in the wrong order. • Defines the electrical and physical characteristics of the network cabling and interfacing hardware TCP UDP 5 Session 4 Transport 3 Network IP ARP 2 Link Ethernet ARP 1 Physical Ethernet . email text entered into Outlook express being converted into SMTP mail formatted data. • Handles the routing of data between links that are not physically connected together.com The OSI Networking Model The Open System Interconnection (OSI) protocol suite acts as a framework for designing network based applications. data is frequently sent using the MAC addresses of the NIC cards of the communicating devices.

Total length of the IP header Total length of the IP packet IHL Total Length DF Bit Indicator to tell whether the data in the packet may be fragmented into smaller packets due to limitations of the communications line Indicator to tell whether this data in this packet is the last one of a stream of fragments. Version 6. IP Header TCP/UDP Header DATA Contents Of The IP Header Field IP Version Description The version of IP being used. Defines the type of protocol header to expect at the end of this header. is the current version used by most devices on the Internet. Version 4. Time to live. Internet Header Length. If this packet is part of a fragmented datagram. the packet is discarded by the router. then this specifies where in the complete datagram the data in this packet should be inserted. The TTL decrement feature is used by routers as an additional precaution to prevent the packet from mistakenly being routed around the Internet in an infinite loop due to a routing error. is a newer format which allows for a much more vast range of addresses.Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 289 TCP/IP Packet Format The TCP/IP packet contains an IP header followed by a TCP or UDP header followed by the TCP/UDP data. MF Bit Fragment Offset TTL Protocol Header checksum Source Address Destination Address Indicates the IP address of the server sending the data Indicates the IP address of the server intended to receive the data . When the value reaches zero. The server sending the data usually sets the TTL to a value high enough to reach it's destination without being discarded. For example. This value is decremented by each router through which the packet has passes. 17 = UDP Used to ensure that the header contents are error free. 6 = TCP.

Specifies the size of the sender's receive window (that is. In the connection-establishment phase. Contains the sequence number of the next byte of data the sender of the packet expects to receive.com Contents Of The TCP Header Field Source and Destination Port Sequence Number Description Identifies points at which upper-layer source and destination processes receive TCP services. Usually specifies the number assigned to the first byte of data in the current message. Carries a variety of control information. Length of the TCP header. the buffer space available for incoming data) Used to ensure that the header contents are error free. . Specifies the length of the UDP header and data Used to ensure that the header contents are error free. including the SYN and ACK bits used for connection establishment. Contains upper-layer information Acknowledgment Number Data Offset Flags Window Checksum Data Contents Of The UDP Header Field Source and Destination Port Length Checksum Description Identifies points at which upper-layer source and destination processes receive TCP services.290 www. and the FIN bit used for connection termination. this field also can be used to identify an initial sequence number to be used in an upcoming transmission.linuxhomenetworking.

Appendix I : Miscellaneous Topics 291 .

com .linuxhomenetworking.292 www.

.....................................................................................DHCP DSL Configuration...........................................................323 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................319 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT .......................294 Apache File Permissions Script ...326 ICMP Codes.303 IPtables FTP Server .........................................................................................................................324 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File...............................................................................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File .....................304 IPtables NTP Server.................................................................................................................................................................................... Scripts and Configurations =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix II..................327 Cisco PIX Firewall ........................................................................................... Scripts and Configurations ......305 DNS Zone File For my-site..Static DSL Configuration............................................................................................com ..................................319 DNS Zone File For my-other-site..........................................................................................................com ....................................................................................... www.................................................................................322 Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File .........................................................................................................................................linuxhomenetworking................................................................................................................................................................................297 IPtables FTP Client.........................................................................................com =========================================== Here we have samples of all the scripts used in the previous chapters........320 Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File .........................................................................................296 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script .............. ..320 Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT ........................................................330 © Peter Harrison....................... 293 Subnet Calculator Script ............................................................................................................................................................................ 293 Codes.................................................................329 Cisco PIX Firewall ........................293 Appendix II Codes.......................305 IPtables Complex script ..............................................mc File .........................................

Calculates subnets given an IP address and subnet mask # The subnet mask must begin with “255.sh .255.255. the subnet mask and broadcast address of # the external interface # IPADDR=$1 netmask=$2 # # Convert "/" notation to dotted decimal # if [ "$natmask" = "/30" ].255.255. then netmask="255.248" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/28" ]. then netmask="255.linuxhomenetworking.240" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/27" ].255.294 www.255.com Subnet Calculator Script #/bin/bash # # subnet-calc.255” or in # the range /24 to /30 # # Usage: # # subnet-calc.255.252" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/29" ]. then netmask="255.255.224" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/26" ].com # # # Get the IP address.255. then netmask="255. then netmask="255.255.255.sh IP-address subnet-mask # # (c) SiliconValleyCCIE.192" fi if [ "$netmask" = "/25" ].255.255. then netmask="255.128" fi .

then netmask="255. Scripts and Configurations 295 if [ "$netmask" = "/24" ]./ 's/\.$subnet_base SUBNET_BROADCAST=$IPADDR_octet_1.$IPADDR_octet_3.$IPADDR_octet_3.$[$subnet _base-1+$subnet_size] echo echo echo echo echo echo echo echo "IP Address : "$IPADDR "Network Base Address : "$SUBNET_BASE "Broadcast Address : "$SUBNET_BROADCAST "Subnet Mask "Subnet Size : "$netmask : "$subnet_size IP Addresses .0" fi # # Get the last octet of the subnet mask # netmask_octet_4="`echo $netmask | sed -e 's/255.//g'`" # # Get first three octets of the IP address # IPADDR_octet_1="`echo IPADDR_octet_2="`echo IPADDR_octet_3="`echo IPADDR_octet_4="`echo $IPADDR $IPADDR $IPADDR $IPADDR | | | | sed sed sed sed -e -e -e -e 's/\.$IPADDR_octet_2.$IPADDR_octet_2.Appendix II : Codes./ 's/\./ /g' /g' /g' /g' | | | | awk awk awk awk '{print '{print '{print '{print $1}'`" $2}'`" $3}'`" $4}'`" # # Get the size of the subnet # subnet_size=$[256-$netmask_octet_4] # # Get the last octet of the network address # if [ "$netmask_octet_4" = "0" ].255. then subnet_base="0" else subnet_base=$[$IPADDR_octet_4/$subnet_size] subnet_base=$[$subnet_base*$subnet_size] fi SUBNET_BASE=$IPADDR_octet_1.255./ 's/\.

com Apache File Permissions Script The first argument of the script is the target directory and must have a trailing "/".sh /home/www/webpages/ /home/www/webpages/ /home/www/webpages/file1. [root@bigboy tmp]# .sh . [root@bigboy tmp] Here’s how it’s done: #!/bin/sh # # fix-www-perms./fix-www-perms. .htm /home/www/webpages/file2.htm ..com # for i in `find $1` do if [ -d $i ] . The script will print out a list of all the files it’s modified to the screen. ..... then chmod 755 $i echo $i else chmod 644 $i echo $i fi done ..296 www.Recursively fixes file permissions in a www directory # so that Apache may serve the pages correctly # # (c) SiliconValleyCCIE.linuxhomenetworking.

Here is a summary of its operation: • This script is called mail-filter. Each file has two columns. • You will have to go to www. MIME-tools & Mail-Audit modules in that order. • The script reads the “reject” file and rejects any matching emails.Appendix II : Codes.accept lists all the mail to accept and file mailfilter. o o o Click on the CPAN home page's "modules” link Click the "All Modules" listing and download and install the MailTools. The script will match on a partial address too. put the name of the mailing list in your “accept” file. • The script will reject emails in which your email address doesn’t appear in the “TO:”. • Place mail-filter.org to download and install a variety of PERL modules beforehand. Scripts and Configurations 297 Sendmail SPAM Filter Script One of the good things about having a Linux box at home is that you can create your own customized SPAM filter. Look at this file from time to time as you may find yourself rejecting too much traffic which will require you to modify the configuration files. it then reads the accept file and accepts any matching emails.forward file in your home directory with the following text: .pl • Create a . If you receive emails as part of mailing lists.pl • It uses two configuration files. File mail-filter. Here is a sample I’ve used at home for some time. • The first column has either the word “subject:” or “address:” and the second column has either a subject string (inclusive of spaces) or a single address entry. then it denies everything else. Here’s how to install the script: • The script runs using the PERL scripting language which is installed by default on RedHat.pl • Go to directory /etc/smrsh and create a logical link to the mail-filter. [root@bigboy mailuser]# cd /etc/smrsh [root@bigboy smrsh]# ln –s /home/mailuser/ mail-filter.pl file there.reject lists all the mail to reject. • The script is very tolerant of email addresses. You do not have to have an “@” sign in the configuration files’ entries.cpan. IO-Stringy. The CPAN modules page also has a link on how to install the modules.log.pl in your $HOME directory (default login directory) • Use the “chmod” command to make it executable [root@bigboy mailuser]# chmod 700 mail-filter. • The script will match addresses in both the TO: and FROM: of the received email. “FROM:” or “CC:”.pl will log all accepted and denied emails in a file called mail-filter. • Mail-filter. “BCC:” emails are therefore denied.

com address: cnn subject: Alumni Association The mail-filter.298 www.org/author/SIMON/Mail-Audit-2.com # # Reference pages # # http://search.cpan.pl # use Mail::Audit.index.reject File address: spammer@spammer.forward file with the following line in it # #/bin/bash # | ~/mail-filter. IO-Stringy.LinuxHomeNetworking.html # # PERL modules needed from http://www.org/writings/mail-audit.linuxhomenetworking.org/modules/01modules. # # Spam filter variables # .com subject: porn The mail-filter Script #!/usr/bin/perl # # # Mail-filter .cpan.1/Audit.PERL Script # # by Peter Harrison © www.pl • You should then be ready to go! The mail-filter.pm # http://simon-cozens.com #!/bin/bash | ~/mail-filter.html # # Need to install the following modules: # # MailTools.accept File address: my-address@mysite. MIME-tools & Mail-Audit in this order # # Need to have: # # a logical link to this file in /etc/smrsh # .

$FILEPATH . "mail-filter. $ITEM->from(). (). $ITEM->subject(). $ITEM->cc(). } } close (REJECT_FILE). $CC. "". $SUBJECT). } if ($type =~ /address/i){ $badaddresses{$value} = "$type".Appendix II : Codes. chomp($DATE = `date '+ %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S'`). $ITEM->to(). study $FROM.log". (). sub Mail_Filter { my my my my %badsubjects %badaddresses %goodsubjects %goodaddresses = = = = (). = $FILEPATH . # # Read in the configuration files # open (REJECT_FILE. # # Get the bad subjects / address # if ($type =~ /subject/i){ $badsubjects{$value} = "$type". "mail-filter. my ($value. . Scripts and Configurations 299 $FILEPATH = "/home/mailuser/".reject". chomp($FROM. &Mail_Filter. study $CC. $TO. "$REJECT_FILE"). while(<REJECT_FILE>){ my $record = $_. $type) = &Strip_Record($record). study $SUBJECT. (). $FILEPATH . exit. #################### Don't edit below here ################### $ITEM $FROM $TO $CC $SUBJECT $DATE $INBOX_LOG $ACCEPT_FILE $REJECT_FILE = = = = = = = = Mail::Audit->new. "mail-filter. study $TO.accept".

&Reject_Mail("yes").300 www. } # # Reject email to/from these addresses # foreach my $criteria (keys %badaddresses) { next unless ($TO =~ /$criteria/i) or ($CC =~ /$criteria/i) or ($FROM =~ /$criteria/i). &Reject_Mail("no"). my ($value. # # Reject by subject # foreach my $criteria (keys %badsubjects) { next unless $SUBJECT =~ /$criteria/i. # # Get the good subjects / address # if ($type =~ /subject/i){ $goodsubjects{$value} = "$type". &Reject_Mail("yes").linuxhomenetworking. } } close (ACCEPT_FILE). } if ($type =~ /address/i){ $goodaddresses{$value} = "$type".com open (ACCEPT_FILE. } # # Accept some subject lines # for my $criteria (keys %goodsubjects) { next unless $SUBJECT =~ /$criteria/i. "$ACCEPT_FILE"). while(<ACCEPT_FILE>){ my $record = $_. } # # Accept emails to/from these addresses # for my $criteria (keys %goodaddresses) { . $type) = &Strip_Record($record).

"subject"). } ."\@" . } else{ return ($fields[1]. # # Log message receipt to file # if ($ok =~ /yes/i){ print LOG "REJECT $DATE To: $TO From: $FROM Subject: $SUBJECT\n". "address"). $fields[1]). $domain.*?)\s*$/$1/. } # # Reject everything else # &Reject_Mail("yes"). Scripts and Configurations 301 next unless ($TO =~ /$criteria/i) or ($CC =~ /$criteria/i) or ($FROM =~ /$criteria/i). ">> $INBOX_LOG").$record). # # Return the subjects / addresses # if ($fields[0] =~ /subject/i){ return ($fields[1]. return ($person . my @fields = split(/\:/. } elsif ($fields[0] =~ /address/i){ if ($fields[1] =~ /\@/){ my ($person. "address").Appendix II : Codes. &Reject_Mail("no"). $domain) = split(/\@/. } sub Strip_Record{ my $record = shift(@_). open (LOG. $fields[1] =~ s/^\s*(. } } } sub Reject_Mail { my $ok = shift(@_). # # Split out the fields in the record and strip out #leading/trailing white space # chomp $record. $ITEM->reject.

302 www. $ITEM->accept.com else{ print LOG "ACCEPT $DATE To: $TO From: $FROM Subject: $SUBJECT\n".linuxhomenetworking. } close(LOG). exit. } .

Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .Interface eth1 is the private network interface modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Outbound FTP requests on control connection (port 21) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT-o eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 21 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 21 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Passive FTP data connection established from your Linux server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT .RELATED -j ACCEPT #=============================================================== #=============================================================== # Select one of the following two #=============================================================== #=============================================================== #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections from your Linux server # Active FTP data connection established back from remote server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 20 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 20 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Appendix II : Codes. Scripts and Configurations 303 IPtables FTP Client # .

RELATED -j ACCEPT #=============================================================== #=============================================================== # Select one of the following two #=============================================================== #=============================================================== #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Active FTP data connection established back to client from # your server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --sport 20 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --dport 20 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Interface eth1 is the private network interface modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Inbound FTP requests on control connection (port 21) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --dport 21 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT-o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 21 \ --state ESTABLISHED.Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .com IPtables FTP Server # .304 www.linuxhomenetworking.RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# FTP connections to your Linux server # Passive FTP data connection established to your Linux server # from remote client #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A -m state iptables -A -m state INPUT -i eth0 -p tcp --sport 1024:65535 --dport 1024:65535 \ --state NEW -j ACCEPT OUTPUT -o eth0 -p tcp --dport 1024:65535 --sport 1024:65535 \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT .

Interface eth0 is the internet interface # .168.0/24" firewall with pings WEBSERVER="192.0" address EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BROADCAST="97.25" EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BASE="97.158.255" address NOC_SUBNET="180. and web servers running on a firewall used as \ # the Internet NAT gateway for a home network # modprobe ip_conntrack_ftp modprobe iptable_nat #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # The variables in this section are site specific and should be # changed to match your network # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= EXTERNAL_INT="eth1" INTERNAL_INT="eth0" private network EXTERNAL_IP="97.168.0/24" address space # Internet-connected interface # Interface connected to the # your IP address # ISP network segment base # network segment broadcast # NOC subnet that monitors the # Test webserver for port # Protected internal network .7.253.168.253.158.1.253.Interface eth1 is the private network interface iptables -A OUTPUT -o eth0 -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT -i eth0 -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j ACCEPT IPtables Complex script #!/bin/bash # # DNS. Scripts and Configurations 305 IPtables NTP Server # .158.1.Appendix II : Codes.101" forwarding and masquerading INTERNAL_NET="192. mail.

linuxhomenetworking.0.16.38.0/5" use HIGH_PORTS="1024:65535" clients using servers # reserved loopback address range # class C private networks # RFC1918 172 space B private # RFC1918 10 space private # Multicast addresses # IP addresses reserved for future # High TCP/UDP ports used by #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # Define the names of the user defined chains we'll be using # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= ADDITIONAL_CHAINS="INPUT-external OUTPUT-icmp-external local-tcp-client local-ntp-client valid-tcp-flags valid-source-address LOG-and-drop" OUTPUT-external \ INPUT-icmp-external \ remote-tcp-client \ remote-ntp-server \ established-connection \ valid-destination-address \ #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # Prepare Chains .306 www.Clear and recreate existing chains prior to # adding rules to the chains # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= .0.0.6.0/8" RESERVED_IP_192_SPACE="192.0.0.113" server # address of a remote time # address of a remote time # address of a remote time #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= # # The variables below should not normally be changed as they # are not site specific # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#= LOOPBACK="127.com TIME_SERVER1="192.206" server TIME_SERVER3="207.0/16" RESERVED_IP_172_SPACE="172.0.0.0/12" networks RESERVED_IP_10_SPACE="10.0/8" networks RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST="224.200.0.60.203.0/4" RESERVED_IP_FUTURE="240.0.0.81.168.127" server TIME_SERVER2="65.

Appendix II : Codes. do iptables -N $i . #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables --flush -t filter --flush -t nat --flush -t mangle --flush #--------------------------------------------------------------# Delete all the user defined chains. Scripts and Configurations 307 #--------------------------------------------------------------# Delete all entries in the built-in tables. # We'll recreate them in the next step #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables --delete-chain -t filter --delete-chain -t nat --delete-chain -t mangle --delete-chain #--------------------------------------------------------------# If a packet doesn't match one of the built in chains. then # The policy should be to drop it #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables --policy INPUT DROP --policy OUTPUT DROP --policy FORWARD DROP -t nat --policy POSTROUTING ACCEPT -t nat --policy PREROUTING ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# The loopback interface should accept all traffic #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Re-create our user-defined chains #--------------------------------------------------------------for i in $ADDITIONAL_CHAINS.

com done #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # TCP Rules .308 www.linuxhomenetworking.Port 113 # FTP control .Local machine initiating connections to a # remote server # # TCP responses from the remote server are handled # by the established-connection chain # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p tcp --sport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j local-tcp-client #--------------------------------------------------------------# Local client rules for: # # SMTP . initiated from local machine to # remote server #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A local-tcp-client -p tcp --dport $HIGH_PORTS \ --syn -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # TCP Rules .113 \ --syn -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Passive FTP data.Port 21 #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A local-tcp-client -p tcp \ -m multiport --dport 25.Port 22 # AUTH (ident) .22.21.Port 25 # SSH .Remote machines initiating connections to # local server # # TCP responses from the local server are handled # by the established-connection chain # .

Port 80 # HTTPS .21.110 \ -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # UDP Rules # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# NTP time client .Port 53 # AUTH (ident) .Port 110 # DNS .22.Port 22 # POP mail .Appendix II : Codes.Port 21 #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A remote-tcp-client -p tcp -m state --state NEW \ -m multiport --dports 80.53.Port 113 # FTP control . Scripts and Configurations 309 #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A INPUT-external -p tcp --sport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j remote-tcp-client #--------------------------------------------------------------# Local server rules for: # # HTTP (www) .443.Port 443 # SMTP .Source and Destination port the same (123) #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j local-ntp-client iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 123 \ -j remote-ntp-server iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER1 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER2 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A local-ntp-client -p udp -d $TIME_SERVER3 \ .25.Port 25 # SSH .

linuxhomenetworking.310 www.com -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER1 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER2 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A remote-ntp-server -p udp -s $TIME_SERVER3 \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# DNS server to DNS server queries via UDP #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 53 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp -m multiport --ports 53 \ -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Remote DNS clients querying local DNS server via UDP #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-external -p udp --sport $HIGH_PORTS --dport 53 \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p udp --sport 53 --dport $HIGH_PORTS \ -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Port forwarding statements # # (FORWARD statements related to ESTABLISHED and RELATED traffic # is covered in the CORE Chains section) # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow port forwarding on port 8080 to port 80 on server $WEBSERVER #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -p tcp -i $EXTERNAL_INT -d $EXTERNAL_IP \ .

# Connections on port 80 to the target machine on the private # network must be allowed. They include not responding to packets with # the following bad characteristics: # # 1) Incorrect TCP flags in the header # 2) Attempts to connect or respond to bogus IP addresses # 3) Attempts to connect or respond to applications not suitable # for use over the Internet # # All the user defined chains are also tied to the built in # INPUT and OUTPUT chains in this section # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=# #=# #=# CORE Chains . Scripts and Configurations 311 --dport 8080 --sport 1024:65535 -j DNAT --to $WEBSERVER:80 #--------------------------------------------------------------# After DNAT.Start #=# #=# #=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Install the User-defined Chains on the built-in # INPUT and OUTPUT chains # . #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -p tcp -i $EXTERNAL_INT -o $INTERNAL_INT -d $WEBSERVER \ --dport 80 --sport 1024:65535 -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Rules in the section below should not normally be changed # for most firewalls.Appendix II : Codes. the packets are routed via the filter table's FORWARD chain.

312 www.com #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------# Check TCP packets for invalid state flag combinations #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -p tcp -j valid-tcp-flags iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp -j valid-tcp-flags #--------------------------------------------------------------# Verify valid source and destination addresses for all packets #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables iptables iptables iptables -A -A -A -A INPUT -p ! tcp -j valid-source-address INPUT -p tcp --syn -j valid-source-address INPUT -j valid-destination-address OUTPUT -j valid-destination-address #--------------------------------------------------------------# Already established connections should be allowed #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j established-connection iptables -A OUTPUT -j established-connection #--------------------------------------------------------------# Start the protocol specific rules #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -i $EXTERNAL_INT -d $EXTERNAL_IP -j INPUT-external iptables -A OUTPUT -o $EXTERNAL_INT -s $EXTERNAL_IP -j OUTPUT-external #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow all bidirectional traffic from your firewall to the protected network #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -s $INTERNAL_NET -i $INTERNAL_INT iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT -p all -d $INTERNAL_NET -o $INTERNAL_INT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow masquerading # Enable routing by modifying the ip_forward /proc filesystem file #--------------------------------------------------------------- .linuxhomenetworking.

Stop #=# #=# #=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Check for incorrect TCP state flags # # # All state bits zeroed .RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i $EXTERNAL_INT -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.RELATED -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Log all other packets. established and related connections # Allowed inbound : Established and related connections # # These statements handle both FORWARD-ing for both MASQUERADE # and port forwarding # #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A FORWARD -t filter -i $INTERNAL_INT -m state \ --state NEW.Appendix II : Codes. the packets are routed via the filter # table's FORWARD chain. # Allowed outbound: New. Scripts and Configurations 313 iptables -A POSTROUTING -t nat -o $EXTERNAL_INT -s $INTERNAL_NET \ -d 0/0 -j MASQUERADE echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward #--------------------------------------------------------------# Prior to masquerading.ESTABLISHED. The default policy will also drop them #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT -j LOG-and-drop iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG-and-drop #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #=# #=# #=# CORE Chains .

314 www.0.URG URG -j LOG-and-drop SYN.254.FIN SYN.RST SYN.255.0/24 -j DROP $EXTERNAL_IP -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BASE -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $EXTERNAL_SUBNET_BROADCAST -j DROP iptables -A valid-destination-address -d $RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST -j DROP .2.0/16 -j DROP 192.linuxhomenetworking.0.255.RST -j LOG-and- #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Source and Destination Address Sanity Checks # # Drop packets from networks covered in RFC 1918 (private nets) # Drop packets from external interface IP # Drop directed broadcast packets # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A -A valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address valid-source-address -s -s -s -s -s -s -s -d -s -s -s $RESERVED_IP_10_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_172_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_192_SPACE -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_MULTICAST -j DROP $RESERVED_IP_FUTURE -j DROP $LOOPBACK -j DROP 0.FIN FIN -j LOG-and-drop ACK.0.255 -j DROP 169.PSH PSH -j LOG-and-drop ACK.0.0/8 -j DROP 255.RST FIN.FIN -j LOG-and- -A valid-tcp-flags -p tcp --tcp-flags SYN.com # FIN set ACK cleared # PSH set ACK cleared # URG set ACK cleared # SYN and FIN set # SYN and RST set # FIN and RST set # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables iptables iptables iptables iptables drop iptables drop iptables drop -A -A -A -A -A valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags valid-tcp-flags -p -p -p -p -p tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags --tcp-flags ALL NONE -j LOG-and-drop ACK.RST -j LOG-and-A valid-tcp-flags -p tcp --tcp-flags FIN.

Source quench # .Parameter problem # .Appendix II : Codes.Time exceeded # . Scripts and Configurations 315 #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # ICMP # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A INPUT-external -p icmp -j INPUT-icmp-external iptables -A OUTPUT-external -p icmp -j OUTPUT-icmp-external #--------------------------------------------------------------# Drop fragmented ICMP packets #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external --fragment -j LOG-and-drop iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external --fragment -j LOG-and-drop #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow outbound pings #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-request \ -m state --state NEW -j ACCEPT iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Allow inbound pings from the NOC #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp -s $NOC_SUBNET \ --icmp-type echo-request -m state --state NEW \ -j ACCEPT iptables -A OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type echo-reply \ -d $NOC_SUBNET -j ACCEPT #--------------------------------------------------------------# Accept the following ICMP Messages # # .Fragmentation needed # .Destination unreachable .

linuxhomenetworking.RELATED -j ACCEPT iptables -A established-connection -m state --state INVALID \ -j LOG-and-drop #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # OS supplied protection # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# #--------------------------------------------------------------- .316 www.com #--------------------------------------------------------------iptables -A unreachable iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT iptables -A -j ACCEPT iptables -A ACCEPT INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type destination-j ACCEPT INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type parameter-problem -j INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type time-exceeded -j INPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type source-quench -j OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type source-quench -j OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type fragmentation-needed OUTPUT-icmp-external -p icmp --icmp-type parameter-problem -j #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Log and drop chain # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A LOG-and-drop -j LOG --log-ip-options --log-tcp-options \ --log-level debug iptables -A LOG-and-drop -j DROP #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# # # Already ESTABLISHED connections accepted # #=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=#=# iptables -A established-connection -m state \ --state ESTABLISHED.

Helps to maintain state # Also protects against IP spoofing #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter #--------------------------------------------------------------# Enable logging of packets with malformed IP addresses #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable source routed packets #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable acceptance of ICMP redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects #--------------------------------------------------------------# Turn on protection from Denial of Service (DOS) attacks #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies #--------------------------------------------------------------# Disable responding to ping broadcasts #--------------------------------------------------------------echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts . Respond to queries out # the same interface.Appendix II : Codes. Scripts and Configurations 317 # Disable routing triangulation. not another.

318 www.linuxhomenetworking.com exit 0 .

com . retry.com . Zone file for my-site.my-othersite. refresh. seconds . ( 200211152 . refresh.com .my-site. .158. seconds 3600 . ( 200211151 . Scripts and Configurations 319 DNS Zone File For my-site.0. serial. hostmaster. Primary Mail Exchanger A A CNAME 127. seconds 3600 .com. seconds .0.com. todays date + todays serial # 3600 . .my-site. seconds 3600 ) . expire. seconds 3600 ) .26 www DNS Zone File For my-other-site.253.com. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www.my-other-site. serial. The full zone file . .Appendix II : Codes. Inet Address of name server my-site. minimum. . Inet Address of name server .com. expire. todays date + todays serial # 3600 . seconds 3600 .com . $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www. seconds 3600 . NS www . NS www . minimum. localhost www mail MX 10 mail . hostmaster. . The full zone file . .1 97. Zone file for my-other-site. retry.com.

102 firewall A 192. seconds 3600 . . Zone file for my-site-internal.0. seconds .0.com. NS www . localhost www MX 10 mail.com .my-site-internal.com and for web applications you could access it as www. seconds 3600 . refresh.com.158. There is also an entry for one of the home PCs named smallfry which you can now additionally access as smallfry. As server bigboy is also a mail and web server we have also added CNAMEs so that you can access 192. seconds 3600 ) .my-site-internal.1.com.com.com.com which maps to 192.100.0.my-site-internal.1. retry.com my-other-site.26 Forward Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT Here is an example for a zone file for my-site-internal. .1.my-site-internal. .320 www.253. hostmaster.168. The full zone file . Inet Address of name server . For mail.1 97. ( 200211152 .com in which we can also access bigboy as bigboy.168.1. localhost A 127. .my-site.1 www mail CNAME CNAME bigboy bigboy Reverse Zone File For A Home Network Using NAT .0. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www. minimum.com.168. Primary Mail Exchanger A A 127.1.1 bigboy A 192.my-site-internal.100 by one of two aliases depending on the role you wish it to play.linuxhomenetworking. expire.my-siteinternal. . . . serial# 3600 . you could access it as mail.100 smallfry A 192.168.168.

hostmaster.my-site-internal. seconds 4W . .Appendix II : Codes. Now you’ll get correct responses for both forward and reverse lookups using the host or nslookup commands.com. smallfry.my-site-internal.com. .com. Zone file for 192.168.168.1. 100 102 1 PTR PTR PTR bigboy. NS www . minimum. seconds 1D ) . expire.1. Inet Address . Scripts and Configurations 321 You can also create a reverse zone file for the home network on the 192.com.com. . refresh.my-site-internal. $TTL 3D @ IN SOA www.my-site-internal.X network using the same principles you used for a public network. firewall. retry.x . seconds . seconds 2H . ( 200210023 . serial number 8H .my-site-internal.

>>>>>>>>>> >> NOTE >> >>>>>>>>>> The program "newaliases" must be run after this file is updated for any changes to show through to sendmail. localhost.cf file for a description # of the format of this file.com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/access File # Check the /usr/share/doc/sendmail/README.168 RELAY Sendmail Sample /etc/aliases File # # # # # # # # # # @(#)aliases 8.these MUST be present..322 www. mailer-daemon: postmaster postmaster: root # General redirections for pseudo accounts.1 RELAY # # Relay messages from the local subnet 192. # Basic system aliases -.localdomain RELAY localhost RELAY 127. (search for access_db in that file) # The /usr/share/doc/sendmail/README.2 (Berkeley) 3/5/94 Aliases in this file will NOT be expanded in the header from Mail.. bin: root daemon: root adm: root lp: root sync: root shutdown: root halt: root .0. but WILL be visible over networks or from /bin/mail.cf is part of the sendmail-doc # package.0.linuxhomenetworking. # # by default we allow relaying from localhost.

my-site.com .com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/local-host-names File # local-host-names .Appendix II : Codes.com www.include all aliases for your machine here. # my-site. Scripts and Configurations 323 mail: news: uucp: operator: games: gopher: ftp: nobody: apache: named: xfs: gdm: mailnull: postgres: squid: rpcuser: root rpc: ingres: system: toor: manager: root dumper: abuse: newsadm: news newsadmin: usenet: ftpadm: ftpadmin: ftp-adm: ftp ftp-admin: root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root news news ftp ftp ftp # trap decode to catch security attacks decode: root # Person who should get root's mail root: t689ndtw@my-site.com mail.my-site.

`/etc/mail/userdb.provider') define(`confDEF_USER_ID'. If you make changes to this file.``8:12'')dnl undefine(`UUCP_RELAY')dnl undefine(`BITNET_RELAY')dnl dnl define(`confAUTO_REBUILD')dnl define(`confTO_CONNECT'. `1m')dnl define(`confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST'.pem') .your.com # my-other-site.cf by running the following command: dnl dnl m4 /etc/mail/sendmail.`/usr/bin/procmail')dnl define(`ALIAS_FILE'.`/usr/share/ssl/certs') dnl define(`confCACERT'. `authwarnings.crt') dnl define(`confSERVER_CERT'.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/sendmail.my-other-site.my-other-site.my-site.com mail. `/etc/aliases')dnl dnl define(`STATUS_FILE'.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/sendmail.restrictqrun')dnl define(`confAUTH_OPTIONS'. `2000000')dnl define(`confUSERDB_SPEC'.true)dnl define(`PROCMAIL_MAILER_PATH'.m4') VERSIONID(`linux setup for Red Hat Linux')dnl OSTYPE(`linux') dnl dnl Uncomment and edit the following line if your mail needs to be sent out dnl through an external mail server: dnl dnl define(`SMART_HOST'. `EXTERNAL GSSAPI DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl define(`confCACERT_PATH'.com Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/sendmail.mc File divert(-1) dnl This is the sendmail macro config file.linuxhomenetworking.com www.`smtp.db')dnl define(`confPRIVACY_FLAGS'.true)dnl define(`confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES'.`/usr/share/ssl/certs/ca-bundle.mc > /etc/mail/sendmail.noexpn. `A')dnl dnl TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`EXTERNAL DIGEST-MD5 CRAM-MD5 LOGIN PLAIN')dnl dnl define(`confAUTH_MECHANISMS'.novrfy.324 www.cf dnl include(`/usr/share/sendmail-cf/m4/cf.com ns.pem') dnl define(`confSERVER_KEY'. `/etc/mail/statistics')dnl define(`UUCP_MAILER_MAX'.com ns. dnl you need the sendmail-cf rpm installed and then have to generate a dnl new /etc/mail/sendmail.my-other-site.

0. Family=inet6') dnl We strongly recommend to comment this one out if you want to protect dnl yourself from spam. dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`Port=smtp.`procmail -t -Y -a $h -d $u')dnl FEATURE(`access_db'.`/usr/sbin/smrsh')dnl FEATURE(`mailertable'.`hash -o /etc/mail/mailertable.g. However.db')dnl FEATURE(`virtusertable'. Name=MTA-v6. `4h')dnl dnl define(`confTO_QUEUERETURN'. `12')dnl dnl define(`confREFUSE_LA'.Addr=::1. `5d')dnl dnl define(`confQUEUE_LA'. `hash -o /etc/mail/genericstable')dnl dnl GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE(`/etc/mail/genericstable')dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 end ***** dnl dnl dnl EXPOSED_USER(`root')dnl dnl This changes sendmail to only listen on the loopback device 127. Comment this out if you want dnl to accept email over the network. the user runs over his quota.`'. FEATURE(local_procmail. `18')dnl define(`confTO_IDENT'.0.Appendix II : Codes. Scripts and Configurations 325 dnl define(`confTO_QUEUEWARN'. Name=MTA') dnl NOTE: binding both IPv4 and IPv6 daemon to the same port requires dnl a kernel patch dnl DAEMON_OPTIONS(`port=smtp.`dnl')dnl FEATURE(`smrsh'.db')dnl FEATURE(`blacklist_recipients')dnl dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 1 start ***** dnl dnl FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_entire_domain')dnl FEATURE(`masquerade_envelope')dnl FEATURE(`allmasquerade')dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl dnl FEATURE(genericstable.`hash -o /etc/mail/virtusertable.0. the laptop and users on computers that do dnl not have 24x7 DNS do need this.db')dnl FEATURE(redirect)dnl FEATURE(always_add_domain)dnl FEATURE(use_cw_file)dnl FEATURE(use_ct_file)dnl dnl The '-t' option will retry delivery if e.`hash -T<TMPF> -o /etc/mail/access. dnl FEATURE(`accept_unresolvable_domains')dnl dnl FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX')dnl .0.1 dnl and not on any other network devices. `0')dnl dnl FEATURE(delay_checks)dnl FEATURE(`no_default_msa'.1.Addr=127.

Limits command usage define(`confSMTP_LOGIN_MSG'.com t689ndtw@my-site.com.Changes login message define(`confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH'.')dnl (for local machine) MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(`my-site.com paul@my-other-site.16384)dnl dnl MASQUERADE_AS(`my-site.`goaway')dnl .com MAILER(smtp)dnl MAILER(procmail)dnl dnl Cwlocalhost.com paul@my-site.')dnl (for everyone else) MASQUERADE_AS(my-site.326 www.com @my-site.linuxhomenetworking.com error:nouser User unknown error:nouser User unknown paul paul paul . `$j server ready at $b')dnl .com.com)dnl (for local machine) dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 2 end ***** dnl dnl Sendmail Sample /etc/mail/virtusertable File @my-other-site.localdomain dnl dnl dnl ***** Customised section 2 start ***** dnl dnl define(`confPRIVACY_FLAGS'.

Destination Host Unknown ICMP sender does not have a host entry. The sender is using a Type of Service (TOS) that is not available through this router for that specific network.Appendix II : Codes. Port Unreachable The sending device does not support the port number you are trying to reach Fragmentation Needed and Don't The router needs to fragment the packet to forward it across Fragment was Set a link that supports a smaller maximum transmission unit (MTU ) size. indicating this network may never have been an available. The sender is using a Type of Service (TOS) that is not available through this router for that specific host. Dynamically adds a network entry in original sender's routing tables. ICMP sender (router) has been configured to block access to the desired destination network. Source Host Isolated Communication with Destination Network is Administratively Prohibited Communication with Destination Host is Administratively Prohibited Destination Network Unreachable for Type of Service Destination Host Unreachable for Type of Service Communication Administratively Prohibited Host Precedence Violation 5 ICMP sender (router) has been configured to not forward packets from source (the old electronic pink slip). Reply contains IP address of best router to destination. Scripts and Configurations 327 ICMP Codes Type 3 Description Destination Unreachable Codes Net Unreachable The sending device knows about the network but believes it is not available at this time. Perhaps the network is too far away through the known route. Destination Network Unknown ICMP sender does not have a route entry for the destination network. However. Redirect Datagram for the Host ICMP sender (router) is not the best way to get to the desired host. indicating the host may never have been available on connected network. Redirect Codes Redirect Datagram for the Network ICMP sender (router) is not the best way to get to the (or subnet) desired network. Reply contains IP address of best router to destination. application set the Don't Fragment bit. Host Unreachable The sending devices knows about host but doesn't get ARP reply. using Flash Override precedence). Name ICMP sender (router) has been configured to block access to the desired destination host. Precedence value defined in sender's original IP header is not allowed (for example. ICMP sender is not available for communications at this time. . Dynamically adds a host entry in original sender's route tables. indicating the host is not available at this time Protocol Unreachable The protocol defined in IP header cannot be forwarded. Source Route Failed ICMP sender can't use the strict or loose source routing path specified in the original packet.

Fragment Reassembly Time ICMP sender (destination host) did not receive all fragment Exceeded parts before the expiration (in seconds of holding time) of the TTL value of the first fragment received. Redirect Datagram for the Type of ICMP sender (router) does not offer a path to the Service and Host destination host using the TOS requested. Should redirect application to another host.328 www. Dynamically adds a network entry in original sender's route tables. Time Exceeded Codes Time to Live exceeded in Transit ICMP sender (router) indicates that originator's packet arrived with a Time To Live (TTL) of 1. Bad Length Original packet structure had an invalid length. Routers cannot decrement the TTL value to 0 and forward the packet. .linuxhomenetworking. Dynamically adds a host entry in original sender's route tables. Parameter Problem Codes Pointer indicates the error Error is defined in greater detail within the ICMP packet. Missing a Required Option ICMP sender expected some additional information in the Option field of the original packet.com Type 6 11 12 Name Description Redirect Datagram for Type of the ICMP sender (router) does not offer a path to the Service and Network destination network using the TOS requested. Alternate Host Address Codes Alternate Address for Host Reply that indicates another host address should be used for the desired service.

100 www netmask 255.100 snmp-server community password ! ! DSL setup using a generic group called "ISP".0.0. Don't forget to put it back. Substitute "password" ! with the real SNMP string (Optional) ! snmp-server host inside 192.1. Forward all www traffic to 192.168.255. Cisco suggests you remove it when troubleshooting ! getting your IP address.255.255 0 0 ! ! Apply an access list entry to allow www (TCP Port 80)traffic in ! access-group inbound in interface outside access-list inbound permit tcp any any eq www ! ! Enable SNMP queries from 192.Appendix II : Codes. Internet interface to use the PPPOE protocol ! to get it's IP address and default route. or else you'll ! never get your default route back ! ip address outside pppoe setroute . ! Substitute your DSL username for "myusername" and your ! password for "*********" ! vpdn group ISP request dialout pppoe vpdn group ISP localname myusername vpdn group ISP ppp authentication pap vpdn username myusername password ********* ! ! Set up the outside.0 0.168.1.168.0. The set route command ! is very important.0.DHCP DSL Configuration ! ! NAT Setup ! global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 0.outside) tcp interface www 192.1.0 0 0 ! ! Port forwarding setup.100.1.168.100 ! (Linux webserver) ! static (inside. Scripts and Configurations 329 Cisco PIX Firewall .

home.com fixup protocol ftp 21 fixup protocol http 80 fixup protocol h323 h225 1720 fixup protocol h323 ras 1718-1719 fixup protocol ils 389 fixup protocol rsh 514 fixup protocol rtsp 554 fixup protocol smtp 25 fixup protocol sqlnet 1521 fixup protocol sip 5060 fixup protocol skinny 2000 names access-list inbound permit icmp any any access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.158.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.253.255.26 access-list inbound permit udp any host 97.sfba.Static DSL Configuration : Saved : Written by enable_15 at 22:33:57.330 www.253.1 255.1.158.255.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.linuxhomenetworking.253.0 ! ! Setup DHCP autoconfiguration for the outside interface ! dhcpd auto_config outside Cisco PIX Firewall .168.253.26 pager lines 25 logging on logging timestamp logging trap warnings logging history warnings logging facility 22 logging host inside 192.1.158.26 access-list inbound permit tcp any host 97.253.100 interface ethernet0 10baset interface ethernet1 10full icmp deny any outside 2002 eq eq eq eq eq www 222 domain domain smtp .168.158.601 UTC Sat Nov 23 PIX Version 6.2(2) nameif ethernet0 outside security0 nameif ethernet1 inside security100 enable password sde0sdD0sGz09COjx encrypted passwd sde0sdD0sGz09COjx encrypted hostname aquapix domain-name stcla1.158.com ip address inside 192.

0 0.26 192.168.248 ip address inside 192.158.0 67.0.0 0.1.248 0 0 static (inside.25 255.255.0.158.1.20-192.255.0.0.Appendix II : Codes.255.0.0 0.0.255.158.outside) 97.outside) 97.0 ip audit info action alarm ip audit attack action alarm pdm logging informational 100 pdm history enable arp timeout 14400 global (outside) 1 interface nat (inside) 1 192.0.168.255 0 0 static (inside.221.0 0.255.1.255.255.253.168. Scripts and Configurations 331 mtu outside 1500 mtu inside 1500 ip address outside 97.255.1 255.0 0.1.168.1.0 0.0 ntp server 192.255.0.168.0 inside snmp-server host inside 192.168.253.101 netmask 255.27 192.168.0.0.110 1 timeout xlate 0:05:00 timeout conn 1:00:00 half-closed 0:10:00 udp 0:02:00 rpc 0:10:00 h323 0:05:00 sip 0:30:00 sip_media 0:02:00 timeout uauth 0:05:00 absolute aaa-server TACACS+ protocol tacacs+ aaa-server RADIUS protocol radius aaa-server LOCAL protocol local filter java 80 0.255.255 0 0 access-group inbound in interface outside route outside 0.255.100 no snmp-server location no snmp-server contact snmp-server community simiya2002 snmp-server enable traps tftp-server inside 192.1.168.168.1.outside) 97.253.100 /aquapix-confg floodguard enable no sysopt route dnat telnet 192.0 255.1.0.0.168.255.255.99 netmask 255.255.0.1.0 255.96 255.30 inside dhcpd lease 3600 dhcpd ping_timeout 750 dhcpd auto_config outside terminal width 80 Cryptochecksum:3af43873d35d6f0651f8c999180c2342 .100 source inside http server enable http 192.0 inside telnet timeout 15 ssh 192.1.0 255.0.1.1.120.1.255 0 0 static (inside.0.0.253.0.0.158.100 netmask 255.0.0 inside ssh timeout 15 dhcpd address 192.255.168.0.0 0.168.168.255.0 filter activex 80 0.255.28 192.255.

332 www.linuxhomenetworking.com : end .

Linux as a Windows File Server General Linux Resource Pages Disk Partitioning Network Monitoring My Other Sites © Peter Harrison.Hosting Your Website at Home Static DNS NTP Server POP Mail Server Samba .iptables Configuration General Home Networking Resource Pages SSH Servers and SSH Clients The Windows SCP client called WinSCP FTP Server and FTP Clients DHCP Server Apache Web Server Software Sendmail Mail Configuration Dynamic DNS . .333 Appendix III Bibliography =========================================== In This Chapter Appendix III Bibliography Wireless Linux Cisco Router Configuration Examples Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples Netfilter .com =========================================== An informal listing of some of the sites I visited to create this manual. www.linuxhomenetworking.

com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_62/config/pixclnt.hpl.htm Configuring Cisco PIX firewalls for DHCP .html http://www.cisco.cisco.com http://www.shtml http://linuxdoc.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.linuxhomenetworking.linux-wlan.saragossa.cisco.334 www.unixguru.Configuring IOS IPSec Network Security • Cisco PIX Firewall Configuration Examples Cisco Systems • • http://www.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.html Configuring Cisco 800 series routers Configuring 1700 / 2600 / 3600 series routers Cisco .cisco.org/ http://prism2.us The LDP Wireless LAN Resources for Linux The drivers are here.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps380/prod_configuration_examples_list.com http://www.raleigh.cisco.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/ http://www.nc.net/LinuxG3/ls-wlan.cisco. RPM versions of the drivers can be found here Cisco Router Configuration Examples Cisco Systems • • • • http://www..Configuring IPSec Network Security Cisco .html http://www.html http://www.hp.com/en/US/products/hw/routers/ps221/prod_configuration_examples_list.org/HOWTO/Wireless-HOWTO http://www.com Wireless Linux A good reference page (Has GUI screens for PCMCIA type cards) • • • • • http://www..cisco.

chiark.htm#xtocid15 Cisco .com/en/US/products/sw/secursw/ps2120/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800eb72a.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_sw/v_62/syslog/index.org/HOWTO/Net-HOWTO/ http://www.org/HOWTO/Networking-Overview-HOWTO.org/assignments/port-numbers ICMP codes listing TCP and UDP port assignments SSH Servers and SSH Clients PuTTY homepage (Free) • • http://www.netfilter.tldp.com/oct.org.html#xtocid3 http://www.Configuring IPSec Network Security • Cisco .tldp.Configuring PIX IPSec Network Security • Cisco PIX error messages • • Configuring Cisco PIX logging parameters Netfilter .uk/~sgtatham/putty/ http://www.greenend.iana.html http://www.ht ml http://www.iptables Configuration Netfilter iptables HOWTO tutorial site • http://www.Appendix III : Bibliography 335 Cisco PIX 500 series configuration guides • http://www.html General Home Networking Resource Pages Linux networking HOWTO • • • • • http://www.html Linux Networking-HOWTO http://www.org/documentation/tutorials/blueflux/iptables-tutorial.htm http://www.vandyke.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/iaabu/pix/pix_62/cmdref/gl.cisco.html http://www.com/ SecureCRT homepage (Purchase Required) .com/en/US/products/hw/vpndevc/ps2030/prod_configuration_examples_list.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/iosswrel/ps1835/products_configuration_guide_chapt er09186a00800ca7b1.cisco.99/icmp09/code.nwconnection.

linuxhomenetworking.com/spam/paper.com/documents/s=2426/uni1018361705067/0204e.apacheweek.336 www.htm Perl Script to do Automatic FTP File Copies to Update Your Website DHCP Server RedHat's guide to configuring DHCP • http://www.neilgunton.0-Manual/custom-guide/s1-dhcp-configuringserver.unixreview.html Good page on how to stop SPAM with sendmail .com/features/vhost Apache week's description of how to do virtual hosting Sendmail Mail Configuration Good sendmail quick setup guide • • http://www.vse.com/2000-04/networknirvana_05.brettglass.html http://www.cz/eng/ FTP Server and FTP Clients A good site on how to install one of the many Windows GUI FTP clients • • Zen and the Art of FTP: An FTP Tutorial http://www.com/network_howto/part3/ http://www.redhat.org/docs/vhosts/examples.apache.html http://www.linux-mag.com The Windows SCP client called WinSCP • http://winscp.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-8.html Linux Magazine's detailed guide • Apache Web Server Software Apache's documents on setting up virtual hosts • • http://httpd.

tldp.html http://www.org/dynamic/ http://www.com/handbook/sendmail.org/dynamic/ http://www.org .com/permanentEmailAddress.technopagan.html http://www.sendmail.eecis.html Masquerading explanations Explanation on the difference between email headers and envelopes RedHat's recommendations for configuring sendmail Dynamic DNS .net http://www.com/docs/manuals/linux/RHL-8.Hosting Your Website at Home What is Dynamic DNS (DDNS)? • • • • • http://www.udel.org/HOWTO/DNS-HOWTO.hml http://www. Mirrored here.minidns.Appendix III : Bibliography 337 Some more was found here • • • • http://www.cx/proj/ez-ipupdate/ See the README for more information.DDNS Provider Ez-ipupdate DDNS Update Script DDclient DDNS Update Script Static DNS What is DNS? • • http://www.dyndns. MiniDNS.technopagan.0-Manual/ref-guide/s1-email-sendmail.DDNS Provider dynDNS.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.net .html All you ever need to know about setting up DNS for a home / SOHO environment NTP Server NTP Configurations • http://www.org http://gusnet.org/m4/features.freebsdsystems.redhat.primemail.html .

Linux as a Windows File Server The Samba Project • • • • • • • http://www.html http://www.html http://plug.de/howtos/html/NET-3-HOWTO.html http://unix.com/download/cfyc/HOWTO_setup_samba.org/docs/connect/csamba6.org http://hr.openna.com/community/articles/security/v1.uni-bayreuth.html http://playstation2-linux.linux.samba.rosko.uoregon.azstarnet.edu/davidrl/samba.html http://us6.linuxhomenetworking.com/archive/howto/Text-Terminal-HOWTO.washington.org/samba/ftp/docs/htmldocs/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.org.edu/imap/ http://www.samba.com/~jemorrow/samba/implementation.html The Unoffical Samba HOWTO.338 www.about.com/library/weekly/aa102500c.3-xml/imapop.in/pipermail/plug-mail/2002-June/004274. by David Lechnyr Simple Windows Workgroup Networking Tutorial SAMBA organization's description of creating a PDC Mandrake's resource page on Samba PDCs Sharing a Windows hard drive from a Linux box (Windows steps to do this) Sharing a Windows hard drive from a Linux box (Linux steps to do this) General Linux Resource Pages Text Terminal HOWTO • http://www.html POP server compilation and configuration details Samba .html Automount HOWTO with FAQs • • http://home.com POP Mail Server From the creators of the default Redhat POP server • • http://www.html#toc14 Complete Linux Networking HOWTO http://www.linuxpowered.html http://www.net/rosko/howto/en/mini/Automount.mandrakeuser.htm A very comprehensive guide to sudo .

Caribbean Art and Photos • Simiya .html Network Monitoring The MRTG homepage • http://www.Appendix III : Bibliography 339 Disk Partitioning • http://www.org.linuxsa.mrtg.org My Other Sites Simiya .au/tips/disk-partitioning.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful